i i II 

111 









HP 



lililii! 










Class _ 
Book- 

GoRrightN?. 



li 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



Special Notice 

THIS edition of Johnson's Handy 
Manual contains a supplement 
filled with right-up-to-the-min- 
ute stuff, following the general index. 

It's good stuff and I know you 
will I ke it. 

J. W. J. 




JOHN W. JOHNSON, 

Author and Publisher of "Johnson's Handy Manual" 
and Mechanical Engineer 



JOHNSON'S NEW 
HANDY MANUAL 

ON 

PLUMBING 

DOMESTIC AND 

SANITARY ENGINEERING, 

DRAINAGE AND 

SEWERAGE 

ELEVENTH EDITION 



PRICE by Parcel Post $1.50 Net 
Canada and Foreign Countries $2.00 



JOHN W. JOHNSON 

PARK RIDGE, 11,1* 
U. S. A. 



4 



IpiMcatton 



TO THE STEAM-FITTERS AND PLUMBERS 

WITH WHOM I HAVE SPENT 
SO MANY PLEASANT YEARS, 
I DEDICATE THIS MANUAL 



Copyrighted by 

JOHN W. JOHNSON, M. E. 

1905-1913-1919-1920-1921 



OCT 20 72 

©C1A686441 



INTRODUCTION 

IN presenting this book to the Profession and 
Trade I wish to call attention to the many 
illustrations which have been clearly and ac- 
curately reproduced in detail and still retaining 
the handy pocket size of the Manual. Also to 
the questions and answers for Master and Jour- 
neymen Plumbers gleaned from far and near. 

The information contained herein is thoroughly 
practical and based on the experience of hundreds 
of the best known Plumbers, Inspectors, and from 
City and State codes throughout the country, 
chief among them being the Wisconsin State 
Code, by courtesy of the Chief Plumbing In- 
spector. 

My endeavor has been to assemble only such 
information on every detail of the plumbing busi- 
ness as will meet the exacting requirements of 
the times, in an effort to maintain the present 
high standards of the Plumbing Profession. 

John W. Johnson, 

Author, 



6 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

An Easy and Correct Method of Ascertaining 
Length of Pipe Required in 45° Angles 

In the pipe fitting of steam and hot water heating 
plants, 45 degree elbows are brought into use exten- 
sively and it is not every mechanic who has 
mastered mathematics sufficiently to be able to fig- 
ure square root in order to find the hypotenuse of an 
angle, and on this account we give the following 
methods of getting the measurements of 45 degree 
angles, which is approximately correct for pipe use. 

For each inch of offset add 53 /i28 of an inch and the 
result will be the distance from center to center of 
the 45 degree angle. 

For instance: Referring to illustration, Fig 4, we 
will suppose that a pipe is to be brought up from a 
lower floor near a wall, and it is to pass through 
the ceiling of a room at a distance of 20 inches 
farther away from the wall than that which it rises 
through the floor, as indicated in the illustration by 
the figures, 20 inches, which is shown by the plumb- 
bob. This shows that the distance in a straight line 
from center to center of the two points is 20 inches. 
Now it is simply necessary to add to the 20 inches 
20 times 53, and divide the result by 128, to get the 
additional length necessary for the 45 degree angle. 
Thus:— 20X53=1060, 1060-M28=8 9 / 32 , which added 
to the 20 inches, makes the distance of the angle, as 
shown, 28 9 / 3 2 inch. 

In any case it will be necessary to allow for the 
distance taken up by the fittings from center to cen- 
ter of same, as shown in Fig. 5. 

By this system it will make no difference how 
many inches the offset may be; simply add for each 
inch an additional fraction of B3 /i 2 8 of an inch. Again, 
suppose the offset is to be 5 inches, we multiply 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




8 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

by 53, which gives us 265. We now divide the 265 by 
128, which gives us 2Vi 6 ; this result we now add to 
5 inches, which is the distance of offset, and we have 
7Vie inches from center to center of the 45 degree 
angle. Any distance may be obtained in the same 
manner 




Fig. 5 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides, 


D 


agonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 




1 




l 7 /l6 


3 


1 


4 


4 5 /4 6 




2 




21%6 


3 


2 


4 


5% 




3 




4i/4 


3 


3 


4 


7%6 




4 




5% 


3 


4 


4 


8%6 




5 




7% 6 


3 


5 


4 


10 




6 




8i/ 2 


3 


6 


4 


11% 




7 




9% 


3 


7 


5 


1%6 




8 




H 5 /l6 


3 


8 


5 


21/4 




9 




12% 


3 


9 


5 


3% 




10 




2i/ 8 


3 


10 


5 


5i/i6 




11 




3%6 


3 


11 


5 


6% e 




12 




5 


4 




5 


7% 




1 




6% 


4 


1 


5 


9%6 




2 




713/16 


4 


2 


5 


1011/16 




3 




9%6 


4 


3 


6 


1/8 




4 




10% 


4 


4 


6 


P/l6 




5 


2 


Yl6 


4 


5 


6 


2i% 6 




6 


2 


1 7 /16 


4 


6 


6 


4% 




7 


2 


2% 


4 


7 


6 


5% 




8 


2 


4 5 /l 6 


4 


8 


6 


7%6 




9 


2 


511/16 


4 


9 


6 


8% 




10 


2 


71/8 


4 


10 


6 


10 




11 


2 


81/2 


4 


11 


6 


IF/16 


2 




2 


91 5 /l6 


5 




7 


% 


2 


1 


2 


11% 


5 


1 


7 


21/4 


2 


2 


3 


% 


5 


2 


7 


3iyi 6 


2 


3 


3 


2%6 


5 


3 


7 


51/.6 


2 


4 


3 


3%6 


5 


4 


7 


61/2 


2 


5 


3 


5 


5 


5 


7 


71 5 /l6 


2 


6 


3 


6 7 /l6 


5 


6 


7 


9 5 /l6 


2 


7 


3 


71%6 


5 


7 


7 


10% 


2 


8 


3 


9i/i 


5 


8 


8 


%6 


2 


9 


3 


ion/16 


5 


9 


8 


P/16 


2 


10 


4 


1/16 


5 


10 


8 


3 


2 


11 


4 


I1/2 


5 


11 


8 


47i6 


8 




4 


2 15 /l6 


6 




8 


5 i3 /l6 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measure.nents. 



10 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


D 


agonal 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


6 


1 


8 


714 


9 


1 


12 


101/s 


6 


2 


8 


8% 


9 


2 


12 


H%6 


6 


3 


8 


lOVie 


9 


3 


13 


1 


6 


4 


8 


11% 


9 


4 


13 


2% 


6 


5 


9 


7 /8 


9 


5 


13 


3i%6 


6 


6 


9 


2%6 


9 


6 


13 


5% 


6 


7 


9 


3% 


9 


7 


13 


6% 


6 


8 


9 


5i/8 


9 


8 


13 


8Vi6 


6 


9 


9 


6V2 


9 


9 


13 


9%e 


6 


10 


9 


7 15 /l6 


9 


10 


13 


10% 


G 


11 


9 


9% 


9 


11 


14 


5 /l6 


7 




9 


10 13 /16 


10 




14 


lHie 


7 


1 


10 


3 /l6 


10 


1 


14 


3i/8 


7 


2 


10 


1% 


10 


2 


14 


49/i6 


7 


3 


10 


3 


10 


3 


14 


5i% 6 


7 


4 


10 


4'/l6 


10 


4 


14 


7% 


7 


5 


10 


5% 


10 


5 


14 


8% 


7 


6 


10 


m 


10 


6 


14 


10%6 


7 


7 


10 


8H4e 


10 


7 


14 


11% 


7 


8 


10 


10% 


10 


8 ' 


15 


1 


7 


9 


10 


ny 2 


10 


9 


15 


2</l6 


7 


10 


11 


15 /l6 


10 


10 


15 


3% 


7 


11 


11 


2% 


10 


11 


15 


51/4 


8 




11 


3% 


11 




15 


6H4«i 


8 


1 


11 


5 3 /l6 


11 


1 


15 


8Vi6 


8 


2 


11 


6% 


11 


2 


15 


9% 


8 


3 


11 


8 


11 


3 


15 


10^/16 


8 


4 


11 


9vi6 


11 


4 


16 


% 


8 


5 


11 


10 13 /4e 


11 


5 


16 


1% 


8 


6 


12 


V± 


11 


6 


16 


3%6 


8 


7 


12 


lHie 


11 


7 


16 


4% 6 


8 


8 


12 


3Vi6 


11 


8 


16 


6 


8 


9 


12 


4i / 2 


11 


9 


16 


7% 


8 


10 


12 


5«/8 


11 


10 


16 


8 13 /l6 


8 


11 


12 


7 5 /l6 


11 


11 


16 


10% 


9 




12 


8% 


12 


1 


16 


11% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


18 


1 


25 6% 


19 


1 


26 117s 


18 


2 


25 8 5 /i6 


19 


2 


27 iy 4 


18 


3 


25 9Hi 6 


19 


3 


27 2*yi6 


18 


4 


25 11*6 


19 


4 


27 4% 6 


18 


5 


26 % e 


19 


5 


27 5% 


18 


6 


26 l 15 /ie 


19 


6 


27 6 15 /ie 


18 


7 


26 3% 


19 


7 


27 85/ie 


18 


8 


26 4 1 % 6 


19 


8 


27 9% 


18 


9 


26 6 3 /i 6 


19 


9 


27 ll%e 


18 


10 


26 7% 


19 


10 


28 % e 


18 


11 


26 9 


19 


11 


28 2 


19 




26 KF/ie 


20 




28 3%e 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



11 



Table of Diagonals for 45° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 20 Feet on the Sides. 





Sides. 


Diagonal. 




Sides. 


D 


iagonal. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


12 


1 


17 


l%e 


15 


1 


21 


4 


12 


2 


17 


2%6 


15 


2 


21 


5% 


12 


3 


17 


3% 


15 


3 


21 


6 13 /le 


12 


4 


17 


5 5 /l6 


15 


4 


21 


8%6 


12 


5 


17 


6H/16 


15 


5 


21 


9% 


12 


6 


17 


8% 


15 


6 


21 


ll%e 


12 


7 


17 


9%6 


15 


7 


22 


7 /l6 


12 


8 


17 


10 15 /l6 


15 


8 


22 


1% 


12 


9 


18 


% 


15 


9 


22 


35/16 


12 


10 


18 


H 13 /l6 


15 


10 


22 


4Hie 


12 


11 


18 


3% 6 


15 


11 


22 


m 


3 




18 


4% 


16 




22 


1Y2 


13 


1 


18 


6 


16 


1 


22 


8 15 ,46 


13 


2 


18 


7%6 


16 


2 


22 


10% 


18 


3 


18 


8% 


16 


3 


22 


11% 


13 


4 


18 


10i/i 


16 


4 


23 


1%6 


13 


5 


18 


PVl6 


16 


5 


23 


2% 


13 


6 


19 


lVs 


16 


6 


23 


4 


13 


7 


19 


2V 2 


16 


7 


23 


5%« 


13 


8 


19 


SWie 


16 


8 


23 


6!%6 


13 


9 


19 


5%6 


16 


9 


23 


8% 


13 


10 


19 


6% 


16 


10 


23 


9Hie 


13 


11 


19 


83/16 


16 


11 


23 


HHe 


14 




19 


9 9 /l6 


17 




24 


¥2 


14 


1 


19 


11 


17 


1 


24 


l 15 /i6 


14 


2 


20 


7 /l6 


17 


2 


24 


3% 6 


14 


3 


20 • 


l 13 /l6 


17 


3 


24 


4% 


14 


4 


20 


31/4 


17 


4 


24 


6V 8 


14 


5 


20 


411/16 


17 


5 


24 


7% 6 


14 


6 


20 


6Vi 6 


17 


6 


24 


9 


!4 


7 


20 


71/2 


17 


7 


24 


10% 


14 


8 


20 


8% 


17 


8 


24 


ll 13 /i6 


14 


9 


20 


105/16 


17 


9 


25 


1% 


14 


10 


20 


11% 


17 


10 


25 


2% 


14 


11 


21 


1% 


17 


11 


25 


4Vi« 


15 




21 


2%6 


18 




25 


5y 2 


Extreme 


caution 


must be exercised 


in ta 


king off 


centers of fi 


ttings 


in thest 


: measuremer 


its. 





OFFSETS 

STAHDAHD FLGD-£LL$. 

-B 
A" 




■^GASKET. 



45° ELLS 



SIZE 


OFFSET 
A 


Z 


3% 


fti 


4* 


3 


4* 


3-a 


5 


4 


5r« 


4* 


16 


5 


6* 


6 


7i 


7 


7% 


& 


rn 


9 


8* 


10 


9* 


12 


101 


14 


io i 


15 


hi 


16 


ni 


18 


iak 


ao 


I3i 


22 


»4i 


1 a4 


I5| 



4S ^ND 



90 o fiL5. 



size 


OFFSET 

B 


z 


5 


Zk 


5& 


3 


6 rs 


3k 


6i 


4 


7 Z. 


4k 


7 3 


5 


8^ 


6 


9* 


7 


9H 


8 


40 tfe 


9 


U 1 


JO 


ia& 


12 


I3H 


14 


I5i 


15 


15$ 


(6 


16$ 


Id 


ITU 


20 


19 s 


22 


21? 


--*« 


23 1 



12 



OFFSETS 
EXTRA HEAVY FLGt 
K-A- 




^G^SKtr 



45° 


ELLS 


SIZE 


OFFSET 


2 


H 


ik 


5 


3 


5 


3i> 


5 Te 


4 


6i 


n- 


6| 


5 


7 t 


6 


7? 6 


7 


8t 


8 


8t 


9 


9t 


10 


y ti 


\Z 


\>i 


14 


Hi 


15 


I2f 6 


16 


I2t 


18 


13^ 


20 


14$ 


22 


Hi 


24 


I6f 6 



45°ano90° ELLS 


SIZE 


OFFSET 

B 


Z 


5% 


2t 


61 


3 


6i 


3i 


7fc 


4 


8fc 


4i 


8* 


5 


9 ir 


6 


v3 Te 


7 


10 I 


8 


h i 


9 


12 71 


10 


I3i 


12 


14 i 


14 


15 is 


15 


»6* 


16 


\7 re 


18 


18 I 


20 


20 \ 


22 


2i i 


24 


23 i 



13 



14 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



y/f 



22i" 



^ 


w 




Kl 





60 : 




2>'-Z 



3'~Z" 




T^z 77 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



15 



Table of Diagonals for 1 1 %° Triangles Measuring fron. 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides, 



Long Leg 


Sh.Leg 


Diag. 


Long 


Leg 


Sh. Leg 


Diag. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


3 16 




1 


3 





7 3 /l6 


3 Hie 


2 


% 




2Vi6 


3 


1 


7% 


3 liyie 


3 


% 




3Vi6 


3 


2 


7% 6 


3 2% 


4 


13 /l6 




4i/i6 


3 


3 


71 3 /l6 


3 3% 


5 


1 




5V8 


3 


4 


8 


3 4% 


6 


l 3 /l6 




6% 


3 


5 


8 3 /l6 


3 5i%6 


7 


1% 




7% 


3 


6 


8% 


3 6 13 /ie 


8 


P/16 




8V8 


3 


7 


8%6 


3 7i 3 /i 6 


9 


l 13 /l6 




9 3 /l6 


3 


8 


8% 


3 8 13 /i* 


10 


2 




10% 6 


3 


9 


9 


3 9% 


11 


2 3 /i 6 




ll 3 /l6 


3 


10 


9 3 /l6 


3 10% 


1 


2% 


1 


M 


3 


11 


9% 


3 11% 


1 1 


2%6 


1 


VA 


4 





9% 6 


4 *%• 


1 2 


2% 


1 


25/16 


4 


1 


9% 


4 lis/ie 


1 3 


3 


1 


3 5 /l 6 


4 


2 


9^/16 


4 3 


1 4 


33/i6 


1 


4 5 /i 6 


4 


3 


10 3 /l6 


4 4 


1 5 


3% 


1 


5% 


4 


4 


10% 


4 5 


1 6 


3 9 /l 6 


1 


6% 


4 


5 


10 9 /l6 


4 6Vie 


1 7 


3% 


1 


7% 


4 


6 


10% 


4 7Vie 


1 8 


3 15 /l6 


1 


8% 


4 


7 


10 15 /l6 


4 8Vie 


1 9 


4%6 


1 


9 7 /l6 


4 


8 


11% 


4 9 l /ie 


1 10 


4% 


1 


10 7 /l 6 


4 


9 


11% 


4 10% 


1 11 


4% 6 


1 


H 7 /l6 


4 


10 


11% 


4 11% 


2 


4% 


2 


V2 


4 


11 


H 13 /l6 


5 % 


2 1 


4^/16 


2 


1V2 


5 





1 


5 1%6 


2 2 


5% 


2 


2%6 


5 


1 


1 %6 


5 2 3 /ie 


2 3 


5% 


2 


3 9 /16 


5 


2 


1 % 


5 3V 4 


2 4 


5%6 


2 


4% 6 


5 


3 


1 % 


5 4y 4 


2 5 


5% 


2 


5% 


5 


4 


1 13 /l6 


5 hhi 


2 6 


5 15 /l6 


2 


6% 


5 


5 


1 1 


5 6% 6 


2 7 


6% 


2 


7% 


5 


6 


1 Hie 


5 7%e 


2 8 


6%6 


2 


8% 


5 


7 


1 1% 


5 8% 6 


2 9 


69/16 


2 


9H16 


5 


8 


1 1 9 /16 


5 9% 6 


2 10 


6% 


2 


10*Vl6 


5 


9 


1 1% 


5 10% 


2 11 


6 15 /l6 


>_> 


11^16 


5 


10 


1 l 15 /l6 


5 11% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



16 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 1 1 l X° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Sb. Leg 


Diag. 


Long Leg 


Sh. Leg 


Diag. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In 


5 11 


1 21/s 


6 % 


8 





1 7i/i 6 


8 1% 


6 


1 25/16 


6 l'/l6 


8 


1 


1 71/4 


8 2% 


6 1 


1 2V 2 


6 2%6 


8 


2 


1 7 7 A6 


8 3i5/ie 


6 2 


1 2ii/i6 


6 31/2 


8 


3 


1 7iVi6 


8 4i% 6 


6 3 


1 2i% 6 


6 41/2 


8 


4 


1 77s 


8 5i%a 


6 4 


1 2Vs 


6 bY 2 


8 


5 


1 8V16 


8 7 


6 5 


1 3% 6 


6 61/2 


8 


6 


1 8y 4 


8 8 


6 6 


1 31/2 


6 71/2 


8 


7 


1 8 7 /l6 


8 9 


6 7 


1 311/16 


6 81/2 


8 


8 


1 8% 


8 10 


6 8 


1 8% 


6 91/2 


8 


9 


1 8% 


8 11 We 


6 9 


1 4i/8 


6 10% 


8 


10 


1 9Vw 


9 % 6 


6 10 


1 45/i6 


6 11% 


8 


11 


1 m 


9 1% 6 


6 11 


1 4y 2 


7 % 


9 





1 91/2 


9 2y 8 


7 


1 411/16 


7 1% 


9 


1 


1 911/1 6 


9 3y 8 


7 1 


1 4</ 8 


7 2% 


9 


2 


1 9% 


9 4i/8 


7 2 


1 51/16 


7 3H4e 


9 


3 


1 10% 


9 53/i 6 


7 3 


1 6 5 /l6 


7 41^6 


9 


4 


1 10 5 /l6 


9 6^6 


7 4 


1 51/2 


7 5iVi6 


9 


5 


1 ioy 2 


9 7%6 


7 5 


1 511/16 


7 6% 


9 


6 


1 lOHie 


9 8y 4 


7 6 


1 hVs 


7 7% 


9 


7 


1 10% 


9 9ii 


7 7 


1 6V16 


7 8% 


9 


8 


1 H l /l6 


9 10% 


7 8 


1 6V4 


7 9% 


9 


9 


1 11% 


9 11% 6 


7 9 


1 6V2 


7 10i3/ 16 


9 


10 


1 lifts 


10 5 /ie 


7 10 


1 6H/16 


7 1113^6 


9 


11 


1 11% 


10 1% 6 


7 11 


1 6% 


8 i% 6 


10 





l lizzie 


10 2% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking ofi 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



17 



Table of Diagonals for 2 2 %° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Short Lesr. 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft, In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft 


In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


Tie 


IV16 


3 


1 


1 


35/ie 


3 41/16 


2 


13 Ae 


2%e 


3 


2 


1 


3% 


3 51/8 


3 


1% 


31/4 


3 


8 


1 


4i/8 


3 6% 6 


4 


lWe 


4% 6 


3 


4 


1 


4%6 


3 7% 6 


5 


2W« 


57ie 


3 


5 


1 


5 


3 8% 


6 


2y 2 


6y 2 


3 


6 


1 


5% 


3 9 7 /ie 


7 


2% 


7 9 /l6 


3 


7 


1 


5i% 6 


3 10 9 /ie 


8 


3%« 


8i Vie 


3 


8 


1 


6% 


3 11% 


9 


3% 


9% 


3 


9 


1 


6% 


4 ii/ie 


10 


4% 


10 13 /l6 


3 


10 


1 


7Vi6 


4 113/16 


11 


4»/i6 


11% 


3 


11 


1 


7yi6 


4 2% 


1 


5 


1 1 


4 





1 


7y 8 


4 3 15 /ie 


1 1 


5% 


1 2Vi6 


4 


1 


1 


8 5 /l6 


4 51/1 6 


1 2 


5 13 /l6 


1 3i/8 


4 


2 


1 


8n/i6 


4 6i/ 8 


1 3 


6% 


1 4i/4 


4 


3 


1 


9i/8 


4 73/ie 


1 4 


6"/l6 


1 5%6 


4 


4 


1 


9% 6 


4 8 5 /i6 


1 5 


7%8 


1 6% 


4 


5 


1 


9 15 /l6 


4 9% 


1 6 


71/2 


1 71/2 


4 


6 


1 


10% 


4 10 7 /i6 


1^ 7 


7% 


1 8 9 /l6 


4 


7 


1 


10% 


4 IP/2 


1 8 


8 5 /l6 


1 9% 


4 


8 


1 


IB16 


5 % 


1 9 


8% 


1 mi 


4 


9 


1 


11% 


5 lHie 


1 10 


9% 


1 n i3 /i6 


4 


10 


2 





5 2 3 4 


1 11 


9%6 


2 % 


4 


11 


2 


Tie 


5 3% 


2 


9 15 /l6 


2 2 


5 





2 


% 


5 4i5/i6 


2 1 


10% 


2 31/16 


5 


1 


2 


Hi 


5 6 


2 2 


10% 


2 41/8 


5 


2 


2 


lHie 


5 7i/8 


2 3 


11%6 


2 51/4 


5 


3 


2 


21/8 


5 83/i 6 


2 4 


11% 


2 6% 6 


5 


4 


2 


21/2 


5 9i/i 


2 5 


1 


2 7% 


5 


b 


2 


2i% 6 


5 10% 


2 6 


1 7 /ie 


2 8% 


5 


6 


2 


3%6 


5 IF/16 


2 7 


1 1%6 


2 9 9 /i6 


5 


7 


2 


3% 


6 1/2 


2 8 


1 1% 


2 10% 


5 


8 


2 


4%6 


6 1% 


2 9 


1 lHie 


2 llHie 


5 


9 


2 


4% 6 


6 2Hi 6 


2 10 


1 21/16 


3 !% 6 


5 


10 


2 


5 


6 3% 


2 11 


1 m 


3 1% 


5 


11 


2 


5% 


6 4% 


3 


1 2 13 /ie 


3 2i% 6 


6 





2 


51 3 /l6 


6 5^/ie 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 

centers of fittings in these measurements. 
2 



18 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals for 22^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 1 Feet on the Sides. 



LongLeg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


LongLeg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


2 6% 


6 7 


8 


1 


3 4%6 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 8% 


8 


2 


3 4% 6 


8 10%6 


6 3 


2 7Vi6 


6 9 3 /i6 


8 


3 


3 5 


8 11% 


6 4 


2 71/2 


6 10% 


8 


4 


3 5'/i 6 


9 % 


6 5 


2 7% 


6 11% 


8 


5 


3 5i% 6 


9 1% 6 


6 6 


2 8%6 


7 % e 


8 


6 


3 6% 


9 2% 


6 7 


2 8% 


7 1V 2 


8 


7 


3 6H/16 


9 31/2 


6 8 


2 9V8 


7 2% 


8 


8 


3 7Vi6 


9 4%6 


6 9 


2 9% 6 


7 311/16 


8 


9 


3 71/2 


9 5% 


6 10 


2 9 15 /i 6 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 7% 


9 6% 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 513/16 


8 


11 


3 8-/16 


9 713/16 


7 


2 10 13 /i 6 


7 615/16 


9 





3 8% 


9 8% 


7 1 


2 113 /16 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91/8 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 9Vi6 


9 


2 


3 9 9 /i 6 


9 11% 6 


7 3 


3 Vie 


7 103/16 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 % 


7 4 


3 %e 


7 11% 


9 


4 


3 10% 


10 1% 


7 5 


3 % 


8 % 6 


9 


5 


3 101 3 /l6 


10 2% 6 


7 6 


3 Ui 


8 l</i6 


9 


6 


3 11% 


10 3% 


7 7 


3 lHie 


8 2i/ 2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 41/2 


7 8 


3 2% 


8 39/i6 


9 


8 


4 %6 


10 5% 6 


7 9 


3 2V2 


8 4ii/i6 


9 


9 


4 Vie 


10 6% 


7 10 


3 2^/ie 


8 b% 


9 


10 


4 % 


10 7% 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 613/16 


9 


11 


4 P/16 


10 813,16 


8 


3 3% 


8 7i5/i6 


10 


o'l 


4 in/16 


10 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



19 



Table of Diagonals of 33^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



LongLeg 


Short Leg. 


D 


agonal. 


1 

Long 


Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


F 


t. In. 


Ft 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


1 




Hie 




l 3 /l6 


3 


1 


2 % 


3 8% 


2 




1%6 




2% 


3 


2 


.2 1% 


3 9n/i 6 


3 




2 




3% 


3 


3 


2 2ii6 


3 10% 


4 




2Hie 




41%6 


3 


4 


2 2% 


4 Vs 


5 




3-/16 




6 


3 


5 


2 3% 


4 1% 6 


6 




4 




7 3 /l6 


3 


6 


2 4Vi6 


4 21/2 


7 




4^/16 




8 7 /l6 


3 


7 


2 4?i 


4 3H/16 


8 




5% 




9% 


3 


8 


2 5% 


4 4i5/ 16 


9 




6 




-1 Al ft/ 

iv"?ie 


3 


9 


2 6% 6 


4 6i/8 


10 




6W 16 


1 





3 


10 


2 6 3 4 


4 7%6 


11 




7% 


1 


1% 


3 


11 


2 7% 


4 81/2 


1 




8 


1 


2%a 


4 





2 8V16 


4 9% 


1 1 




8H/16 


1 


3% 


4 


1 


2 8^ 


4 10i 5 /i 6 


1 2 




9% 


1 


mis 


4 


2 


2 9% 


5 % 


1 3 




10 


1 


61/ie 


4 


3 


2 IOV16 


5 19ie 


1 4 




10H/16 


1 


7% 


4 


4 


2 10% 


5 2% 6 


1 5 




11% 


1 


8-/ie 


4 


5 


2 UTie 


5 3% 


1 6 


1 





1 


9% 


4 


6 


3 We 


5 4i% 6 


1 7 


1 


11/16 


1 


107s 


4 


7 


3 % 


5 6% 


1 8 


1 


1% 


2 


Vie 


4 


8 


3 F/16 


5 7% 


1 9 


1 


2 


2 


1% 


4 


9 


3 2i/i6 


5 8 9 /4 6 


1 10 


1 


2H/16 


2 


2Ti6 


4 


10 


3 2% 


5 9% 


1 11 


1 


3% 


2 


3H1« 


4 


11 


3 3</i6 


5 10i 5 /i6 


2 


1 


4i/i6 


2 


4% 


5 





3 4i/i6 


6 % G 


2 1 


1 


411/16 


2 


6716 


5 


1 


3 4% 


6 1% 


2 2 


1 


5% 


2 


7% 


5 


2 


3 bVie 


6 2^46 


2 3 


1 


6V16 


2 


8% 


5 


3 


3 6% 


6 3% 


2 4 


1 


6H/16 


2 


9Hi6 


5 


4 


3 6% 


6 5 


2 5 


1 


7% 


2 10% 


5 


5 


3 7 vie 


6 6% 6 


2 6 


1 


8V16 


3 


Vie 


5 


6 


3 81/8 


6 7% 


2 7 


1 


8H/16 


3 


lVs 


5 


7 


3 8*i 


6 8% 6 


2 8 


1 


9% 


3 


2y 2 


5 


8 


3 9-/16 


6 913/le 


2 9 


1 


10i/i6 


3 


3"/i6 


5 


9 


3 lOi/s 


6 11 


2 10 


1 lOHie 


3 


4% 


5 


10 


3 10% 


7 9i« 


2 11 


1 


11% 


3 


6% 


5 


11 


3 11'16 


7 1% - 


3 


2 


V16 


3 


7°io 


6 





4 y 8 


7 2% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



20 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 33^° Triangles "Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides, 



LongLeg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Long Leg Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In 


6 1 


4 % 


7 313/ie 


8 


1 


5 4l3/i6 


9 8n/ ie 


6 2 


4 1% 6 


7 5 


8 


2 


5 51/2 


9 9% 


6 3 


4 2y 8 


7 6i3/ 16 


8 


3 


5 6i/ 8 


9 iiyi 6 


6 4 


4 2i% 6 


7 7% 


8 


4 


5 613/16 


10 y 4 


6 5 


4 3%e 


7 8% 


8 


5 


5 71/2 


10 iy 2 


6 6 


4 4i/8 


7 9i3/i 6 


8 


6 


5 8V 8 


10 2Hie 


6 7 


4 413/16 


7 11 


8 


7 


5 8i3/ 16 


10 3% 


6 8 


4 5716 


8 3/ 16 


8 


8 


5 91/2 


10 5yi 6 


6 9 


4 61/8 


8 l'/l6 


8 


9 


5 103/16 


10 65/ie 


6 10 


4 61 3 /l6 


8 2% 


8 


10 


5 1013/ie 


10 7y 2 


6 11 4 7% 6 


8 3i3/i6 


8 


11 


5 II1/2 


10 8iy 16 


7 


4 8i/ 8 


8 5 


9 





6 S /l6 


10 9% 


7 1 


4 813/16 


8 61/4 


9 


1 


6 13/16 


10 lll/l« 


7 2 


4 9'/i 6 


8 7</i6 


9 


2 


6 I1/2 


11 5 /16 


7 3 


4 lOi/s 


8 8% 


9 


3 


6 23/X6 


11 iy 2 


7 4 


4 I01 3 /l6 


8 9i3/i6 


9 


4 


6 213/ie 


11 2iyie 


7 5 


4 lF/ie 


8 IIV16 


9 


5 


6 31/2 


11 3% 


7 6 


5 1/8 


9 1/4 


9 


6 


6 43 /16 


11 51/8 


7 7 


5 i3/ 16 


9 F/16 


9 


7 


6 4i3/i6 


11 6%6 


7 8 


5 1V 2 


9 2% 


9 


8 


6 51/2 


11 1Y2 


7 9 


5 2i/8 


9 3% 


9 


9 


6 63/i6 


11 8n/ia 


7 10 


5 2i3/ 16 


9 5i/i6 


9 


10 


6 6% 


U 9 l5 /i6 


7 11 


5 31/2 


9 6i/i 


9 


11 


6 71/2 


11 IP's 


8 


5 4i/8 


9 VAe 


10 





6 83/ie 


12 5 /l6 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 21 

fable of Diagonals of 67^° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long- Leg Short Leg 


Diagonal. 


Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal 


Ft In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft 


In. 


Ft. In. 


1 


7/ 16 


11/16 


3 


1 


1 


3%6 


3 4Vi6 


2 


*%e 


2*/l6 


3 


2 


1 


3 :; i 


3 5% 


3 


1% 


3i/i 


3 


3 


1 


4% 


3 6% 6 


4 


lHie 


4 5 /16 


3 


4 


1 


4%6 


3 7 5 /i 6 


5 


21/16 


5</l6 


3 


5 


1 


5 


3 83/s 


6 


2V 2 


6M> 


3 


6 


1 


5% 


3 97i6 


7 


2% 


7 9 /l6 


3 


7 


1 


513/16 


3 10 9 /i 6 


8 


3 5 /4 6 


8H/16 


3 


8 


1 


6I/4 


3 11% 


9 


3% 


9% 


3 


9 


1 


6% 


4 1^6 


10 


4% 


1013/ie 


3 


10 


1 


7Vi6 


4 li%6 


11 


4% e 


11% 


3 


11 


1 


IVw 


4 2% 


1 


5 


1 1 


4 





1 


7% 


4 3^6 


1 1 


5% 


1 2i/i6 


4 


1 


1 


8%6 


4 5Vi 6 


1 2 


51%6 


1 3% 


4 


2 


1 


8H/16 


4 6i/ 8 


1 3 


6i/i 


1 41/4 


4 


3 


1 


91/8 


4 73/ie 


1 4 


6i% 6 


1 5 5 /l 6 


4 


4 


1 


99/l 6 


4 8% e 


1 5 


71/16 


1 6% 


4 


5 


1 


915/16 


4 9% 


1 6 


71/2 


1 71/2 


4 


6 


1 10% 


4 10716 


1 7 


7% 


1 8 9 /i 6 


4 


7 


1 


10% 


4 ny 2 


1 8 


8% 6 


1 9% 


4 


8 


1 


113/16 


5 % 


1 9 


8% 


1 10% 


4 


9 


1 11% 


5 in/16 


1 10 


9i/8 


1 Hl 3 /l6 


4 


10 


2 





5 23/4 


1 11 


9%6 


2 % 


4 


11 


2 


7 /l6 


5 3% 


2 


913/ie 


2 2 


5 





2 


% 


5 4i% 6 


2 1 


10% 


2 31/16 


5 


1 


2 


11/4 


5 6 


2 2 


10% 


2 4% 


5 


2 


2 


lHie 


5 7V8 


2 3 


H 3 /i6 


2 5i/ 4 


5 


3 


2 


2% 


5 83/i6 


2 4 


11% 


2 6^ 6 


5 


4 


2 


2V 2 


5 91/4 


2 5 


1 


2 1% 


5 


5 


2 


2i% 6 


5 10% 


2 6 


1 7 /16 


2 81/2 


5 


6 


2 


3% 6 


5 11%6 


2 7 


1 l 3 /l6 


2 9% e 


5 


7 


2 


334 


6 y 2 


2 8 


1 114 


2 10% 


5 


8 


2 


43/16 


6 1% 


2 9 


1 in/16 


2 11H/16 


5 


9 


2 


4^/16 


6 2n/ifl 


2 10 


1 21/16 


3 l 3 /l6 


5 


10 


2 


5 


6 33/4 


2 11 


1 21/2 


3 1% 


5 


11 


2 


5% 


6 4% 


3 


1 2i% 6 


3 215/16 


6 





2 


5i3/i6 


6' 51 % Q 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



22 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 673*2° Triangles Measuring from 
1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long Leg 


Short Leg. 


Diagonal. 


LongLeg 


Short Leg. Diagonal. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. In. 


Ft. In. 


6 1 


2 6V4 


6 7 


8 


1 


3 43/16 


8 9 


6 2 


2 6% 


6 8i/8 


8 


2 


3 4%6 


8 10^6 


6 3 


2 7Vie 


6 9% 6 


8 


3 


3 5 


8 lli/s 


6 4 


2 7V 2 


6 lOi/i 


8 


4 


3 5 7 /i6 


9 % 


6 5 


2 7% 


6 11% 


8 


5 


3 5i3A 6 


9 1%6 


6 6 


2 8 5 /i6 


7 % 6 


8 


6 


3 614 


9 2% 


6 7 


2 8% 


7 1V 2 


8 


7 


3 6H/16 


9 3V2 


6 8 


2 9Vs 


7 2% 


8 


8 


3 7Vi6 


9 4 9 /i6 


6 9 


2 9 9 /i6 


7 311/16 


8 


9 


3 71/2 


9 5% 


6 10 


2 9i 5 A6 


7 4% 


8 


10 


3 7% 


9 63/ 4 


6 11 


2 10% 


7 5i 3 /i6 


8 


11 


3 8 5 /i6 


9 7i3/i6 


7 


2 10 13 A 6 


7 6i%6 


9 





3 83/ 4 


9 8% 


7 1 


2 11%6 


7 8 


9 


1 


3 91's 


9 10 


7 2 


2 11% 


7 9i/i6 


9 


2 


3 9 9 /i6 


9 ll%e 


7 3 


3 Vie 


7 10 3 /i6 


9 


3 


3 10 


10 y 8 


7 4 


3 %« 


7 lli/i 


9 


4 


3 10 3 / 8 


10 1% 


7 5 


3 % 


8 5 /l6 


9 


5 


3 10i3/i6 


10 2 5 /ie 


7 6 


3 iy 4 


8 F/16 


9 


6 


3 IIV4 


10 33/8 


7 7 


3 1H/16 


8 21/2 


9 


7 


3 11% 


10 41/2 


7 8 


3 2% 


8 3 9 /i6 


9 


8 


4 Vie 


10 5%e 


7 9 


3 21/2 


8 4H/46 


9 


9 


4 % e 


10 6% 


7 10 


3 21%6 


8 5% 


9 


10 


4 % 


10 734 


7 11 


3 3% 


8 61 3 /l6 


9 


11 


4 15/16 


10 813/46 


8 


3 3% 


8 7i 5 /i6 


10 





4 ln/ifi'lO 9% 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking oft 
centers of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 23 

Table of Diagonals of 60° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 

Legr 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal, 
Ft. In. 


1" 


9 /l6" 




w 


3' 1" 


V 9%" 


3' 6K" 


2" 


1%" 




2% 6 " 


3' 2" 


1' 9i% 6 " 


3' 7%" 


3" 


1%" 




3 7 /l6" 


3' 3" 


l' ioy 2 " 


3' 9" 


4" 


2%«" 




W 


3' 4" 


r lltte" 


3' 10% 6 » 


5" 


294" 




5K" 


3' 5" 


1' 11 Hie" 


3' 11% 6 " 


6" 


3% 6 " 




615/16" 


3' 6" 


2' %" 


4' K 2 " 


7" 


4Vi 6 " 




8W 


3' 7" 


2' i% a " 


4' liMe" 


8" 


4%" 




9#" 


3' 8" 


2' 1%" 


4' 2i%«" 


9" 


5 3 /l6" 




10%" 


3' 9" 


2' 2" 


4' 3i% 6 " 


10" 


5%" 




ll 9 /i 6 " 


3' 10" 


2' 2% 6 " 


4' 5/ 8 " 


11" 


6%" 




12W 


3' 11" 


2' 3%" 


4' 6^" 


12" 


6W 




1313/i 6 " 


4' 0" 


2' 3iyi6" 


4' 77/ia" 


V 1" 


7y 2 " 


V 


3" 


4' 1" 


2' 4V 4 " 


4' 8% 6 " 


V 2" 


8Vi6" 


V 


43/ie" 


4' 2" 


2' 4%" 


4' 9%" 


V 3" 


8Hi 6 " 


1' 


5 5 /l6" 


4' 3" 


2' 5% 6 " 


4' 10%" 


V 4" 


9*4" 


V 


w 


4' 4" 


2' 6" 


5' 0" 


V 5" 


9i3/ lc " 


V 


IH" 


4' 5" 


2' 6K" 


5' 13/i 6 " 


V 6" 


10%" 


V 


8%" 


4' 6" 


2' 73/ie" 


5' 2% 6 " 


V 7" 


11" 


V 


915/ie" 


4' 7" 


2' iy A " 


5' sy 2 " 


V 8" 


H 9 /l6" 


V 


ll^ie" 


4' 8" 


2' 85/ie" 


5' 4f$" 


1' 9" 


12%" 


2' 


V 


4/ 9" 


2' 8%" 


5' 513A6" 


V 10" 


12Hie" 


2' 


1H" 


4' 10" 


2' 9^" 


5' 6i5/ 16 " 


1' 11" 


18%" 


2' 


2 9 /i 6 " 


4' 11" 


2' lOMe" 


5' 8/ 8 " 


2' 0" 


13%" 


2' 


3iyi 6 " 


5' 0" 


2' 10%" 


5' 9^" 


2' 1" 


1' 27/ 16 " 


2' 


W 


5' 1" 


2' UK" 


5' 10%" 


2' 2" 


r 3" 


2' 


6" 


5' 2" 


2' lll^e" 


5' 119/16" 


2' 3" 


V 3%«" 


2' 


73/ie" 


5' 3" 


3' 3/ 8 - 


6' &" 


2' 4" 


1' 43/ 16 " 


2' 


85/i 6 " 


5' 4" 


3' i% 6 " 


6' 1%" 


2' 5" 


1' 43/4" 


2' 


9%" 


5' 5" 


3' 1%» 


6' 3i/i6" 


2' 6" 


V 5% a " 


2' 


10%" 


5' 6" 


3' 2/ 8 " 


6' 43/ 16 " 


2' 7" 


1' 5%" 


2' 


H 13 /l6" 


5' 7" 


3' 2Hi 6 " 


6' 5%" 


2' 8" 


1' 6%" 


3' 


15 /i6" 


5' 8" 


3' 3^" 


6' 6H" 


2' 9" 


1' 7i/ 16 " 


3' 


2/ 8 " 


5' 9" 


3' 313/ie" 


6' 7i% 6 " 


2' 10" 


1' 7%" 


3' 


3#" 


5' 10" 


3' 47/16" 


6' 813/X6" 


2' 11" 


1' 8 3 /ie" 


3' 


4Vi 6 


5' 11" 


3' 5" 


6' 10" 


3' 0" 


V 8%" 


3' 


5»Aa 


6' 0" 


3' 5»/i«" 


6' UK" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking- off centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



24 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 60 c Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Di 
Ft 


agonal 
. In. 


6' 1" 


3' 


6Ys" 


7' K" 


8' 


1" 


4' 


8" 


9' 


4" 


6' 2" 


3' 


6%" 


7' IV10" 


8' 


2" 


4' 


8% ft" 


9' 


5%" 


6' 3" 


3' 


75/ 1(5 " 


7' 29/ie" 


8' 


3" 


4' 


9H" 


9' 


6^16" 


6' 4" 


3' 


7%" 


7' 3^" 


8' 


4" 


4' 


9M" 


9' 


7% e " 


6' 5" 


3' 


8% e " 


7' 4%" 


8' 


5" 


4' 


10% e " 


9' 


SH" 


6' 6" 


3' 


9" 


7' 6Me" 


8' 


6" 


4' 


10%" 


9' 


W 


6' 7" 


3' 


W 


7' 7% 6 " 


8' 


7" 


4' 


llVie" 


9' 


10i% e " 


6' 8" 


3' 


10*H 6 " 


7' 8^" 


8' 


8" 


5' 


Vie" 


10' 


YW 


6' 9" 


3' 


10K" 


7' 9#" 


8' 


9" 


5' 


%" 


10' 


IX" 


6' 10" 


3' 


ll 5 /i 6 " 


7' 101 Vie" 


8' 


10" 


5' 


l 3 /ie 


10' 


23^" 


6' 11" 


3' 


ll 15 /i 6 " 


7' lli% 6 " 


8' 


11" 


5' 


w 


10' 


3%e" 


7' 0" 


4' 


l A" 


8' 1" 


9' 


0" 


5' 


2%" 


10' 


4i% 6 " 


7' 1" 


4' 


ltte" 


8' 2Kb" 


9' 


1" 


5' 


215/ie" 


10' 


513Ag" 


7' 2" 


4' 


IK" 


8' 3%«" 


9' 


2" 


5' 


3K" 


10' 


7" 


7' 3" 


4' 


2?r 


8' 4% 6 " 


9' 


3" 


5' 


4Vie" 


10' 


83/ie" 


7' 4" 


4' 


213/ie" 


8' 5%" 


9' 


4" 


5' 


W 


10' 


9% 6 " 


7' 5" 


4' 


33/ 8 " 


8' 6%" 


9' 


5" 


5' 


5^" 


10' 


10%" 


7' 6" 


4' 


3i%e" 


8' 7W 


9' 


6" 


5' 


5i3/ 16 " 


10' 


11%" 


7 , 7 „ 


4' 


4%" 


8' 9Vi 6 " 


9' 


7" 


5' 


63/ 8 " 


11' 


%" 


7' 8" 


4' 


5/ 8 " 


8' 10#" 


9' 


8" 


5' 


7" 


11' 


Wio' 


7' 9" 


4' 


5iVi 6 " 


8' 1W 


9' 


9" 


5' 


7% 6 " 


11' 


3Vie" 


7' 10" 


4' 


6%" 


9' %" 


9' 


10" 


5' 


W 


11' 


4K" 


7' 11" 


4' 


6%" 


9' 1W 


9' 


11" 


5' 


8iVic" 


11' 


5^" 


8' 0" 


4' 


7% 6 " 


9' 2J4" 


10' 


0" 


5' 


9# w 


11' 


6% 6 " 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers of 
fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 25 

Table ol Diagonals of 72° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal. 
Ft. In. 


Long 

Leg 

Ft. In. 


Short Leg 
Ft. In. 


Diagonal. 
Ft. In. 


1" 


H" 


ltte" 


3' 1" 


1' 


0" 


3' 2 ft" 


2" 


H" 


2/ 8 " 


3' 2" 


1' 


34" 


3' 4" 


3" 


1" 


3/ 8 " 


3' 3" 


1' 


Vz" 


3' 5" 


4" 


IK" 


4#" 


3' 4" 


1' 


1" 


3' 6" 


5" 


W 


5K" 


3' 5" 


1' 


IK" 


3' 7/ 8 " 


6" 


2" 


6^" 


3' 6" 


1' 


IK" 


3' 8W 


7" 


2K" 


734" 


3' 7" 


1' 


2" 


3' 9K" 


8" 


2K" 


83/ 8 " 


3' 8" 


1' 


'-K" 


3' 10K" 


9" 


2%" 


9H" 


3' 9" 


1' 


23/ 8 " 


3' 11%" 


10" 


3#" 


10^" 


3' 10" 


1' 


3" 


4' H" 


11" 


3H" 


11^" 


3' 11" 


1' 


3K" 


4' 13/ 8 " 


12" 


3%" 


12%" 


4' 0" 


V 


3^" 


4' 2^" 


V 1" 


4K" 


1' W 


4' 1" 


V 


3 ft" 


4' 3^" 


r 2" 


4/ 2 " 


1' 2K" 


4' 2" 


V 


4K" 


4' 4^" 


V 3" 


4K" 


1' 334" 


4' 3" 


V 


4K" 


4' 5^" 


V 4" 


5K" 


1' 4#" 


4' 4" 


V 


4ft" 


4' 6^ 8 " 


V 5" 


5^" 


1' 5%" 


4' 5" 


V 


5K" 


4' 734" 


V 6" 


574" 


1' 6ft" 


4' 6" 


V 


5K" 


4' 834" 


1' 7" 


6/ 8 " 


1' 8" 


4' 7" 


V 


5ft" 


4' 9ft" 


1' 8" 


6^" 


1' 9" 


4' 8" 


V 


6K" 


4' 10ft" 


1' 9" 


6%" 


1' \0%" 


4/ 9 » 


V 


6^" 


4' 11%" 


V 10" 


7H" 


1' ll/ 8 " 


4' 10" 


V 


6ft" 


5' 1" 


1' 11" 


7^" 


2' / 8 " 


4/ xi M 


V 


7/ 8 " 


5' 2" 


2' 0" 


7%" 


2' 1^" 


5' 0" 


V 


7/ 2 " 


5' 3/s" 


2' 1" 


8Ks" 


2' 2K" 


5' 1" 


V 


7%" 


5' 4H'' 


2' 2" 


8M" 


2' 334" 


5' 2" 


1' 


8H" 


5' 5K" 


2' 3" 


83^" 


2' 43/ 8 " 


5' 3" 


1' 


8^" 


5' 6K" 


2' 4" 


9/ 8 " 


2' 53/ 8 " 


5' 4" 


1' 


834" 


5' 7K" 


2' 5" 


93/ 8 " 


2' 6%" 


5' 5" 


1' 


9y 8 " 


5' 8y 8 " 


2' 6" 


934" 


2' 7M" 


5' 6" 


1' 


9K 2 " 


5' 9K" 


2' 7" 


10H" 


2' 8K" 


5' 7" 


V 


93^" 


5' 10K" 


2' 8" 


10%" 


2' 9^" 


5' 8" 


V 


10/s" 


5' 11#" 


2' 9" 


1034" 


2' 1034" 


5' 9" 


V 


10%" 


6' y 2 " 


2' 10" 


11" 


2' 1134" 


5' 10" 


V 


1034" 


6' 1#" 


2' 11" 


113/ 8 " 


3' K" 


5' 11" 


V 


1W 


6' 2H" 


3' 0" 


ll 3 4" 


3' lJi" 


6' 0" 


V 


113/ 8 " 


6' 3K" 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers 
of fittings in these measurements. 



26 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Table of Diagonals of 72° Triangles Measuring 
from 1 Inch to 10 Feet on the Sides. 



Long 


Short Leg 


Diagonal. 


Lc 


ng 


Short Leg 


Diagonal, 


Leg 
Ft. In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Ft. 


In. 


Leg 
Ft. In. 


Ft 


In. 


Ft. In. 


6' I" 


r 


UK" 


6' 


43/T 


8' 


1" 


2' 


7%" 


8' 6" 


6' 2" 


2' 


0" 


6' 


5%" 


8' 


2" 


2' 


7%" 


8' 7" 


6' 3" 


2' 


3/ 8 " 


6' 


6%" 


8' 


3" 


2' 


8*/ 8 " 


8' 8/ 8 " 


6' 4" 


2' 


K" 


6' 


W 


8' 


4" 


2' 


8^" 


8' 954" 


6' 5" 


2' 


1" 


6' 


8H" 


8' 


5" 


2' 


8%" 


8' 10K" 


6' 6" 


2' 


w 


6' 


10" 


8' 


6" 


2' 


9/ 8 " 


8' 11#" 


6' 7" 


2' 


w 


6' 


HH" 


8' 


7" 


2' 


9^" 


9' X" 


6' 8" 


2' 


2" 


7' 


*" 


8' 


8" 


2' 


9M" 


9' 1%" 


6' 9" 


2' 


2^" 


7' 


1Kb" 


8' 


9" 


2' 


10/ 8 " 


9' 23/ 8 " 


6' 10" 


2' 


2^ 8 " 


7' 


2y 2 - 


8' 


10" 


2' 


10M" 


9' 3^" 


6' 11" 


2' 


3" 


T 


ZYa" 


8' 


11" 


2' 


10K" 


9' 4K" 


7' 0" 


2' 


3^" 


r 


m" 


9' 


0" 


2' 


11 /s" 


9' 5y 2 " 


7' 1" 


2' 


3^8" 


i' 


5H" 


9' 


1" 


2' 


1W 


9' ey s " 


7' 2" 


2' 


4" 


T 


ey&" 


9' 


2" 


2' 


UK" 


9' 7%" 


7' 3" 


2' 


4^" 


7' 


7%" 


9' 


3" 


3' 


Vs" 


9' 834" 


7' 4" 


2' 


4^ 8 " • 


7' 


sy 2 " 


9' 


4" 


3' 


H" 


9' 934'" 


7' 5" 


2' 


4%" 


7' 


9y 2 " 


9' 


5" 


3' 


U" 


9' 10%" 


7' 6" 


2' 


55C 


7' 


ioy 8 " 


9' 


6" 


3' 


1" 


9' 1\%» 


7' 7" 


2' 


5%" 


7' 


UK" 


9' 


7" 


3' 


W 


10' %" 


7 , g „ 


2' 


5K" 


8' 


H" 


9' 


8" 


3' 


w 


10' 2" 


7' 9" 


2' 


6^" 


8' 


i%" 


9' 


9" 


3' 


2" 


10' 3" 


7' 10" 


2' 


6/ 2 " 


8' 


m" 


9' 


10" 


3' 


2^8" 


10' 4K" 


7' 11" 


2' 


6%" 


8' 


S%" 


9' 


11" 


3' 


2f/ 8 " 


10' 5/ 8 " 


8' 0" 


2' 


7tf" 


8' 


5" 


10' 


0" 


3' 


3" 


10' 6/ 8 " 



Extreme caution must be exercised in taking off centers 
of fittings in these measurements. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Formula For Offset Connections 

Used in General Practice 




X (Center to Center) = A (Offset) Multiplied by Constant. 
Y (Center to Center) =A (Offset) Multiplied by Constant. 



B— Angle 




ForY 



60 Degrees. . . 
.45 Degrees . . . 
30 Degrees . . . 
22 M Degrees. 
IV/i Degrees . 
f>% Degrees . . 



.58 
1.00 
1.73 
2.41 
5.02 
10.15 



2S 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Measurements of Elbows and 45° Elbows from 
\ l X in. to 8 in. Inclusive. 

Extreme caution must be exercised in allowing 
for thread. 




90° Long Turn Elbows. 



Size. . Inches 


i* 


14 


2 


n 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


Dimen.A In. 


24 


2* 


3, J e 


311 


44 


t. 3 
"16 


6* 


74 


84 


9 




45° Elbows. 



Size Inches 


14 


14 


2 


24 


3 


4 


5 


6 


7 


8 


Dimen. A 
In. 


It 


Ix'. 


U 


2^ 


21 


21 


q s 

°16 


3* 


34 


4^ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



29 



«0 

ft 

V. R 
ft' 

1 


ZJ/stsy. orF'/s=>£ 










% Hi 






ft. u 






/* 


n:z7t> 


0-405 


Z7 


#\ 


f */*: 


'A n 


0ihl>4 


O-540 


/& 


'/a 


^%4 


5£ 


C.494- 


0.(,15 


/& 


%T 


'Kz 


VlL 


0-62$ 


0-&40 


M 


7z 


*%2 


W 


0.&Z4 


}.05l 


/4 


7z 


'% 


/" 


/ 04S 


f.il5 


//'A 


9//£ 


/¥/£ 


W 


f.52>0 


/.6>60 


//& 


*/* 


/%i 


/'At 


/.6/0 


/.eoo 


//'/* 


s /& 


/*H£ 


Z" 


2.067 


2-b7S 


///z 


'74 


2V<* 


Z'M 


Z.46& 


2.675 


S 


'%" 


2'7/i 


3" 


3.067 


3.500 


€> 


/' 


3&* 




3/z.a e> /=■£>*: ill. T<?3£.6/j£:£> 


or 


S&//y?3£/? orT///Z£AD$ 


Z?/*/ll. 


7+" 


Zn '/^EfZ //vc/v. 


v,g 


5//L 


/S r, n 


'/*- 


h/4 


/6 ~ 


/9/*S 


7* 


M * 


zzAS 


Vz 


/3 9 


'Vsz 


*/* 


/Z « 


'S/S2 


S /a 


// - 


*VsS 


*A* 


/O * 


W 


Vd 


& » * 


■47/4,+" 


/* 


S> . * * 


zVzz 


/£ 


7 *> * 


±764* 


/'/4 


7 "■ '■■ 


/ s /64" 



30 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



LENGTH OF THREAD ON PIPE 

THAT IS SCREWED INTO VALVES OR FITTINGS TO 
MAKE A TIGHT JOINT 



yyyyyyyyyz 



vs;s;//sss« 




Size 
Inches 


Dimension v 
A 

Inches 


Size 
. Inches 


Dimension 
A 

Inches 


v% 


H 


3H , 


IrV 


K 


y% 


4 


1A 


y* 


H 


* { A 


m 


H 


Yi 


5 


1A 


V* 


H 


6 


IK 


l 


A 


7 


IK 


IK 


H 


8 


1A 




VA 


% 


9 


\y% 


2 


H 


10 


VA 


2H 


H 


12 


m 


3 


l 







DIMENSIONS GIVEN DO NOT ALLOW FOR VARIATION IN TAPPINO 
OR THREADING 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Offset Connections 



31 




K 84-2,5$ 



TABLE: -45 DltOEEE 0FP5ET5 


Pipe 
Size 


CLOSE: NIPPLE: 


5H0BT NIPPLE 


Length 

of 
Nipple 


Off- 
set 

A 


Center 

to 
Centeb 

B 


Centeb 

TO 

Face 
C 


Length 

op 
Nipple 


Off- 
set 

A 


Centes 

TO 

Centeb 
& 


Centec 

TO 

Pace 
C 


4 


li 


if! 


>i 


7 

3 


ik 


If. 


2i 


7 


1 

A 


»§ 


i& 


^ 




2 


■zk 


3 


1 




1 


li 


ii 


** 


'a 


2 


2i 


34 


li 


»i 


11 


^ 


3 


1 '6 


2* 


2| 


3* 


II 


'I 


i| 


2| 


3| 


, 7 

'16 


zi 


a* 


44 


14 


? 


2 


2 a 


4 


i II 

1 16 


2^ 


31 


4i 


iM 


2i 


22 


3^. 


4-k 


i ,3 
'76 


3 


3% 


3 


'16 


3 


2| 


3- 

° 16 


5 


*h 


3 


3g 


5| 


?1 


3i 


** 


3^ 


5a 


*1 


A 


*£ 


6| 


H 


4 


3 


4& 


»4 


n 


A 


54 


74 


2| 


4i 


3 


4| 


6| 


z% 


A 


5 \ 


7j 


2tI 


5 


^ 


4H 


7 


*k 


4k 


5!i 


8* 


3fc 


6 


*i 


51 


7| 


34 


42 


6i 


81 


3,i 


7 


3i 


«i 


8| 


H 


5 


Ik 


10* 


31 


a 


Js 


6| 


9| 


*k 


5 


7 *■ 


iol 


4i 


The Offset V la Equal To The Distance "B" Divided ^y1.4I4 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Space Required for Branch 
Connections 





Minimum Height of Connections Off Pipe Mains 



Mains 


Branches 


A 


B 


C 


D 


E 


Branches 


Mains 


Inches 


Inches 


In. 


In. 


In. 


In. 


In. 


Inches 


Inches 


2 




3H 


2H 


3H 


3s4 


5 


1 


2 


2 


IK 


«> 16 


2tt 


3K 


4ft 


5U 


IK 


2 


2 


IK 


4 


2B 


4ft 


4H 


6ft 


IK 


2 


2K 




3K 


2H 


3U 


4H 


5H 




2# 


2K 


IK 


4^ 


2Ts 


4'A 


4H 


6ft 


IK 


2K 


2K 


v/ t 


4H 


3& 


4H 


5 ft 


6ft 


IK 


2K 


iy 2 




4J 8 


3ft 


5H 


sn 


7ft 


.2 


2V2 


3 




4A 


2/8 


3H 


4H 


5U 


1 


3 


3 


v/< 


4H 


3^ 


4H 


5H 


6K 


ltf 


3 


3 


IK 


4H 


3ft 


4H 


5K 


6>i 


IK 


3 


3 




s& 


3*4 


5> 8 


6ft 


Tyi 


2 


3 


3 


2K . 


5ft 


3H 


6 


6H 


8>i 


2K 


3 


3K 




4H 


3ft 


4ft 


4*i 


5ft 


1 


3K 


3K 


1 yf 


4 1| 


3ft 


4ft 


5H 


6M 


1 K 


3tf 


3K 


&2 


4M 


3H 


4H 


5M 


7ft 


IK 


~K 


3K 




J 32 


3>i 


5ft 


6H 


8ft 


2 


'K 


3K 


2K 


5H 


4>8 


6ft 


7ft 


9ft 


2K 


-K 


4 




4U 


3ft 


4H 


5ft 


6ft 




4 


4 


j \./ 


5 


3H 


4H 


5K 


7 


IK 


4 


4 


IK 


5A 


3K 


■ 5K 


6K 


7K 


IK 


4 


4 




5H 


4>6 


5H 


6H 


8K 


.2 


4 


4 


2K 


6A 


4H 


6ft 


7ft 


9K 


2> 5 


4 


5 


1 X 


5H 


3B 


5ft 


6ft 


7 3 4 


IK 


5 


5 


IK 


5H 


4K 


5K 


614 


8ft 


IK 


5 


5 




6H 


4K 


6ft 


7ft 


9ft 


2 


5 


5 


2 ,r 


6H 


4K 


6H 


7H 


10ft 


2K 


5 


6 


1 3,^ 


6A 


4>8 


5H 


' 6H 


8ft 


ivf 


6 


6 


IK 


6K 


4H 


6 


7ft 


8H 


1 /^ 


6 


6 


2 


7 


4^ 


6ft 


8 


9U 


2 


6 


6 


2K 


7>* 


5ft 


7ft 


8K 


iou 


2K 


6 


8 


2 


8K 


5H 


7H 


9K 


lev 


2 


8 


8 


2M 


8>* 


6K 


8ft 


9H 


11 li 




8 


8 


3 


9 


6; i 


IK 


10ft 


12H 




8 



The above table prepared by Fred'k D. B. Ingalls, .. E., indicates 
dimensions of branch connections when made up z "lose as possible 
with space nipple between tee on main and branch ni. ^le. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



33 



To C£/VT£7? or DrT/?/A r /76£' /7rr/SSdrS.. 
\^flt>£ ft) /r^ ^ //ox/z.ortr/11- to Vk/?r/c/i*-. 



3/Z£ orF/P£: 



/* 



/z 



2' 



21 



y 



f^CS ro C£f- 






z r6 



5/6 



37h 



<*i' 



v" >^ Fko/*7 V/EftT/cs?£. ro /-/o^/zo/VTrtt- 



5/zjz orF/^t: 



f??c£: ro £>W- 



ft /z 



Z" 



5" 



2+ 



\ 5£ 



^ 



D/& 



7a 



(£/is£ C\ Ws£/sZ?/f?£C r/o/J orfZotfC/s/i/v&es 
Ffccrn /Jo/?/zo/vt/?i. ro rYo/?/z or/rrf£ 

l/$ £ 5/?/*7£ D/srrt/sct: f??o/>7 rvtce to 
Note* 4-°"* T'c/rn Y /5*z/is/c/ijes a. Y *rv& 

' 4 &^**£> /?*£ /T£CO/*7/V7£A/OEC>. 



r~/i<z£: 




-Sept. 21. 



34 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



How End of Pipe Should be Reamed 

If the ordinary style of fittings are used on hot 
water circulating systems, such as are not recessed, 
all ends of pipes should be carefully reamed out in 
a manner as shown in illustration, Fig. 22, and unless 
the ends of pipes are reamed, taking off at least the 
burr, there will not only be a large amount of fric- 



bs^akaft^^ 



tion due to such obstructions, but the capacity of the 
pipe will be greatly reduced by the burrs contracting 
the area of the pipes at each end; and while the 
average fitter might consider this a small matter, 
and in a measure a waste of time to ream the ends 
of pipes, he is working against his own interests if 
he desires to construct a good, easy, and economical 
working heating plant. It more than pays, in fact 
it is a good investment to carefully construct the 
pipe work of a hot water heating plant, and avoid as 
much as possible any cause of friction to the move- 
ment of the water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



35 



Outside Diameter of Standard Wrought Iron, Steam, 
Gas and Water Pipe. From 1-8 to 10 Inches. 




Figr. 25. 



Size of pipe 

Outside diarn. of pipe . . 

Size of pipe. 

Outside diam. of pipe, . 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe. . 

Size of pipe 

Outside diam. of pipe . . 



H 


54 

1 U 


H 




l 

1 3 1 

1 10(F 


littr 


IK 


2 
2AV 


3 

3 r % 


5'/ 2 
4* 


4 
4i% 


4K 

K 00 

°rou 


6 

ft 62 


7 

7 68 


8 


9 

9i 6 A 



2<A 
2AV 

5 
10 



36 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Number of threads to the inch of screw on Ameri- 
can standard wrought iron, steam, gas and water 
pipe, from % to 10 inches. 



vwvwwwwvA" 



va<vvvvvwvvv^. 



Fig. 42. 



Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch . . . 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch • . • 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch. . . 

Size of pipe 

Number of threads per inch . . . 



% 


H 


% 


% 


27 


18 


18 


14 


1 


1U 


VA 


2 


UM 


U l A 


UH 


1\M 


3 


3V, 


4 


4H 


8 


8 


8 


8 


6 


7 


8 


9 


8 


8 


8 


8 



14 

254 

8 

5 
8 

10 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 37 

USEFUL INFORMATION 

Minimum Sizes of Local Vent Pipe Stacks. 



Size of 
Pipe 

2 inches 


Maximum Ni 
developed length 
- in feet 
Mains 
400 


imber of Clo 

Vent 
Branches 
1 


sets ventec 
Main 
Vertical 
Vent 
1 


3 inches 


100 


3 


6 


4 inches 


150 


6 


12 


5 inches 


200 


10 


20 


6 inches 


250 


16 


32 


7 inches 


300 


23 


46 


8 inches 


350 


32 


64 


9 inches 


400 


42 


84 


10 inches 


450 


56 


112 


11 inches 


500 


72 


144 


12 inches 


550 


90 


180 



The Boiling Point of Water. 

Water boils at different temperatures, according to 
the elevation above the sea level. In New York 
water boils practically at 212 degrees Fahenheit; in 
Munich, Germany, at 209^ degrees; in the City of 
Mexico, at 200 degrees, and in the Himalayas, at an 
elevation of 18,000 feet above the level of the sea, 
at 180 degrees. These differences are caused by the 
varying pressure of the atmosphere at these points. 
In New York the whole weight of the air has to be 
overcome. 

In Mexico, 7,000 feet above the sea, there is 7,000 
feet less of atmosphere to be resisted; consequently 
less heat is required and boiling takes place at a 
lower temperature. 

Liquid Measure. 

4 gills make 1 pint. 
2 pints make 1 quart. 
4 quarts make 1 gallon. 
31 H gallons make 1 barrel. 



38 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Boiling Points of Various Fluids. 

Water in Vacuum 98° 

Water, Atmospheric Pressure 212° 

Alcohol .« 173° 

Sulphuric Acid 240° 

Refined Petroleum 316° 

Turpentine 315° 

Sulphur " 570° 

Linseed Oil 597° 

Melting Points of Different Metals. 

Aluminum 1400° 

Antimony 1150° 

Bismuth 507° 

Brass 1900° 

Bronze 1692° 

Copper 1996° 

Glass 2377° 

Gold (pure) 2066° 

Iron (cast) 2786° 

Iron (wrought) 2912° 

Lead 617° 

Platinum 3080° 

Silver (pure) 1873° 

Steel 2500° 

Tin 446° 

Zinc 773 c 

Weights and Measures. 

Measure of Length. 



4 


inches 


make 1 hand. 


7.92 


inches 


make 1 link. 


18 


inches 


make 1 cubit. 


12 


inches 


make 1 foot. 


6 


feet 


make 1 fathom. 


3 


feet 


make 1 yard. 


5H 


yards 


make 1 rod or pole. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. o"9 

Measure of Length — Continued. 

40 poles make 1 furlong. 
8 furlongs make 1 mile. 
69^6 miles make 1 degree. 
60 geographical miles make 1 degree. 
1760 yards 1 1 .« 
5280 feet j X mile ' 

Measure of Surface. 

144 square inches make 1 square foot. 

9 square feet make 1 square yard. 
30>4 square yards make 1 rod, perch or pole. 

40 square rods make 1 square rood. 
4 square roods make 1 square acre. 

10 square chains make 1 square acre. 
640 square acres make 1 square mile. 
Gunter's chain equal to 22 yards or 100 links. 
272^4 square feet make 1 square rod. 
43,560 square feet make 1 acre. 

Measure of Solidity. 

1728 cubic inches make 1 cubic foot. 
27 cubic feet make 1 cubic yard. 

To Remove Stains from Marble. 

Take two parts of soda, one of pumice and one of 
finely powdered chalk. Sift through a fine sieve and 
mix into a paste with water. Rub this composition 
all over the marble and the stain will be removed. 
Wash it with soap and water, and a beautiful bright 
polish will be produced. 

To Clean Marble. 

Mix up a quantity of the strongest soaplees and 
quicklime to the consistency of milk; lay it on the 
stone for 24 hours; clean it and it will appear as 
new. To further improve, rub 'with fine putty 
powder and olive oil. 



40 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Ordinary atmosphere will sustain 33.9 ft of water 

in height. 
35.84 cu. ft of water=l ton. 
39.84 cu. ft. of ice=l ton. 

1 cu. ft. of sea water=64.3 ft). 
Sea water contains 4 to 5 oz. of salt per gallon. 

Weights of Different Metals. 

Lead 1 foot square, inch thick=59.06 

Copper 1 foot square, inch thick=45.3 

Wrought-iron 1 foot square, inch thick=40.5 

Cast-iron 1 foot square, inch thick=37.54 

Cast-steel 1 foot square, inch thick=40.83 

Under no consideration should lead be used in fit- 
tings as lead has a tendency to stop the circulation 
in time. A good practical man will always lead on 
the threads. 

Pipe and Fittings. 

Use ample-sized pipe. If one or two sizes large 
it will not be detrimental to the successful circula- 
tion of the steam or water, but if too small will in 
all probability cause failure. Pipes of ample size 
are the most satisfactory and economical in the long 
run. Use fittings which will allow of the free and 
rapid circulation of the steam or water, connecting 
them in such a manner as to permit proper expan- 
sion and contraction of the pipe. 



Shrinkage of Castings. 

Pattern-makers' rule for Cast-Iron . . 1/8 

" " Brass 3/16 

" " Lead 1/8 

" " Tin 1/12 

" " Zinc 3/16 



of an inch 
longer per 
linear 
foot. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 41 



To find the diameter of a pump cylinder to move 
a given quantity of water per minute (100 feet of 
piston being the speed), divide the number of gal- 
lons by 4, then extract the square root, and the 
result will be the diameter in inches. 

Metal That Expands in Cooling. 
Lead, 75; antimony, 16.7; and bismuth, 18.3. 
Expansion of solids from 32° to 212°, at 32° being 

equal to 1. 

Brass 1.00191 

Common brick 1.00055 

Cast iron 1.00111 

Cement 1.00144 

Copper 1.00175 

Fire brick 1.0175 

Glass 1.00085 

Geanite 1.00079 

Water expands .1 of its bulk in freezing. 

A column of water 2.3 ft. high equals 1 It), per sq. 

in. pressure. 



42 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Things We All Should Know. 

If back outlet closets and graduated fittings are 
used when installing a battery of closets, it will be 
unnecessary to put in a raised floor. These closets 
and fittings are carried in stock by the leading sup- 
ply houses, and the fittings are of sufficient length 
to allow one to each closet without the necessity of 
using pieces of soil pipe between the fittings. 



In estimating water for factory supply, allow 100 
gallons per day per capita. 



Soft water cisterns must be ventilated to prevent 
stagnation. 



Storage tanks should have an extra large sediment 
draw off" cock to be used solely for cleaning tank. 
It is a regretable fact that the majority of storage 
tanks are seldom cleaned. 



Hammering, rumbling or snapping in the range 
boiler or hot water pipes is caused from sagging of 
the pipes, causing traps or dips or from stoppage 
in the water front. 



Water fronts should never be connected directly 
to the city pressure. The cold water supply to the 
water front should be taken from the bottom of the 
range boiler. 



Use a small offset between sink and sink trap as shown in 
Fig. 43, page 96. This will prevent the annoying constant 
dripping noise in the sink. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 43 

Very often it will be found economical to waste 
all the fixtures but the closet, into the 2" sink stack. 
In cases of this kind the closet need not be revented 
as it is the only fixture wasting into the 4" stack. 



House skewers should have a pitch of %" to the 
foot. 



Automatic closets and urinals should always be 
used in schools and factories. 



In cities where the water pressure is increased in 
case of fire, a pressure regulator should be used, or 
the house should be supplied from a tank in the at- 
tic. If the tank system is used, the extra fire pres- 
sure does not affect the fixtures or piping. 



It is poor practice to connect sediment pipe from 
range boiler to the sink trap. It is far better to 
use a compression bibb, as this precludes the possi- 
bility of waste, and the plumber knows for certain- 
ty that the system is drained. 



File or drill a small hole in boiler tube about 6" 
from the top to prevent syphonage of boiler. 



The circulating pipe should be of the same size 
as the flow pipe, and to insure best results, take sup- 
ply to fixtures from return or circulating pipe. 



Hot water faucets should be at the left hand when 
facing the fixture. 

Stops should never be used on range boiler supply. 
Always use stop with waste to give vent to boiler 
when water is shut off. 



Coils in furnaces should be placed above the bed 
of fire, not in it. 



44 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Check Valves Should Never be Used on Circulation. 

While this is true as a general proposition, there 
are some cases where a check valve is necessary, to 
prevent the water from reversing in the circulating 
pipe. In cases of this kind use a horizontal check 
valve and place it as near the boiler as possible. The 
check valve should be installed so that the water 
cannot flow through check valve from boiler. 



Branch Soil Pipe 
Size of Pipe Water Closets . 

2 inches 

3 inches ... 

4 inches 8 

5 inches 18 

6 inches 36 

7 inches 63 

8 inches 105 



Main Soil Pip^ 
Water Closets 



16 

36 

72 

126 

210 



Minimum Sizes of Soil and Waste Pipes. 

Branch Waste Main Waste 

and Connecting and Connecting 

Boil Pipe. Soil Pipe. 

Size of Pipe. Fixtures. Fixtures. 

2 inches 3 4 

3 inches 4 8 

4 inches 32 64 

5 inches 72 144 

6 inches 144 288 

7 inches 252 504 

8 inches 420 840 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 45 

Hammering or jarring in the pipes may be caused 
by a loose part of one of the faucets or ball cocks. 
A loose Fuller ball or washer will cause a rattling 
in pipes that can be heard throughout the house. 



Doubling the size of pipes increases the capacity 
four times, because capacities of pipes are to each 
other as the ratio of their squares. Thus the capac- 
ity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the capacitor of 
# pipe. The capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great 
as the capacity of 2" pipe. The method of reaching 
these conclusions is as follows: The large pipe 4" 
multiplied by itself, 4X4=16. The small pipe, 2" 
multiplied by itself 2X2=4. 16-M=4: Therefore 
the capacity of 4" pipe is 4 times as great as the ca- 
pacity of 2". 6X6=36. 2X2=4. 36^-4=9. There- 
fore the capacity of 6" pipe is 9 times as great as the 
capacity of 2" '. 



To multiply feet and inches by feet and inches, 
without reducing to inches. This is useful to the 
plumber in figuring marble. 

For example take 4 ft. 6 in. by 6 ft. 3 in. 

4ft.x6ft.= 24 ft. 

6 in.x6 ft. =36 in. or 3 ft. 

4 ft.x3 in. =12 in. or 1 ft. 

6 in.x3 in. =18/12 in. or l]/ 2 in. 



4 — 


6 


6 — 


3 


24 


W* 


3 




1 





Total 28 ft. \V 2 in. 



28 — 1M 



An insertable joint will save time and trouble in 
cases where it is necessary to break into a stack. 



46 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Expansion and Contraction. 

Scarcely anything can withstand the expansion of 
iron. It expands from 32° to 212°, about 1-900 of its 
length, which in 100 feet equals \i/% inches. The ex- 
panding power of a 2" pipe when heated to a temper- 
ature of 100 pounds steam, or 338°, exerts a force 
sufficient to move 25 tons. 

Cast iron expands 1/162000 of its length for each 
degree Fahr. It is subjected to within ordinary limits 
while in its solid state. 

Wrought iron expands 1/150000 of its length for 
each degree Fahr. To find the expansion of a line of 
pipe, multiply its length in inches by the number of 
degrees of temperature applied and divide the prod- 
uct by 150,000 for required expansion in inches; 
thus 100' X 12" = 1200 X 338° = 405600 -^- 150000 = 2.7 
inches. 

Special attention, then, must be given to the ex- 
pansion and contraction of pipes and allowance made 
for it. 

Expansion joints should not be used if the expan- 
sion can be compensated for in any other way. 





PRESSURE STAND PIPE 


Allow for thread 


Size of opening 


Bursting 


Working pres- 


to screw tight 


for tapping 


pressure 


sure factor Safety 


in fitting- 


(inches) 


(pounds) 


6 (pounds) 


B Ae 


1 V32 


25,182 


4,197 


% 


2 %4 


24,174 


4,029 


% 


*%2 


18,420" 


3,070 


%6 


2 %2 


17,490 


2,915 


9 /l6 


15 /l6 


13,704 


2,284 


% 


m 6 


12,780 


2,130 


% 


lVz 


10,140 


1,690 


H 


m 


9,000 


1,500 


H 


2 3 /l6 


7,000 


1,240 


% 


2Hi6 


8,262 


1,377 


% 


3%6 


7,080 


1,180 


% 


3i% 6 


6,366 


1,061 


l 


4^ 6 


5,880 


980 


l 


4% 


5,460 


910 


l% 


5 5 /l6 


5,130 


855 


1% 


6 5 Ao 


4,614 


769 


1M 


7% 


4,290 


715 


IK 


8% 


4,926 


671 


Wz 


9% 


3,846 


641 


1% 


10 7 /l6 


3,648 


608 


IH 


12!% 2 


3,120 


520 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 47 

A gallon of water (U. S. Standard) weighs 8J/3 
pounds, and contains 231 cubic inches. 

A cubic foot of water weighs 62 T / 2 pounds, and 
contains 1,728 cubic inches, or l]/ 2 gallons. 

To find the pressure in pounds per square inch of 
a column of water, multiply the height of the 
column in feet by .434. (Approximately, every foot 
elevation is called equal to one-half pound per 
square inch.) 

To find the capacity of a cylinder in gallons. Mul- 
tiplying the area in inches by the length of stroke in 
inches will give the total number of cubic inches; 
divide the amount by 231 (which is the cubical con- 
tents of a gallon in inches), and the quotient is the 
capacity in gallons. 

Ordinary speed to run pumps is 100 feet of piston 
per minute. 

To find quantity of water elevated in one minute 
running at 100 feet of piston per minute. Square 
the diameter of water cylinder in inches and multi- 
ply by 4. Example: Capacity of a five-inch cylinder 
is desired; the square of the diameter (5 inches) is 
25, which, multiplied by 4, gives 100, which is gallons 
per minute (approximately). 

To find the velocity in feet per minute necessary 
to discharge a given volume of water in a given 
time, multiply the number of cubic feet of water by 
144, and divide the product by the area of the pipe 
in inches. 

To find the area of a required pipe, the volume 
and velocity of water being given, multiply the 
number of cubic feet of water by 144, and divide 
the product by the velocity in feet per minute. Ihe 
area being found, it is easy to get the diametev of 
pipe necessary. 



48 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Table Showing Expansion of Iron Pipe for Each 100 
Feet, in Inches, from 30 Degrees. 

Expansion 
Temperature in inches. 

165 degrees 1.15 

115 degrees 1.47 

265 degrees 1.78 

297 degrees 2.12 

338 degrees 2.45 

What a Unit of Heat is. 

A unit of heat is that amount of heat which is 

required to rise the temperature of one pound of 

water 1 degree F., and is used to calculate and 
measure the quantity of heat. 

Determining Size of Boiler when Pipe Coil is used 
for Heating Water for Domestic Purposes. 

When a pipe coil or cast iron section is introduced 
into the firepot for the purpose of heating water for 
domestic use, additional capacity should be figured 
in determining size of Boiler, viz., in the case of 
Steam Boilers, 1*4 square feet of direct radiation for 
each gallon of water to be thus heated, and in the 
case of Water Boilers, 2 square feet of direct radia- 
tion for each gallon of water to be thus heated, ac- 
cording to the capacity of the tank to which coil 
or section is connected. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



49 



HEAT OF COMBUSTION OF FUELS 



FUEL 


Air chemically 
consumed per 
pound of fuel 


Total 
heat of 
combu- 
tion of 

one 
pound 
of fuel 


EquivaleiiL 

evaporative 

power from 

andat212° 

F., water 

per pound 

ol fuel 




Lbs. 


Cu. ft. at 
62 J F. 


Units 1 Lbs. 


Coal of average composition. 
Coke 


10.7 
10.81 
8.85 
U.8S 

6.09 
4.57 
9.51 
7 52 
5.24 
9.9 
4.26 
10.33 
17.33 


140 
142 

116 

156 

80 

60 

125 

99 

69 

130 

56 

188 

235 


14,700 
13,548 
13,108 
17.040 
10.974 

7.951 
13.006 
12,279 

8,260 
12,325 

8.144 
20.411 
27,531 


15.22 
14.02 


Lignite 


13.57 


Asphalt , 

Wood desiccated 


17.64 
11.36 


Wood, 25% moisture 

Wood, charcoal, desiccated.. 

Peat, desiccated 

Peat, 30% moisture 


8.20 
13.46 
12.71 

9.53 


Peat, charcoal, desiccated . . . 
Straw 


12.76 

8.43 




21.13 


Petroleum oils 


28.50 


Coal gas per cu. ft. at 62° F. . 






630 


.70 



RELATIVE VALUE OF VARIOUS WOODS 



WOOD 


'JlO 


15 

3 

c o 


— T3 
to £ 

c c 


> o 

~T— O 


Val. with 
Hickory 
at $5.00 
per Cord 


Hickory Shell bark 

White Oak 

White Ash 


1.000 
0.885 
0.772 
0.728 
0.724 
0.681 
0.665 
0.644 
0.597 
0.550 
0.567 
0.418 
0.552 


62 

53 

49 

45 l A 

45 

42M 

35 

40 

37 

34 

35^ 

26 

32 


4.469 
3.821 
3.450 
3.254 
3.236 
3.044 
2.525 
2,878 
2,668 
2.463 
2,534 
1,866 
2.333 


1.00 
0.81 
0.77 
0.69 
0.65 
0.65 
0.56 
0.60 
0.54 
0.54 
0.51 
0.42 
0.52 


$5.00 
4.05 

3.85 


Red Oak 


4.45 


White Beech 

Black Walnut 

Red Cedar 


3.25 
3.25 
2.08 


Hard Maple 

Soft Maple 


3.00 
2.70 


Yellow Pine 

Butternut 


2.70 
2.55 


White Pine 

Chestnut — 


2.10 

2.b0 



50 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Please Keep These Don'ts in Mind. 

Don't call for inspection until you are ready. 

Don't use one-fourth bends when it is possible 
to use one-eighth bends. 

Don't put in lead work that is under weight. 

Don't fail to put rests where needed. 

Don't run vertical lines out of plumb. 

Don't add additional fixtures to a job without 
taking out an additional permit. 

Don't refuse to do what the ordinance says shall 
be done. 

Don't make a flat bend in your lead work. 

Don't say that your testing plugs won't hold. 

Don't cover any work before same has been in- 
spected and approved. 

Don't forget to drift kinked pipes. 

Don't install cleanouts in places where it is im- 
possible to use them. 

Don't try to repair a cracked fitting. 

Don't omit cleanouts where the ordinance re- 
quires them to be used. 

Don't place vent tees lower than the fixtures. 

Don't construct work of underweight materials. 

Don't forget to ream all wrought iron pipes. 

Don't trim wiped joints with a rasp or cold chisel. 

Don't give wrong house number when calling for 
inspection. 

Don't forget to put in all water pipes so they 
will drain. 

Don't fail to put up grounds for pipe and fixture 
supports. 

Don't try to calk a joint with a round edged 
calking iron. 

Don't let the marks of the bending spring show 
on the bend. 

Don't let your solder run through to the inside of 
the pipe. 

Don't let the pipe protrude on the inside of a 
branch joint. 

Don't use prohibited fittings in drain, waste or 
vent pipes. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 51 

Don't run vent lines less than two inches in 
diameter through the roof. 

Don't fail to properly support all lead work. 

Don't wait until the inspector arrives to nil pipes 
for testing. 

Don't run waste pipes without having the proper 
pitch. 

Don't run vent pipes in such a manner that they 
may become waste pipes in case of stoppage. 

Don't depend on the supply and waste pipes to 
hold up the fixtures. 

Don't forget that traps must be set true to water 
seal. 

Don't expect the inspector to ignore the ordinance 
because you have done so. 

Don't be indifferent about the setting of closet 
bowls or other fixtures. 

Don't forget when you have completed your work 
to inspect it yourself and thus avoid trouble. 

Don't use candle grease, w r ax or cement on calked 
joints. 

Don't refuse to do what the ordinance says shall 
be done. 

Don't ask the inspector to approve a job if the 
ground work is not completed. 

Don't forget that the soil pipe must extend at 
least three feet outside of the building. 

Don't leave a job without placing a red warning 
sticker on the work to keep same from being covered 
over. 

Don't fail to test your work from a point three 
feet outside of the building to the highest vent pipe 
on the roof. 

Don't fail when giving estimates for plumbing to 
your customers to acquaint them with defects that 
may exist in the old plumbing and drainage on the 
premises, for in so doing you may save yourself as 
well as your customer much future trouble. 

Don't forget to consult the plumbing inspector 
when in doubt about what the ordinance requires. 

Don't forget to call for inspection on completed 
work. 





EIGHT HOUR 


DAY WAGES TABLE— 48 Hours Per Week 


, 


$5 


$o4 


$6 


$6£ 


S7 


8T* 


ss 


Per Week 


H 


$9 


$10 


$10$ 


Sll 


$12 


$13 


%iz\ 1 M-i 


83 
~05 


92 
06 


loo 

07 


108 
07 


117 
07 


125 
08 


133 


Per Day. 


(IS 


150 
09 


167 
10 


175 
11 


183 
11 


200 
13 


217 

11 


225 
14 


233 

1." 


08 


S? 3 


O 


'11 


10 


11 


13 


14 


15 


16 


17 


2 1 


<< 


01 


19 


21 


22 


23 


25 


27 


28 


2S 


21 


23 


25 


27 


29 


31 


33 


* 2 


UT 


02 


38 


42 


44 


46 


50 


54 


56 


58 


31 


34 


38 


41 


44 


47 


50 


3 




03 


56 


63 


66 


69 


75 


81 


84 


88 


42 


46 


50 


54 


58 


63 


67 


4 


H 


04 


75 


83 


88 


92 


100 


108 


113 


117 


52 


57 


63 


68 


73 


78 


83 


5 




05 


94 


104 


109 


115 


125 


135 


141 


l4e 


63 


69 


75 


81 


88 


91 


loo 


6 


H 


06 


113 


125 


131 


138 


115 


ole3 


169 


111 


73 


80 


88 


95 


102 


109 


117 


7 




<)7 


131 


146 


153 


160 


175 


190 


197 


204 


83 


92 


loo 


108 


117 


125 


133 


8 


l 


08 


150 


167 


175 


183 


2oo 


217 


225 


23S 


94 


103 


113 


122 


131 


141 


150 


9 




09 


169 


188 


197 


206 


225 


244 


253 


265 


104 


115 


125 


135 


146 


156 


167 


10 


IK 


10 


188 


208 


219 


229 


250 


271 


281 


29S 


125 


138 


150 


163 


175 


188 


200 


12 


m 


13 


225 


250 


263 


275 


300 


325 


338 


35C 


167 


183 


200 


217 


233 


250 


267 


16 


2 


17 


330 


333 


350 


367 


400 


433 


450 


461 


208 


229 


250 


271 


292 


313 


333 


20 


m 


2] 


375 


417 


438 


458 


500 


542 


563 


58c 


250 


275 


300 


325 


350 


375 


400 


24 


3 


25 


450 


5oo 


525 


550 


600 


650 


675 


7oc 


292 


321 


350 


379 


408 


438 


467 


28 


m 


29 


525 


583 


613 


642 


Too 


758 


T88 


8n 


313 


344 


375 


406 


438 


469 


500 


30 


m 


31 


563 


625 


656 


688 


750 


813 


844 


87; 


333 


367 


400 


433 


467 


000 


533 


32 


4 


33 


600 


667 


Too 


733 


800 


867 


9oo 


93r- 


354 


390 


425 


460 


496 


531 


567 


34 


M 


35 


638 


708 


744 


779 


850 


921 


956 


92S 


375 


413 


450 


488 


025 


563 


6oo 


36 


W 


38 


675 


750 


788 


825 


9oo 


975 


1013 


105C 


396 


435 


475 


515 


054 


594 


633 


38 


434 


40 


713 


792 


831 


871 


950 


1029 


1069 


llos 


406 


447 


488 


528 


569 


609 


650 


39 




41 


731 


813 


853 


894 


975 


1056 


1097 


1138 


417 


458 


500 


542 


583 


625 


667 


40 





42 


750 


833 


875 


917 


IO00 


1083 


1125 


1167 


427 


470 


513 


555 


598 


641 


683 


41 




43 


769 


854 


897 


940 


1025 


1110 


1153 


119C 


438 


481 


525 


569 


613 


656 


Too 


42 


m 


44 


788 


875 


919 


963 


105O 


1138 


1181 


122c 


448 


493 


538 


582 


627 


672 


717 


43 




45 


806 


896 


940 


985 


1075 


1165 


1209 


1254 


458 


504 


550 


596 


642 


688 


733 


44 


'M 


46 


825 


917 


963 


1008 


1100 


1192 


1238 


1282 


469 


516 


563 


609 


656 


703 


750 


45 




47 


844 


938 


984 


1031 


1125 


1219 


1266 


I3ia 


479 


027 


575 


623 


671 


719 


767 


46 


"M 


48 


863 


958 


1006 


1054 


1150 


1246 


1294 


134S 


490 


539 


588 


636 


685 


,34 


783 


47 




49 


881 


979 


1028 


1077 


1175 


1273 


1322 


1371 


000 


550 


600 


650 


7oo 


750 


8oo 


48 


6 


50 


9oo 


S10 


1050 


1100 


12oo 


1300 


1350 


140f 



S15 


$16 


516* 


817 


$18 


819* 


Per Week 


S20 


82 1 


822 


822| 


S24 


825 


S27 


$30 


250 
16 


267 
17 


275 
17 


283 
18 


3oo 

19 


325 
20 


Per Day 


333 
21 


350 
22 


367 
23 


375 
23 


400 
25 


417 
26 


450 
28 


50C 
31 


ffiVo 


O 


31 


33 


34 


35 


38 


41 


g 1 


<< 


42 


44 


46 


47 


50 


52 


56 


63 


63 


67 


69 


71 


75 


81 


3 2 


\e 


83 


88 


92 


94 


loo 


104 


113 


125 


94 


loo 


103 


106 


113 


122 


3 




125 


131 


138 


141 


150 


156 


169 


188 


125 


133 


138 


142 


150 


163 


4 


H 


167 


175 


183 


188 


200 


208 


225 


250 


156 


167 


172 


177 


188 


203 


5 




208 


219 


229 


234 


250 


260 


281 


313 


188 


2oo 


2oa 


213 


225 


244 


6 


3 ( 


250 


263 


275 


281 


300 


313 


338 


375 


219 


233 


241 


248 


263 


284 


7 




292 


306 


321 


328 


350 


365 


394 


438 


250 


267 


275 


283 


300 


325 


8 


1 


333 


350 


367 


375 


4oo 


417 


450 


500 


281 


3oo 


309 


319 


338 


366 


9 




375 


394 


413 


422 


450 


469 


506 


563 


313 


333 


344 


354 


375 


406 


10 


i\i 


417 


438 


458 


469 


5oo 


521 


563 


625 


375 


400 


413 


425 


550 


488 


12 


iv ? 


500 


525 


550 


563 


600 


625 


675 


T50 


500 


533 


550 


567 


600 


650 


16 


2 


667 


TOO 


733 


750 


800 


833 


900 


lOoo 


625 


667 


688 


708 


750 


813 


20 


2Vo 


833 


875 


917 


938 


lOoo 


1042 


1125 


1250 


750 


800 


825 


850 


9oo 


975 


24 


3 


lOoo 


1050 


lloo 


1125 


1200 


1250 


1350 


1500 


875 


933 


963 


992 


105O 


1138 


28 


m 


1167 


1225 


1283 


1313 


1400 


1458 


1575 


IT 50 


938 


lOoo 


1031 


1063 


1125 


1219 


30 


w, 


1250 


1313 


1375 


1406 


15oo 


1563 


1688 


1875 


lOoo 


1067 


lloo 


1133 


1200 


1300 


32 


t 


1333 


1400 


1467 


1500 


1600 


1667 


1800 


2000 


1063 


1133 


1169 


1204 


1275 


1381 


34 


4K 


1417 


1488 


1558 


1 594 


1T00 


1771 


1913 


2125 


1125 


1200 


1238 


1275 


1350 


1463 


36 


4 1 ? 


1500 


1575 


1650 


1688 


1800 


1875 


2025 


2250 


1188 


1267 


1306 


1346 


1425 


1544 


38 


43, 


1583 


1663 


1742 


1781 


19oo 


1979 


2138 


2375 


1219 


1300 


1341 


1381 


1463 


1584 


39 




1625 


1T06 


1T88 


1828 


1950 


2031 


2194 


2438 


1250 


1333 


1375 


1417 


1500 


1625 


40 


J 


1667 


1T50 


1833 


1875 


2000 


2083 


2250 


2500 


1281 


1367 


1409 


1452 


1538 


1666 


41 




1708 


1T94 


1879 


1922 


2050 


2135 


2306 


2563 


1313 


1400 


1444 


1488 


1575 


1T06 


42 


Wa 


1T50 


1838 


1925 


1969 


2 100 


2188 


2363 


2625 


1344 


1433 


1478 


1523 


1616 


1747 


43 




1T92 


1881 


1971 


2016 


2150 


2240 


2419 


2688 


1375 


1467 


1513 


1558 


1650 


1788 


44 


iV ? 


1833 


1925 


2017 


2063 


2200 


2292 


2475 


275G 


1406 


1500 


1547 


1594 


1688 


1828 


45 




1875 


1969 


2063 


2109 


2250 


2344 


2531 


2813 


1438 


1533 


1581 


1629 


1725 


1869 


46 


M 


1917 


2013 


2108 


2156 


2300 


2396 


2588 


2875 


1469 


1567 


1616 


1665 


1T63 


1909 


47 




1958 


2056 


2154 


2203 


2350 


2448 


2644 


2938 


15oo 


1600 


1650 


1 Too 


1800 


1950 


48 


6 


2000 


2100 


2200 


2250 


2400 


2500 


2 Too 


3000 



At 89 per Week ($1.50 per Day), the Wages for 46 Hours (5% Days) amount to $8.63. 



52 



1 ABLE showing EQUIVALENT of several Discounts; Proceeds on $ 


; Profit on Cost. 


A 


B 


c 


D 

99 


K 


A 


B 


c 


D 


E 


a 


1 % 


> 0%off 


= I%o ff 


1 01? 


60 % 


> 0%off 


= 60%oB 


40 Q 


150 


- 


2 " 


a. " 


= 2 " 


98 | 


2 04^ 


60 " 


0. 21/2" 


= 61 " 


39 § 


156 41 




3 " 


" 


= 3 " 


97- 


3 099 


60 " 


5 " 


= 62 " 


38^ 


163 16 


a 


4 « 


* 


= 4 u 


96 § 


4 17| 


60 " 


71/2" 


= 63 " 


37 3 


170 27 


| 


5 " 


" 


= 5 " 


95 5: 


5 26>- 


60 " 


10 " 


= 64 " 


36- 


177 78 


'- 


6 " 


" 


= 6 a 


94 a 


6 383 


60 " 


12i/ 2 " 


= 65 " 


35^ 


185 71 


X 


7 " 


" 


= 7 " 


93 


7 535 s 


60 " 


15 " 


= 66 " 


34S 


194 12 


' 


8 " 


■ 


= 8 " 


92 = 


8 70^ 


60 " 


I71/2" 


= 67 " 


33 1: 


203 03 


5 


10 " 


" 


= 10 " 


90 r 


11 11§ 


60 " 


20 " 


= 68 " 


32 S? 


212 50 


- 
- 


10 " 


2 l /i" 


= 12 1 /a" 


S73/ 4 


13 96jr 


60 " 


22V2" 


= 69 " 


31' 


222 58 


- 




10 * 


5 " 


= 14 1 /2" 


851/2 


16 963- 


60 " 


25 " 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


a 


12y 2 " 


" 


= 12 1 / 2 " 


87i/ 2 


14 293 


60 " 


271/2" 


= 71 " 


29 


244 83 




12V 2 " 


2Vi" 


= 141/3" 


851/3 


*17 19C 


60 " 


30 " 


= 72 " 


28 


257 14 


B 


i2y 2 - 


5 « 


= 16?/*" 


831/s 


20 30" 


60 " 


331/3" 


= 731/3" 


26 


275 


< 


15 " 


" 


=15 " 


85 


17 65" 


60 a 


35 " 


= 74 " 


262/3 


284 62 


tr 


15 " 


&h a 


= 17i/&" 


827s 


20 66" 


60 " 


371/2" 


= 75 " 


25 


300 


a 


15 u 


5 " 


=19i/*" 


803/ 4 


23 84" 


60 " 


40 " 


= 76 " 


24 


316 67 


6 


15 u 


10 * 


= 23 l / 2 " 


76i/ 2 


30 72" 


60 " 


421/2" 


= 77 " 


23 


334 78 


L 


I6V3-' 


" 


= 16y s " 


831/3 


20 " 


60 " 


45 " 


= 78 " 


22 


354 55 


» 


I6V3" 


2V2" 


= 18^," 


811/4 


23 08" 


60 " 


47V2" 


= 79 " 


21 


376 19 


-. 


16 2 /Y' 


5 " 


= 20°/ 6 " 


79 Vc 


26 32" 


60 " 


50 " 


= 80 " 


20 


400 


r 




I6V3" 


10 a 


= 25 " 


75 


33 33" 


662/3" 


" 


= 661/3" 


332/3 


200 


i 


20 " 


" 


= 20 " 


80 


25 " 


662/3" 


5 " 


= 681/3" 


31V3 


215 79 




20 " 


21/2" 


= 22 " 


78 


28 21" 


662/3" 


10 " 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


9 


20 " 


5 " 


= 24 " 


76 


31 58" 


662/3" 


20 " 


= 731/3" 


26 2 / 3 


275 


9 


20 " 


10 " 


= 28 " 


72 


38 89" 


662/3" 


25 " 


= 75 " 


25 


300 


g 


20 " 


15 " 


= 32 " 


68 


47 06" 


662/3" 


331/3" 


= 77'/," 


222/9 


350 


§ 


25 " 


" 


= 25 " 


75 


33 33" 


662/3" 


40 " 


= 80 " 


20 


400 


g 


25 " 


2Vi" 


= 26 7 /s" 


73Vs 


36 75" 


662/ 3 " 


50 " 


= 831/3" 


16 2 / 3 


500 





25 a 


5 a 


= 28*/ 4" 


711/4 


40 35" 


70 " 


" 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33 


a 


25 " 


10 " 


=321/2" 


671/2 


48 15" 


70 " 


5 " 


= 71i/2" 


28 1/2 


250 88 


25 « 


20 " 


= 40 " 


60 


66 67" 


70 " 


10 " 


= 73 " 


27 


270 37 





30 " 


" 


= 30 " 


70 


42 86" 


70 " 


20 " 


= 76 " 


24 


316 67 


a 

- 


30 " 


2V2" 


= 31 3 /i" 


68V4 


46 52" 


70 " 


25 " 


= 771/2" 


2272 


344 44 




30 " 


5 " 


= 33^/2" 


66 1/2 


50 38" 


70 " 


30 " 


= 79 " 


21 


376 19 


-p 


30 u 


10 " 


= 37 " 


63* 


58 73" 


70 " 


331/3" 


= 80 " 


20 


400 




3 


30 a 


20 " 


= 44 " 

= 33*/ z" 


56 


78 57" 


70 " 


40 " 


= 82 " 


18 


455 56 


33 Va" 


" 


66V3 


50 " 


70 " 


50 " 


= 85 " 


15 


566 67 


"-■ 


33 W 


2V2" 


= 35 " 


65 


53 85" 


75 " 


" 


= 75 " 


25 


300 


z 


33Vs" 


5 " 


= 36*/3" 


631/s 


57 89" 


75 " 


5 " 


= 76i/4 tl 


23 3 /4 


321 05 


3 


33 1/3" 


10 " 


= 40 " 


60 


66 67" 


75 " 


10 " 


= 771/2" 


22V2 


344 44 


~. 


33 1/3" 


20 " 


= 46*/ 3 " 


53V3 


87 50" 


75 " 


20 " 


= 80 " 


20 


400 


B 


33V3" 


25 " 


= 50 " 


50 


100 " 


75 " 


25 " 


= 811/4" 


18»/« 


433 33 


L 


35 " 


a 


=35 " 


65 


53 85" 


75 " 


30 " 


= 821/2" 


17V2 


471 43 





37V2" 


u 


= 57V2" 


62V 2 


60 " 


75 " 


331/3" 


= 831/3" 


162/3 


500 


"i 


40 " 


" 


= 40 " 


60 


66 67" 


75 " 


40 " 


= 85 " 


15 


566 67 


» 


40 " 


2V2" 


= 41i/2" 


58i/ 2 


70 94" 


75 " 


50 " 


= 87i/ 2 " 


I2V2 


700 


r 


40 " 


5 " 


= 43 " 


57 


75 44" 


80 " 


" 


= 80 " 


20 


400 


x 


40 " 


10 " 


= 46 " 


54 


85 19" 


80 " 


5 " 


= 81 " 


19 


426 32 





40 " 


15 " 


= 49 " 


51 


96 OS" 


80 " 


10 " 


= 82 " 


18 


455 56 


5' 


40 " 


20 " 


= 52 " 


48 


108 33" 


80 " 


20 " 


= 84 " 


16 


525 


a 


40 " 


25 " 


= 55 " 


45 


122 22" 


80 " 


25 " 


= 85 a 


15 


566 67 




40 " 


30 « 


= 58 " 


42 


138 10" 


80 " 


30 " 


= 86 " 


14 


614 29 


P 


40 " 


33 Vs" 


= 60 " 


40 


150 


80 " 


40 " 


= 88 " 


12 


733 33 


s_ 


45 " 


" 


= 45 " 


55 


81 82" 


80 " 


50 " 


= 90 " 


10 


900 





40 " 


" 


= 50 " 


50 


100 " 


80 " 


60 " 


= 92 " 


08 


1150 




50 " 


21/2" 


= 51i/4" 


48 3 /4 


105 13" 


90 


" 


= 90 " 


10 


900 


{■ 


50 " 


5 B 


= 52i/2" 


471/2 


110 53" 


90 " 


10 " 


= 91 " 


09 


1011 11 


■ 


50 " 


10 " 


= 55 " 


45 


122 22" 


90 " 


20 " 


= 92 " 


08 


1150 


-^ 


50 " 


15 " 


= 57i/2" 


421/2 


135 29" 


90 " 


30 " 


= 93 " 


07 


1328 57 


Z 


50 " 


20 " 


= 60 " 


40 


150 " 


90 " 


40 " 


= 94 " 


06 


1566 67 





50 " 


25 " 


= 621/2" 


37V2 


166 67" 


90 " 


50 " 


= 95 u 


05 


1900 


J _ 


50 " 


30 " 


= 65 " 


35 


185 71" 


90 " 


60 " 


= 96 " 


04 


2400 


£. 


50 " 


33 V 3 " 


= 66^/3" 


33V3 


200 " 


90 " 


70 " 


= 97 " 


03 


3233 33 


- 


50 " 


40 " 


= 70 " 


30 


233 33" 


90 " 


80 " 


= 98 " 


02 


4900 


I 


55 " 


" 


= 55 " 


45 


122 22" 


90 * 


90 " 


= 99 " 


01 


9900 


/ 


Thewh 


ole Discou 


at is shown i 


n Col. < 


3, when two (A anc 


B) are give 


n. Thus 40. 


% off (A) and 10% 


off rem 


ainder (B), 


= 46% off ( 


C); wh 


ich = 54c on the 5- 


(d, )& C a 


5ee Art. 194 


. The Rules and 1 


Princip 


es of Trade 


i Discount a 


re clea 


"ly set forth in Art; 


. 199 to 199 




1 



5£ 



TABLE Aiding DEALERS, MANUFACTURERS— Fixing 1 


3 rices, Profits, Discounts. 




For Retail Trade 


For Wholesale Trade 


Manu 


facturers 


Jobbers 


If you 
Add to 


And 
deduct 


Profit 
on 


> 


If you 


And 


Profit 
on 


i 


In 
order 


And 


List 


p 


Cost 


off 


Cost 




Buy (of 


Sell 


Cost 




to 


realize 


Price 




Price 


Retail 


will 


~ 


List) 


(same 


will 


~ 


give 


on 


must 


H 




Price 
2V2% 


be 




- 

3 
9 


at 


List) at 


be 


■< 

O 

c 


Trade 

10%off 


Cost 


be 





10 % 


774% 


10%cff 


2Va%off 


S7s% 


10 % 


*V»H 


Si 


10 " 


5 " 


472" 


10 " 


5 " 


55/9" 




10 * 


20 " 


27 3 g- 

*l 3 /8g 


z 


i2y 2 " 


5 " 


6 7 /s" 


m* 


1272" 


5 


8V7" 


1272" 


20 " 





15 " 


5 " 


074" 





15 " 


5 


*llVi" 


T 


15 " 


20 " 


•iVi* 


< 


I6V3" 


5 " 


10'°/ 6" 





I6V3" 


5 " 


UV4" 


Q 


16Vs" 


20 " 


*2y 9 » 


a 


20 " 


2V2" 


17 " 


■ 


20 " 


5 " 


I8V4" 




20 " 


20 " 


2720 


9 


20 " 


5 " 


14 " 





20 " 


10 


12V2" 


3) 


20 " 


30 " 


27s | 


-i 


20 " 


10 " 


8 " 


B 


20 « 


1272 " 


9Vs" 


~ 


20 " 


40 " 


IV*' 


5 


20 " 


12V2" 


5 " 


g* 


20 " 


15 u 


6V4" 


z_ 


20 " 


50 " 


V/s 


a, 




25 " 


2V2" 


2V/% 


- 


25 " 


5 


26V 3" 


G 


25 " 


20 " 


lV'o" 





25 " 


5 " 


18V a" 


— 


25 " 


10 


20 " 


9 


25 " 


30 " 


*1Va" 


> 


25 " 


10 " 


121/2" 


- 


25 " 


15 " 


13V3" 


a 


25 " 


40 « 


*1Vs" 


n 

CD 


25 " 


15 " 


6 l /i" 





25 * 


20 


6V3" 




25 " 


50 " 


2 " 


P 
g 1 


30 " 


2V2" 


26*/ *" 


oj 


30 " 


10 


28Vi" 


± 


30 " 


20 " 


27t" 


Cn 


30 " 


5 " 


23^/2" 


?T 


30 * 


15 " 


21V-" 


t 


30 " 


30 " 


2V 7 " 


O 


30 " 


10 " 


17 " 


EL 


30 " 


20 " 


14Vi" 


z. 


30 " 


40 " 


2 " 




30 " 


15 " 


101/2" 


G 


30 " 


25 " 


71/7" 





30 " 


50 " 


27t" 


m 


33 V 3" 


2V2" 


30 " 


"<- 


337s" 


10 


35 " 


5' 


3373" 


20 " 


2Vs" 


o~ 


33Vs" 


5 " 


26V s" 


3 


3373" 


15 " 


271/2" 


~ 


337s" 


3373" 


2 " 


— 


33V3" 


10 " 


20 " 


n 


337s" 


20 " 


20 " 





337s" . 


40 " 


2Vio" 


2 


33V3" 


15 " 


13 1 / s" 


± 


337s" 


25 


I2V2" 


> 

n 


337s" 


50 " 


21/4" 


« 


33V3" 


20 u 


6°-/ 3" 


9 


3373" 


30 " 


5 " 


3373" 


60 " 


2Vo" 


a 


40 " 


2V2" 


36V z" 


9 


40 " 


10 


50 " 


3 


40 " 


20 " 


2 " 


^ 


40 " 


5 " 


33 " 


•r 


40 " 


15 " 


4V-/3" 


I 


40 " 


30 " 


2Ve" 


e 


40 " 


10 " 


26 " 


a 


40 " 


20 " 


331/3" 


~ 


40 " 


40 " 


21/3" 


B 


40 " 


15 " 


19 " 


g 


40 " 


25 " 


25 " 


a 


40 " 


50 " 


21/2" 


% 


40 " 


20 " 


12 " 


=♦ 


40 " 


30 " 


16V 3" 


& 


40 " 


60 " 


2Vs" 


s 


40 " 


25 * 


5 " 





40 " 


3373 " 


Hi/9" 





40 " 


80 " 


3 " 





50 " 


5 " 


42V 2" 


(0 


50 " 


10 


80 " 


OS 


50 " 


337s" 


2Vz u 


§ 


50 " 


10 " 


35 " 


1 50 


20 


60 " 


9 

a 

s 


50 " 


40 " 


2Vo" 


Q 


50 * 


15 " 


27 V 2" 


«, 


50 " 


25 " 


50 " 


'50 " 


50 " 


3 " 


3 


50 " 


20 " 


20 " 


3 


50 " 


30 " 


40 " 


r 


50 " 


60 " 


3V," 


~ 


50 " 


25 " 


I2V2" 


3 


50 " 


337s " 


331/3" 


§! 


50 " 


80 " 


3Vo" 




■2 


50 " 


30 " 


5 " 


3 


50 " 


40 " 


20 " 


- 


50 " 


100 " 


4 " 


^ 


60 " 


5 " 


52 " 


7T 


60 " 


20 


100 " 





60 " 


3373" 


57s" 


CD 


60 " 


10 " 


44 " 


5' 


60 " 


25 


871/2" 


to 


60 " 


40 " 


372" 





60 " 


15 " 


36 " 


K 


60 " 


30 " 


75 " 




60 " 


50 " 


374" 




60 " 


20 " 


28 " 


§, 


60 " 


337s " 


66V 3" 





60 " 


60 " 


4 " 


-. 


60 " 


25 " 


20 " 


a 

CD 


60 " 


40 tt 


50 " 


z 


60 " 


70 " 


41/4" 


ic 


60 " 


30 " 


12 " 


,-s 


60 " 


45 " 


371/2" 


r 


60 " 


80 " 


41/2" 


r- 


60 " 


337s" 


6Vs" 


to 


60 " 


50 " 


25 " 


£_ 


60 " 


100 " 


5 " 


CD 


66V 3" 


10 " 


50 " 




6673" 


20 " 


140 " 


- 


667s" 


337s" 


4 " 


r 


66V3" 


15 " 


41V z tl 


■< 


662/3" 


25 " 


125 " 


? 


6673" 


40 " 


4i/ 5 " 


rt 


66Vs" 


20 " 


33V3" 


a 


662/3" 


337-3 " 


100 " 


E 


667s" 


50 " 


41/2" 


r 


66Vs" 


25 " 


25 " 


2 


667s" 


40 


80 " 


a- 


667 s" 


60 " 


4*/ 6 " 


0' 

CD 


66V3" 


30 " 


16V s" 


3 


667s" 


50 " 


50 " 




6673" 


80 " 


5Vo" 


3 


66V3" 


337s" 


llV*" 


99 


66Vs" 


60 


20 * 





667s" 


100 " 


6 " 




70 " 


10 " 


53 " 


< 


70 " 


25 


150 " 


-~ 


70 " 


3373" 


4V 9 " 


si 


70 " 


15 " 


441/2" 


70 " 


30 " 


I331/3" 


- 


70 " 


40 " 


4V3 U 


— 

CD 


70 " 


20 " 


36 " 




70 " 


3373 " 


122V % l 


9 


70 " 


50 " 


5 " 


*. 


70 " 


25 " 


271/2" 


9 


70 " 


40 


100 " 


-. 


70 " 


60 " 


51/3" 


z 


70 " 


30 " 


19 " 


- 


70 " 


50 


66V 3" 


^ 


70 " 


80 " 


6 " 


3 


70 " 


3373" 


13V3" 


!~ 


70 " 


60 


331/3" 


- 


70 " 


100 " 


6V3" 


C6 
V) 


75 " 


10 " 


571/2" 





75 " 


30 " 


180 " 


c_ 


75 " 


3373" 


51/3" 


y 


75 " 


15 " 


48V*" 


~ 


75 " 


40 


140 " 


S3 


75 " 


40 * 


5Vo" 


9 


75 " 


20 " 


40 " 


a 


75 " 


50 " 


100 " 


. 


75 " 


50 " 


6 " 





75 " 


25 " 


3V/4" 


4 


75 " 


60 


60 " 


v. 

2 


75 " 


60 " 


6V0" 


!» 


75 " 


30 " 


221/2" 


^s 


75 " 


66V3 " 


33V3" 


" 


75 " 


80 " 


7i/ b " 


-> 


75 " 


3373" 


I6V3" 


-: 


75 " 


70 " 


20 " 




75 * 


100 " 


8 " 


&j 


80 " 


10 " 


62 " 




80 " 


30 " 


250 " 




80 ■ 


3373" 


6V3" 


^ 


80 u 


15 " 


53 " 


£ 


80 " 


40 


200 " 


> 


80 " 


40 " 


7 " 


O 


80 " 


20 " 


44 " 


jT 


80 " 


50 


150 " 


80 " 


50 " 


71/2" 


g. 


80 * 


25 " 


35 u 




80 ■ 


60 


100 " 




80 " 


60 " 


8 " 




80 " 


30 " 


26 " 


- 


80 * 


70 


50 " 


~ 


80 " 


80 " 


9 " 





80 " 


3373" 


20 " 


-> 


80 " 


75 


25 " 


3 


80 " 


100 " 


10 " 


^3 




These 


"'ables w 


II 


save Buy 


?rs and Be 


ll«rs manj 


a 


bstruse C 


aloulationf 







f-OCMPOWiO'-'C:- 



tt l-~ X — O ■■£ f- ■■£ ~ — N X t-OS^W "C l- 3; — — -.3 »?• 
1-1 KN CM -H CM1-CM—1 CM 1-1 CM CM CM ^ 

h N M -r »0 C M« 3 O « D M f C C [^ X * C " M X T C C N 00 T. O - N ^ f l'j C N X C; £ - 7 1 K T C C M« C 
35 35 © O Ct 35 35 35 35 Si 35 35 35 35 Si 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Si S- ~ ~. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ & ~ 35 35 35 35 35 OS ~ 9 OS CB < 



CMi-iCMi-t CM i-h CM CG cm 



<?->2<^S< 



4 eo oo r« «c ra 10 >o Oih 

1«NH CMrH CMi-i 






M 55 -<r o 5 R x 35 © — 1 cm m ■* »Q c t^ x s. O — N re — 55 ts t- x 3-- 5 — N M -r i.~ •-: t- x s. 5 — ci re t l- c i~ x a so 
lOiaooLici: l- L - c 3 -c ;3 c c ■- c c -c r- r- r- r- t^ h- r- r- t- 1 - x x x x x x x x x x ~ ~ ~ - s. ~ 3. — - ~ s. c 

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 35 



o x 5 - 



xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx 



2 5 8 > 
a 2 a S ° 



" 5 c ^ 



© • 

5 (0 






1 J3C r 
' Si X - 



lis 






• U 00 © o 






o 3-0^1. 

« G 

< \: 



C k. a - " 

ow^ © c 



:3 '0O*":S- a fl2g3gl 



- a L 



Mfifa«^ 






-*s5 






2> 5 >>o * 

=lQ .III 

i " S r? ^-J 

ft E» '^ ft 



u,32 _; « «<- • 



^-0 £r"-*j3 0-0.2 -Ec -1 



c "^^ c © 



-. o d c 

C © J 
^■0 c 



DNtJ < 



5 -g SU^ 



5 ^.scc-: 



Qio^ 



53 * .« 

■ ° © •-"» 

s3x'^ 

r.- es in & ^; n. 
U "CM^-sg 

U X 5j © — l— ' 

P. rt^*f O 



:^ud 



AC- 1 
UjKt 



•S3 

t-3t 



UJ 



^g:^^£ 



< 3, 









jTriicot^xciO'-icsrc 



JNXC-.OhOICCt'.. 












3^ &tC W « ^ 3 
oaSH!>H^xcQ 



1 N ^ -<t l': C N X 3i O -i N N t O ?0 N 00 C 






H ^ SC BQ r 



— ►-, w 

j x co g H > 



PK^S 



K^3^ r Hj > WK^ 

^xcQ^H>r < ^x 



W«^fl^ 









^MtCONX-.Or-tM^I-CCNXC 



£ » « 4 3 
E>r<^xca 









^COfiOONXC 



M *! 3 h ," ^ ." r "< 
^XCQ>^r-^>F-^ 



XCQ 



& * w 



«^3^ 
faXM«< 



r->c--^-X 



'S'2 



J^3_ 



£^ 






-fax 






-HMW^CCNXCiC-HNW^^CNXC 



W « <; S 






2 * a s <z: 



^r^x«SHI> 



W 03 



HM CO "* «o 0Ol>Q0 OS O HW CO "# «o OO t^oo c 



«3, 



3 ^ w tf ^ 
-g H fa X 






; H > H fa X 



35 



^ W « ^ 3^ h. 

r->r-faXP2^;H 






« <i3^ 

faXGfl^ 



HdCQ^ >Q ">^ t> X w. C - M r: - C C N X c c 

HHHiiHHHHHHNNNC 






X CQ ^ H > 



o^T-ioq . CO CO ^« O Owt-r^ .COOCOHh CNCO^f 
XX00X ZX0OX XXMX 00 00 OS o o» OS 'CCCi 



cox 



^fa^<<S 



1^ CO CO ^ O O . b- CO CO rj< 
O10MWCO . rj< lO «D tD .NXMr.OO .'-OnJC^CO 

x x 00 x x x co x x x co x cs o o cr. o» C5 



.OiCOO .t^COCOTf .LO^tOOQ .COCJiLOr-HOCM 'coo 
.O-iMN .W-^O .wt^OX . O: c: O i-i *H CM 'coco 
.xxcox xxcox xxcox xxcr. cioscr. '00 



^S^SJ 



coco^ 
00-1 

XCO X 



UO ^H CO O} . . . w 

oi ro eo -r . lo lo «o r>- xxmoo- 

x x 00 x . x x co x xxooxmc 

h«tHh .-i,-!^,-! ^1 ^ r^ t-( tH r- 



O .^l^0IX'*O .^T^NX 

f - xxcnc-O'-H .oqcMeoco 

05 OS en os 



Csi .cocs^to .»-n>eqx .01000 

O . 1-1 1-1 « CO .TfTflOLO .'ON00X 
X . X X CO X X X CO X X X CO X 



r^ . o*o o so ^ 

,0 .OHNN CO 
X O O OS o o 



-H t^ N X . O lo O SO 
O O *H *h CM CO ^ — 
X X CO'X . X X CO X 



t^co 00 rH 
30 00 00 00 



L0 i-< to CO CO <* 

x ooscr o— ' 

X X CO O OS o 



LO 1— I tO 

OJ CO CO 
05 05 OS 



OSO .t^COCOrH .LO-^tOOO 

OO .r-lCNC^CO . "t L0 IO SO 

XX .xxcox xxcox 



COO^O 
NN0BO 
X XflOX 



.coo^o 
. — ^Hcqco 
O O OS o 



CMIOWiHCQtP^^t-CHftt 



t) !w P E O O H 



HtdTHNCi|>at»W<PH^tf 



3 K U O B 

■ xC^C 



t»coeooTH^toys;tftt>eou5 



^fa^<s 



3 B O O B 



ocMCMtftt»ecioi»>^oeM^ 



-sfa^^^h. 



15 B U B 



iQiHr-t^tOgq^C»eOtOiHCO 



3 rq O C B 

-xO£C 



Tt«t>^eotowcotf>eM^<b»c<) 



JxO^C 



CO<flCOeM^<^»C^>OTHtOOiH 









56 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Modern Factory Toilet Systems 

The sanitary arrangements and toliet facilities of 
a modern up-to-date factory are entirely different 
from what they were ten years ago. At that time 
all that was expected for the comfort and cleanli- 
ness of the help were a couple of wooden or, perhaps, 
black cast iron troughs with a steam coil in the 
trough to temper the cold water. Here in the same 
water, a dozen or more had to wash. As for 
water closets, two or three were considered sufficient 
even for a force of a hundred men. Showers were 
things unheard of. 

In a modern factory you will find as a rule, 30"- 
x6'-0" enameled wash sinks with six combination hot 
and cold water faucets to each sink, and the men 
wash their hands and faces in water coming directly 
from the faucets. For the women it is customary to 
arrange individual enameled cast iron lavatories with 
combination hot and cold water faucets. 

As a rule water closets in up-to-date factories are 
installed to a number corresponding with one closet 
for every 15 to 20 persons. Another great improve- 
ment is that nearly all new factories now have a 
good sized rest room for the women help in which 
are settees, chairs, tables, and in most cases, a cot, 
to be used if someone suddenly becomes ill. There 
is also a first aid set. Ventilated steel lockers 12"- 
xl2"x5'-0" high for men and 15"xl5"x5'-0" high for 
women are also installed. 

The accompanying drawing shows a very complete 
arrangement of toilet, locker and rest rooms and 
will give the reader a very clear idea of how toilets, 
etc. are arranged by modern up-to-date industrial 
engineers. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



57 




58 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Rapid Circulation of Hot Water. 

A simple manner of illustrating friction in the 
flow of water through pipes at various angles is 
shown in the accompanying illustration, which rep- 
resents 5 pipes standing on end. If we drop a 
marble into each pipe, and take notice of the time 
that it takes the marble to travel through each pipe 
we will find that the marble dropped into the 
sraight pipe will reach the botton in the shortest 
time. The marble dropped into the quarter bend 
pipe, Fig. 5, will require the longest time. If 
these pipes were of glass we would notice — we will 
say for illustrating it — that the marble dropped into 
the straight pipe, marked Fig. 1, would travel 
through this straight and perpendicular pipe without 
touching the wall of the pipe — as shown by arrows 
in illustration — consequently no friction. In Figure 
Fig. 2 it would drop at a great velocity through the 
straight part, which is about Vz of the whole length 
of the pipe, but as soon as it reaches the bent part 
it would roll on the wall of the pipe, causing a 
friction which would retard its motion. In Figure 
3 the straight and perpendicular part of the pipe is 
less than in Fig. 2 and in Fig. 4 it is less than in 
Fig. 3> therefore the marble will be under frictional 
contact of the pipe for a longer time in F ig. 3 than 
it is in Fig. 2, and in Fig. 4 far more than it is in 
Fig. 3. Fig. 5 being a quarter bend, the marble will 
come in contact with the pipe from the very starting 
point. (Consequently be under friction through its 
whole journey through the pipe, and requiring the 
longest time to pass through it. This might repre- 
sent an elbow in a hot water heating plant. Short 
Elbows and Bends, therefore, for such work are 
great obstacles to rapid movement of water in any 
heating apparatus. Long Bends should be used 
where angles are necessary, in branches as well as 
in elbows. 



JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 



59 



Rapid Circulation of Hot Water 

i I 



ISgl F/gZ 




Fig. B. 



60 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Sewage. 

Sewage is composed of waste water carrying in. 
suspension organic and inorganic wastes. The or- 
ganic wastes contain both animal and vegetable mat- 
ter, such as urine and excreta and wastes from 
kitchen sinks, slaughtering, rendering and packing 
establishments, etc. Inorganic wastes are from man- 
ufacturing establishments, as for instance paper mills, 
foundries, gasworks and tar or asphalt plants. The 
decomposition of the organic wastes produces men- 
thane or marsh gas according to the best authorities- 

This is a poisonous gas, but not so virulent as car- 
bon-monoxide, which is a deadly poison, producing 
almost instant death. 

Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide gases are 
probably produced in sewage by inorganic wastes. 
Invariably it will be found that the presence of such 
gases in public sewers carrying sewage is due to leaks 
in gas mains. 

All brick sewers are porous, nearly all tile sewers 
leak at points where connections have been made 
and thereby absorb the leaking gas from mains. Such 
gases are poisonous and cause many of the fatal acci- 
dents which sometimes happen in sewer manholes, 
catch basins and excavations. These gases must be 
kept out of houses for the same reason, hence we 
have traps, vents, etc., in our modern plumbing sys- 
tems. 

The treatment of raw sewage by means of septic 
tanks and filter beds, or by dilution, renders it harm- 
less. 

The action of animalculas in septic tanks is being 
studied by engineers and chemists to the end that 
sanitary disposal of sewage may be accomplished in 
a manner suitable to inland towns. 

The dilution method of disposal is more suitable to 
towns and cities on tide water or on large rivers, pro- 
vided the volume of water in the rivers is sufficient 
and other towns do not use such water for domestic 
purposes. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



61 




62 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 104. 

A gravity system for sewage and subsoil waters 
flowing directly to public sewer. Clean-out Y branch 
fittings, Fig. 10, back water gate valves, Fig. 2, sub- 
soil drain basin, Fig. 31, and water jacket grease ba- 
sin, Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, for receiving waste from sinks 
are used as indicated on plans. Also gravel basin, 
Fig. 31, is shown near rear wall to which down spouts 
may be attached. 

Plans, Figs. 102, 103 and 104, give an idea where 
best to install Wade clean-out fittings, back water 
gate valves, catch basins, bilge pumping outfit, etc. 
In connection with lines of sewer and sub-soil drains. 
Each accessible flushing clean-out back water gate 
valve and clean-out fitting is provided with an iron 
inspection manhole which reaches from the sewer in 
the ground to the surface of cellar floor and is also 
provided with a tight iron cover which is easily re- 
moved when necessary and permits direct access to 
the back water gate valves, clean-out fittings and in- 
terior of house drains without removing any floors 
or concrete. The Wade accessible sewer flushing 
clean-out system, back water gate valves, catch ba- 
sins and bilge pumping outfit as shown and illus- 
trated in this book guarantee cleanliness in the house 
drains, accessibility for inspection and easiness by 
which they can be flushed and cleaned. They give 
knowledge to the owner or occupant of the building 
of the exact location and condition of the sewer and 
access to the straight lines of drains and lateral 
branches and obviate the danger of clogged sewers, 
flooded basements and sewer gas. If, therefore, you 
are erecting new or remodeling old residences or 
business structures, install W T ade Accessible House 
Drainage Systems — since correct house drains pre- 
vent disease, preserve life, health and welfare of hu- 
manity. 

Drainage Plan, Fig. 103. 

Consists of an extra heavy cast iron pipe, as shown 
in double dotted lines, hung from the basement ceil- 
ing. By gravity it discharges direct to the public 
sewer. Gravel basin, Fig. 31 or Fig. 49^4, is shown 
near rear wall to which down spout is connected. 
Sink grease basin, Fig. 27 or Fig. 29, is also shown on 
plan and is intended for use at the foot of sink waste 
pipe. The above system embraces all pipes leading 
from fixtures located above the basement. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




64 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Ice Box. 

A great deal of attention has of late been given to 
the sanitary connection of the waste from a refrig- 
erator to the soil pipe. This is especially true when 
planning for two, three or more stories apartment 
buildings where the refrigerators on the different 
floors are located directly over one another. 

The drawing on the following page shows the 
latest connection of two refrigerators. Here a spe- 
cial drum trap is located under the floor. The trap 
is connected to the waste by means of a union. By 
simply disconnecting this union, the refrigerator can 
easily be moved. The traps should be from 6 to 8 
inches in diameter and 8 inches deep. 

In the center of the trap is a partition wall divid- 
ing it in two parts. This partition extends to within 
two inches of the top. Waste is connected to the 
bottom of one compartment and as the waste water 
must reach a level on line with the top of the parti- 
tion before it can overflow into the other compart- 
ment, which is connected to the. soil stack, a perfect 
water seal is created. Trap has a threaded brass 
cover which allows the trap to be easily cleaned. 

Refrigerators connected in this manner have been 
found to be great ice savers. It prevents hot air 
from entering the boxes, as it does when a pan is 
placed under the waste pipe of the refrigerator, as 
the waste pipe does not come within several inches 
of the top of the pan. Soil stack is usually of two 
or three-inch galvanized pipe with galvanized fittings. 
Stack should vent to the atmosphere and before it is 
connected to the soil pipe, a trap should be inserted. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



65 





7"€9 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Beer Pump and Piping 

Illustration shown here is beer pumps and piping 
connection. Different makes of beer pumps ; this will 
give a plumber a good knowledge of this kind of work. 
These cuts show hydraulic beer pump and carbon gas 
pump outfits. 

Janette Automatic plectric Beer Pump. The prin- 
cipal feature of this pump is, that it is automatic in its 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



67 




operating and can be set to operate at any pressure 
from 10 to 50 pounds, and when connected to a 
storage tank the air can be regulated. 
• The automatic cut-off is very simple, with the posi- 
tive knock out never failing to start or stop the 
pump at the pressure desired. The connections as 
shown here are very simple to make if the sketch is 
followed outright. There is nothing to get out of 
order in the Janette Beer Pump. 



G8 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

A Plea for Correct Sewerage. 

The close of the century witnessed a most re- 
markable development in the construction of plumb- 
ing and house drainage. Heretofore many earnest, 
well-meaning individuals not appreciating the im- 
portance of correct drainage, were inclined to sacri- 
fice this vital factor in their buildings, to the adorn- 
ment of their reception, dining and other rooms, not 
realizing that the very decorative feature on which 
so much time and expense were spent, might conceal 
a lurking enemy in the disguise of DEADLY 
SEWER GAS. 

The presence of drain diseases, such as typhoid and 
scarlet fevers, dysentery, etc., coming frequently from 
no apparent cause led inquiring minds to investigate 
and as a result of their investigation, we attribute 
much of the improvement now noted in modern edi- 
fices. The same art which was heretofore employed 
for the embellishment of the more favored portion of 
a dwelling is now applied to bath and toilet rooms 
and their accompanying accessories, and knowledge 
and refinement have superseded ignorance and neg- 
lect. While all of this is a laudable step in the right 
direction, still it must be borne in mind that attract- 
ive fixtures may be attached to defective drains and 
a state of corruption may exist amidst the daintiest 
surroundings. 

House drains convey from the house the liquid and 
solid refuse which animal life rejects. Waste is a 
necessary accompaniment in all conditions of life. 
The accumulated waste from food, clothing, bathing 
and other simple acts of daily existence tends to de- 
cay, which naturally becomes offensive and must be 
removed, or disease will ensue. 

The drain therefore which encircles the abode and 
conveys the matter from dwellings must be abso- 
lutely perfect, even the slightest imperfection creates 
a chronic state of ill health or puzzling anaemia and 
oftentimes death. Every builder should weigh these 
facts well, he should familiarize himself with the 
drainage system of his house and adopt only that 
which is convincingly trustworthy in every respect. ' 

There is another danger which must not be over- 
looked. Many families having closed up their homes 
during a period of travel, perceive on their return an 
offensive odor permeating the different apartments. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 65 

The difficulty is simply this — The water which stands 
in the traps of house pipes and which shuts off gases 
from the sewer when wash basins, etc., are in use, 
not receiving its customary supply, evaporates during 
the absence of occupants, and gases from the main 
sewer are permitted to enter. 

For weeks, perhaps, there has been no water seal 
in the traps, the ascent of sewer air has been con- 
tinuous, so that not only the air is utterly unfit to live 
in but curtains, carpets and other absorbing furnish- 
ings have become saturated with the pollution thus 
acquired. 

Let it be remembered, that when lavatories, sinks 
and other fixtures are not in use they are gradually 
losing by evaporation the trapped water seal, and 
authorities have declared that sewer gas or sul- 
phurated hydrogen is the most poisonous of all the 
gases of known composition, that it is heavier than 
the ordinary atmospheric air, that experiments have 
been made with it by chemical authorities which 
show that one part of the gas and two of the air 
will kill animal life. This gas therefore must be re- 
moved so far away from us that it cannot return in 
the form of dangerous invisible gases of decomposi- 
tion. 

It must then be obvious to any person that a thor- 
ough system of house drainage and plumbing is nec- 
essary in order that the building may be kept free 
from the pollution in public sewer and its poisonous 
air. 

The remedy for this evil is hot so very far away but 
what it can be very easily reached. 

At the proceedings of the International Congress 
of Hygiene and Demography held at Washington, 
D. C, by the most eminent architects and sanitary 
engineers in the world, the most important subject 
discussed was the sanitation of the interiors of houses 
connected with the public sewers, and it was unani- 
mously adopted that the end and object of the system- 
atic drainage of a house is to endow it with a good 
system of water supply and discharge for waste 
water and to regularly flush the interior of the drains 
by clean pressure water, it being 



70 JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 

Resolved, that the object will be the most cer- 
tainly attained where the following essential rules are 
strictly observed: To exclude from the interior of 
our houses all sewer gas, to avoid pollution of the 
soil by fecal matter or waste water, to prevent the 
generation of deleterious gases in the soil and in the 
air below and around our houses, to discharge as rap- 
idly as possible into the public sewer all fecal mat- 
ter and waste matter produced. 

The application of these essential rules necessitates 
an intercepting flushing, FRESH AIR INLET 
TRAP IN THE HOUSE DRAIN, inside main wall 
of cellar for THE EXCLUSION FROM THE 
HOUSE OF POLLUTIONS, AND SEWER GAS 
IN THE PUBLIC SEWERS, a proper system of 
ventilation, pipes that are air tight and water tight, 
the employment of proper materials for the pipes, 
proper dimensions and thicknesses for all pipes, 
FLUSHING AND CLEANSING JUNCTIONS 
WITH VERY OBTUSE ANGLES, proper construc- 
tion of water closets, baths and other sanitary appli- 
ances, FACILITY OF ACCESS TO ALL HOUSE 
DRAIN PIPES FOR FLUSHING, INSPECTION 
AND TESTING THEM, sufficient CLEAN-OUT 
CONNECTIONS, periodical visitation and cleansing 
when necessary. 

Every city, town or village in the United States has 
a plumbing ordinance of their own, and each thinks 
they have the best. 

The plumbing that is shown in this book is the 
latest and best that can be done, and the illustrations 
can be followed successfully. 

We show crown venting, also continual venting. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 71 

Ventilation of Sewer. 

Sewers and drains, together with plumbing sys- 
tems, are ventilated in order to carry off the gases 
mentioned and to protect the inhabitants of build- 
ings from gas poison and infection. 

Sewers are ventilated by manholes in the street, 
having perforated iron covers. 

Drains are ventilated in the same manner and by 
the vent pipes in a plumbing system. 

Plumbing systems are ventilated by the extension 
of soil and waste pipes through the roof of a build- 
ing. Vent pipes are connected into these soil and 
waste pipes above the highest waste connection, or 
extended separately through the roof. 

Vent pipes are designed to safeguard trap seals and 
provide for a circulation of air in the plumbing sys- 
tem. 

Trap seals are necessary to prevent the entrance 
of sewer gas to the living rooms. 

If there were no vent pipes the accumulated gases 
would eventually pass through the water seal, or the 
latter would be lost by reason of air compression or 
vacuum. 

The installation of plumbing appears to be very 
simple. There is a reason for simple things. Igno- 
rance of that reason may produce very serious con- 
sequences. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S 




ttcr/*oo roi-t-owtro 



TII.C TO OlS*<S5*l _ 








OlSfO&Al. a 



Sewage 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




I HANDY MANUAL. 




Disposal System. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 75 

Wall Closets 

This installation shows one of the latest sanitary 
installations, as used in one of the large public build- 
ings. 

We start from the main stack 5" and then branch 
both ways to 4" with 45° Ys, and nipple into a 45° ell 
and then raise with the nipple to 90° closet ell, which 
is grooved and has a 2" top vent opening. The closet 
cast iron yoke is then attached to this grooved ell by 
chilled steel bolts which rest into the groove. 

Into this grooved ell is then screwed a brass iron 
pipe threaded wall flange with a bell recess for gas- 
ket, The closet is then fastened to the yoke by two 
long holding bolts. The recessed horn of the closet 
slips into the gasket and brass wall flange. The 
closet does not receive any support from the wall at 
all. The three stud bolts, two on the top and one on 
the bottom, having hole cut out through wall and 
being screwed from the yoke and rest against the 
back of the wall, making it thereby, absolutely im- 
possible to break the marble or wall at any time. 

The vent is taken from the stack of 4" and branches 
both ways as a tee and with 2" drops into the top of 
the 4x2x4 grooved closet ell. The supplies are taken 
from the main riser of a three-inch into heads of 
2 J /2 , 'j where they drop down to 1J4" m to an elbow 
into the stop of the closet valve. 

This is based on a battery of twenty closets, as the 
size of batteries increase or diminish, the supply is 
reduced in proportion. On the soil waste this size 
is reduced according to the size of the number of 
closets in the battery. 

This is one of the new installations for wall closets 
and also is adapted to wall urinals. The construc- 
tion being so that the closet can be removed by just 
unfastening of the two holding bolts. On account of 
its construction of the two studs on the top and the 
one on the bottom, the breaking strength has never 
been fully determined, although tests have been made 
up to 1700 lbs. actual weight. 

Another test being made, which is more severe on 
closets of this description, is not to see how much 
dead weight the closet will stand, but to see what 
conditions the joints are in, after subjecting the 
closet to a test of jumping on same. 




Sewage Disposal System 
Andsews Steel S&TicTAtm process 

. Auoaeyvs hs*tim<s c o. 

MWN€AOOLIS~. Mtfi/K 



Sewage Disposal System. 



76 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Sewage Disposal System 

Among the various methods of disposing of sewage wastes 
in a sanitary manner, the septic tank system operated in 
conjunction with a sub-surface system of irrigation is the most 
easily adapted for a wide range of conditions. There are 
many modified forms of septic tank systems, which operate 
more or less satisfactorily in proportion to how closely the 
designer has followed the principles involved in the reduction 
of sewage wastes by this process. Present day practice and 
experience show that a septic tank sewage disposal system 
should possess the following features. There must be a 
reservoir or tank of suitable proportion to the number of 
persons to be served for retaining the sewage for a definite 
period, an automatic discharging device which empties the 
tank at definite intervals of time, a filter bed or irrigation field 
of suitable proportions and materials for final treatment of 
the liquids. 

The accompanying illustration shows such a sewage dis- 
posal system with an Andrews steel septic tank designed for 
use in dwelling houses, school and public buildings. The 
tank is divided into two compartments called the intake and 
dosing chambers and is constructed of boiler plate }4 mcn 
thick, has riveted heads, hand-holes, automatic siphon, intake 
fitting and is made absolutely air tight. The location of the 
tank is shown for three different conditions, the one most 
frequently used being shown in Figure 1. Where the ground 
is level and there is no basement to drain, the locations shown 
in Figures 2 and 3 are desirable. As shown in Figure 1 
ordinary 4-inch glazed sewer tile is laid with cemented joints, 
having a pitch of 1 inch in 20 feet between the house and the 
tank and from the tank to the disposal or filter bed. At the 
disposal bed ordinary Y branches are used with 4-inch porous 
drain tile laid with % inch open joints for branches. Pieces 
of tile should be laid above and underneath the joints so as 
to prevent dirt from getting into the branch pipes. These 
drain tiles are laid with a pitch of 1 inch in 25 feet. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 77 

Converting sewage into harmless liquids is a biological 
process and operates in the system as follows: All domestic 
sewage contains a certain percentage of bacteria, which under 
suitable conditions, which are present in the septic tank with 
the exclusion of air and light, will start up an active fer- 
mentation process which results in a decomposition of organic 
matters contained in the sewage. Organic solid matters are 
thereby reduced to liquids, gases and humus materials.' A 
period of twelve to twenty-four hours is about as long as is 
required for this action to take place, after which the contents 
of the dosing chamber should be discharged to the filter or 
disposal bed. Here further bacterial action takes place due 
to organisms present at the surface of the soil, completing the 
reduction process. These organisms depend upon oxygen, 
consequently it is important to have the filter or disposal bed 
well aerated. 

For the ordinary suburban or country home it is usual to 
allow about 20 gallons of water per occupant to get the capac- 
ity of the tank; 1 foot of drain tile per gallon of liquid dis- 
charged per twenty-four hours and 3 sq. ft. of area for the 
filter bed. Where the soil is of an open, porous condition, 
a special prepared filter bed is not necessary. It is customary 
to dig furrows and embed the tile below the surface about 
12 inches. Where the ground is of an impervious nature, it 
is necessary to dig trenches 4 feet or 5 feet deep and 24 inches 
wide and fill in with gravel, sand or cinders to within 1 foot 
of the surface and embed the tile. 



78 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Section N a ! 



Q 



Ct 



w 



I 



z 



J_L 



Drainage of New Depot 

Drinking fountains are supplied with filtered water and cooled 
by an ice machine and pumped through a circulating system. 

The fountains are distributed through the station, beneath 
the train shed and to the power house, covering a distance of 
four city blocks. 

It requires 63 9-inch drain pipe connections to city mains 
to drain the entire plant. Four 4-inch water mains are provided. 

A series of cast iron settling basins are placed in the under- 
ground sewers which serves the down spouts and track drains. 
They are placed about 75 feet apart, one emptying into an- 
other. In this manner all the cinders and track rubbish is 
collected. 

Women emigrants have a special arrangement providing a 
laundry equipped with 12 porcelain wash trays and a steam 
dryer, so that while waiting for trains, laundry work can be done. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 79 

There are also porcelain bath tubs for the use of the patrons 
of the C. & N. W. R. R. Co. 

The women's toilet room of this station has accommodations 
for 3500 persons per day. 




Sections 1, 2 and 3 that are shown in this book are 
something out of the ordinary. Typical layout shows 
down spouts and its workings of the Chicago & 
North-Western train sheds. These sheds are the 
largest in the world, being 1200 feet long. There 
are 304 trains every 24 hours, in and out. Every one 
of these locomotives has to blow off steam, more or 
less. You will notice here in Section 2 that there 
is used in this work expansion joints made out of 
pipe. These expansion joints take care of expansion 
and contraction in case the down spouts get hot, as 
they naturally will, from high pressure steam from 
the locomotives. 

This plumbing work was done by Hulbert & 
Dearsey, Chicago, 111. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




The perfect system of the Northwestern deserves your 
patronage. 

Plumbing Railroad Station 

Of late years special attention has been given to the 
sanitary equipment of toilet rooms in railroad stations, 
public buildings and factories of all kinds, and public 
comfort stations are established at different parts of 
all our large cities. 

All fixtures in these places are of the latest and 
most sanitary kind. Soil pipes, inside of buildings, 
are all extra strong C. I. soil pipe. Figures 1 and 2 
show a plan view and cross section, respectively, of 
an up-to-date arrangement of the different fixtures in 
toilet rooms of this kind. Here a 2' 6" wide work- 
ing and vent space is arranged. Walls for this work- 
ing space are 4 inches thick of a light colored salt 
glazed brick. In the ceiling of this working space 
are located two jM-inch diameter ventilators. On 
either side of these walls are, in this case, a battery of 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




ten closets. In the walls, at the center of each closet, 
is located a 2>4-inch high by 16 l / 2 -mch. long opening 
with a vent hood in the rear of the closet and a de- 
flector in the working space. Through the large ven- 
tilators in the ceiling of the work room a draught or 
circulation is created which draws the foul air out of 
the stalls. The deflectors force the foul air upwards 
along the walls. 

At each end wall of the room are located five 
urinals and four lavatories. Lavatories are supplied 
with hot and cold water. Automatic closets and urinals 
should always be used. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



83 




Arrangement of Single Battery Urinals 



84 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 










"' 






*«:=-. 


- -^ - 


»■•■•-•-♦=--■ 


== -^ 


















i ...© . . ■. 
■J — <-> - - * 

.}—. JLi— 
| ft 


j ...(s>:_ ;. 
» — -rj J 

: li : 




---*&£*-- 


--itec.-- 


illgC.V^ 


±~&& J 



\; :3 ^i~:;^:~-:.^^:M 



Triie/u. Cut 3-yrfiw Rouohiit to' 

Ho<^e Wow. 




PLAN-GT- F)TTl«GS-rOR D0UB1E STfllit URlNflL. 




llOi) ! HO] ! SOU j: (iOl) 

PLM( OF rtTTIWGS FOR SINGLE STALL UCTpI. 



Urinal Fittings for Double and Single Stalls 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. S5 



Installation of Control Apparatus for Administering 
Hydrotherapeutic Treatment 

After the selection of apparatus and fixtures that are essen- 
tial for complete Hydrotherapeutic Equipment is made, same 
should be located as indicated in room marked a J," sectional 
view showing interior medical bath establishment, on opposite 
page. 

To insure absolute control of the temperatures in order that 
the treatment may be administered in a scientific manner, 
equal pressures or both hot and cold are essential, and an 
adequate supply of hot water furnished, delivered to this 
apparatus at a regulated temperature that may be maintained 
at 140 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The most satisfactory method is to use a separate heater 
automatically controlled as shown in room marked "M." 
The addition of a storage tank to the heater indicated will 
aa< } greatly to the accuracy; with this the control table will 
operate at times when a small particle is lodged temporarily 
unc er the seat of the valve which controls the steam leading 
to the heater. The maximum pressure used on both hot and 
cold is 40 pounds. Assuming that the pressure in the build- 
ing indicated in the drawing would be greater than 40 pounds, 
the installation of a pressure reducing valve in the corridor, 
underneath room marked "K" with branch leading from same 
on the cold side to the apparatus, also through the heater and 
out again to furnish the hot water will give ideal conditions. 

It is not intended that the patient should be submitted to 
direct application of ice water. The cooling chest shown in 
room marked "M" should be of ample si^e co furnish sufficient 
ice water to reduce the temperature of the cold for a few 
seconds in order that a cold dash at a temperature not lower 
than 54 degrees be given. The supply of hot and cold lead 
ing to the control apparatus should not be less than 1J^ inches 
for hot, and 13^ inches for cold water. 



S6 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



87 



7*\*s* 




Vs>*\ ct.^*w, 



Plumbing for Flat Building 



88 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





PLUMBING FOR FLAT BUILDINGS. 

This is the system used for roughing-in in Pasadena, Calif. 
Courtesy of the Chief Plumbing Inspector. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



89 










C^C^QV)^ 



Plumbing for Residence 



90 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



91 







Proper Connection for Kitchen Sink 



92 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL-. 




Proper Connection for Slop Sink 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



93 



« 



a 



A. 



o 






\m\OM •* 



N 

0? GK>-V 







Lavatory Connection 



94 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Bath Tub Connection 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 95 



Installation of Sanitary Plumbing 

In the pages following is shown by simpk 
sketches, the proper method of installing perfectly 
sanitary work in accordance with the ideas of the 
best sanitary experts in this country. 

Each of our large cities has its own distinctive 
health ordinances, to govern the installation of 
plumbing and sewerage, but all these ordinances can 
be placed under two general heads: The first being; 
those that specify a house trap inside the foundation 
wall, and do not specify a catch oasin. The second; 
those that specify that sinks must waste into a catch 
basin, and do not allow the use of house traps. 

These sketches show proper installations for each 
of these general systems. 

As it is impracticable to show sketches which will 
comply with every ordinance, sketches are given 
showing correct and sanitary installations in the two 
general classes. 

In Fig. 43 is shown the waste and vent connections 
pertaining to the plumbing in an ordinary dwelling, 
in accordance with the general run of plumbing or- 
dinances, which specify that the waste from sinks 
must be carried to a catch basin before entering 
sewer. 

A. 2" extra heavy soil pipe from catch basin in yard 
to a point about 12" below roof. 

B. 2" galv. iron, or extra heavy soil revent pipe 
from increaser F. near roof, to a point in soil pipe, C. 
below lowest fixture revented. The revent from each 
individual trap should be carried up to a point at 
least 3 feet above floor before making connection 
with vent line. This is to prevent the fixture from 
wasting through the vent pipe, in case of stoppage 
in waste or soil pipe. In some cities the ordinances 



96 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 97 




Fig. 44. 



98 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

allow the connection of revent "B" to stack "C" at 
any point above the highest fixture wasting into 
stack. 
C.4" extra heavy soil pipe stack, from sewer in 

basement to a point about 12" below roof. 

D. House sewer of 4" extra heavy soil pipe from 
catch basin to a point about 10 feet outside of foun- 
dation wall. From this point to sewer in street, the 
sewer may be 6" salt glazed sewer pipe. 

E. 2x4 extra heavy increaser 30" long. 

F. 4x5 extra heavy increaser 30" long with 2" side 
outlet for revent pipe. 

G. \y 2 " galv. revent pipe to lavatory trap and bath 
trap. 

H. 2" galv. revent pipe to 4" lead bend or to crown 
of closet trap. Some cities compel the use of ex- 
tra heavy soil pipe for "G" and "H." In cases where 
but one fixture wastes into stack, the revent is un- 
necessary. For instance, note that sink trap in 
sketch is not revented as the sink is the only fixture 
wasting into stack "A." In cases cf this kind, the 
fixture should not be more than 5 ft. from stack. 

J. 4" lead bend for closet waste. 

K. and L. V/ 2 " lead pipe, 3 lbs. per ft from bath 
tub to drum trap, and from drum trap to lead bend. 

M. 4" lead drum trap. 

N. connection of revent to 4" main stack. 

Fig. 44 is practically the same as Fig. 43, except that 
it shows the work done in accordance with ordi- 
nances which do not compel the use of the catch 
basin. 

In Fig 45 is shown the correct method of install- 
ing the plumbing in a flat building in cases where 
catch basins are used. The descriptions are same 
as given for Fig. 43 and this sketch will apply equal- 
ly well to flat buildings of three and four stories. 
For buildings of a greater height than four stories it 
is only necessary to increase the size of the sewer 



.JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



99 




Figr, 45. 



100 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Vis 4b. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



101 




102 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

"D," the main stack, "C," the sink stack "A" and 
the revent stack "B." 

Fig. 46 is practically the same as Fig. 45, except 
that it shows the work done in accordance with or- 
dinances which do not compel the use of the catch 
jasin. 

Fig. 47. In this sketch is shown the proper 
method of placing a house trap with fresh air inlet. 
As fresh air inlets are frequently more of a menace 
than a benefit to health, it is advisable to use the 
Ayres inlet, as this fitting will prevent the escape 
of sewer gas from the fresh air inlet in case of a 
down draft in the soil pipe. As the house trap pre- 
sents the ventilation of the street sewer through the 
roofs of dwellings, the sewer gas naturally escapes 
at the street level. To obviate this, it is advisable to 
run a 4" extra heavy soil pipe stack from the street 
side of trap, directly through roof. 

B. Cleanout. 

C. 4" main stack. 

D. 4" house sewer. 

E. Ayres fresh air inlet. 

F. 4" extra heavy soil pipe, connecting with salt 
glazed sewer, 10 ft. outside of foundation wall. 

G. 4" extra heavy fresh air inlet pipe. 
H. 4" extra heavy vent through roof. 

Fig. 48. In this figure is shown the general con- 
struction of the catch basin. It should be made with 
hard burned brick laid in cement with a stone or ce- 
ment cover, and a removable iron cover. It should 
be at least 3 ft. in diameter, have a depth of at least 
3 ft. below the water line, and carried up to grade. 
The trap should be built of brick, or can be made 
by using a quart r bend turned down from the 
sewer pipe. The inlets from the sink and from the 
down spouts should be at least 6" above the water 
line. Catch basins should be placed not nearer than 
10 ft. from the foundation wall, and the water level 
in the catch basin should be below the line of the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 103 



^ wzzz 



WATER LINE. 



' i ViVi 



fig. 48. 




J r ig. 49. 



104 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 50. 



£ 



v////;/s/ 



t\ 





f 



VZZZZZZZZj 



Fig, 51 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 105 

basement floor. In the sketch, "A" represents the 
sink waste, "B" the stone cover, "C" the removable 
iron cover, and "D" the house sewer. 

Fig. 49. In cases where the catch basin is placed 
at the side of the house the connection should be 
made as shown in Fig. 49. 

Fig. 50. In this sketch is shown the proper method 
of connecting the waste and vent of a laundry tub. 
The pipes and trap should not be less than 1^4". 
The trap is connected as shown to the house sewer 
or sink waste to catch basin, as the case mav be. 
The revent should be connected to the revent stack 
"B." In branching into the trap it is advisable to 
make connection below the water level of trap, to 
prevent circulation of air in the waste pipe between 
the tubs. 

Fig. 51. In this sketch is shown a simple and 
sanitary method of setting a closet. The lead bend 
should be cut off on a level with the top of brass 
floor flange. Cut out the floor to allow for the 
square end of closet bolts. Place the closet flange 
with the bolts over the lead bend after tinning the 
concave surface of the flange, and shaving the out- 
side of the bend. Now place your closet bowl on the 
flange to be sure you are right. Remove the closet 
bowl and screw the flange to the floor. Fill the space 
between the flange and lead bend with solder and 
make it perfectly tight. Then place litharge or red 
lead on the brass floor flange, set the closet, and 
screw heads on bolts. Putty should never be used, 
except to level up the closet, or to fill in the space 
between the base and the floor. 

In Figs. 52, 53, 54, and 55 is shown the plan and 
piping for a factory, school or public toilet room. 
Fig. 52 shows the floor plan of the toilet room. Fig. 
53 is a cross section showing the waste and vent pip- 
ing for the closets and urinals. Fig. 54 shows the 
waste and vent piping for the wash and slop sinks. 



106 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 52. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




10 8 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



^=tWH — : 



Ci a . 



& 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



109 




Fig. 55. 



Fig. 55 shows method of connecting vent for closets 
and wash sink. For work of this kind it is always 
advisable and should be compulsory to use individ- 
ual automatic closets and urinals. For schools, urinal 
stalls may be used, but they should be of the type 
known as ventilated urinals in which the water is 
continually running. The wash sink should be omitted 
in schools, but in place of this a long drinking foun- 
tain is installed in the basement, in some room other 
than the toilet room. Range closets are not sani- 
tary fixtures, and should in no cases be used. 



110 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




r^ 






T£5tV/ilV£:\ 

on 
Champoo 
Co/v/sr. 



Hot 



Cold 



TrF>/CALMOD£ZR/V Showeir Bath 

The above cut shows complete installation. 

A movement is now spreading over the whole coun- 
try for the abolition of the bath tub because it is 
considered unsanitary. 

The only satisfactory arrangement for the bath is 
the modern sanitary shower. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. Ill 

Swimming Pools. 

Swimming pools are one of the most popular recrea- 
tions in connection with clubs, hotels and even private 
homes. They have become so numerous in the past few 
years that a great deal of attention is being given to 
the method of heating and purifying the water. 

Besides the material used in the construction of the 
tank itself, which is white porcelain tile, the equip- 
ment of some of the swimming pools is almost a 
gymnasium erected over the water ; trapeze, swinging 
rings extending a good portion over the length of the 
pool, toboggan slides, etc., are only a few of the 
amusements which make the swimming pool popular 
and healthful as a recreation with exercise combined. 

The standard size pool contains approximately 56,000 
gallons of water ; the bottom graduated from 2 feet to 
8 feet in depth, which gives ample allowance for diving, 
plunging and swimming requirements. The width is 
approximately 24 feet, while the length is about 60 feet, 
this being the regulation size and which permits a large 
number of bathers to be accommodated at one time. 

It is, nevertheless, a very important matter that the 
condition of the water should be given serious con- 
sideration — many bathers soon contaminate a water 
supply. Besides this fact, the water which is originally 
supplied to the pool (city water supply or river water 
supply as the case may be) should be filtered so that 
when the pool is filled to the brim you will be able to 
recognize a 10 cent piece lying flat on the bottom in 
the deepest place. 

During the last few years, before cleaning the water 
in the pool was .given much consideration, a person div- 
ing was not visible below the surface, which condition 
was responsible for a number of deaths either by acci- 
dent or cramps, as the case might be, and when the 
body remained on the bottom of the pool it was not 
missed, in some instances from 12 to 18 hours. The 
possibility of this condition is entirely eliminated when 
a proper method of filtration is used. After the pool 
is first filled with clean, sparkling water, it should be 
circulated through the filter and back into the pool by 
using a pump and motor, which remain in constant 
duty when the pool is in service, thereby eliminating 
from the water in the pool all of the impurities accumu- 
lated, which will be caught in the filter and eventually 
washed to the sewer. The vacuum system used in con- 



112 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

nection with the same pump and motor is frequently 
used with the view of eliminating heavy suspension 
and cuticle which may adhere to the bottom of the 
pool and not be readily carried off by the general 
circulation. In many cases the hot water tank is 
eliminated and an automatic water heater is used with 
automatic gas attachment. 

The systems which we have made a thorough and 
complete investigation on have been equipped with a 
most thorough and up-to-date apparatus, which is the 
Everson filter equipment. Illustrations of the pool 
shown herein has the very finest equipment possible to 
obtain. The water is filtered so thoroughly that it will 
magnify to such an extent that the pool does not look 
to be more than a foot deep, whereas in reality it is 
over 8 feet in depth. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



113 



Elevation and Drainage of Swimming Pools 

t 




These Illustrations Also Show Construction of Filters. 
May Circulate Through the Filter or Direct 
from Mains to Swimming Pool 



Water 



114 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Finished Installation 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 115 

The Art of Soldering. 

The term "soldering" is generally applied whei* 
fusible alloys of lead and tin are employed for uniting 
metals. When hard metals, which melt only above 
a red heat, such as copper, brass or silver are used, 
the term "brazing" is sometimes used. 

Hard soldering is the art of soldering or uniting 
two (2) metals or two (2) pieces of the same metal 
together by means of a metal or solder that is al- 
most as hard and infusible as the metal to be united 
In some cases the metals to be united are heated and 
their surface united without solder by fluxing the 
surface of the metals. This process is then termed 
"burning together." 

Some of the hard soldering processes are often 
termed "brazing." Both brazing and hard soldering 
are usually done in the open fire or with a brazing 
torch. A soldering joint is more perfect and more 
tenacious as the point of fusion of the solder rises. 

Thus: Tin, which greatly increases the fusibility 
of its alloys, should not be used for solder, except 
when a very easy running solder is wanted. Solder 
made with tin is not so malleable and tenacious as 
those prepared without it. The Egyptians soldered 
with lead as long ago as B. C. 1490, the time of 
Moses. 

Pliny refers to the art, and says it requires the ad- 
dition of tin to use as solder. 

Another solder, a very odd but very good one for 
f.ome purposes, called "Cold Solder" is as follows: 

Steel Filings 2 oz. 

Brass Filings 2 oz. 

Fluric Acid 1*4 oz. 

Dissolve the filings in the acid, apply to the parts 
to be soldered, having first cleaned the parts to be 
connected, keep the acid in a lead vessel only. 

8 



116 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Advantage may be taken of the varying degrees of 
fusibility of solders to make several joints in the 
same piece of work. Thus, if the first joint has been 
made with the fine tinner's solder, there would be 
no danger of melting it in making a joint near it with 
bismuth solder. 

The fusibility of soft solder is increased by adding 
bismuth to the composition. An alloy of lead, 4 
parts, tin 4 parts and bismuth 1 part, is easily 
melted, but this alloy may itself be soldered with 
an alloy of lead 2 parts, bismuth 2 parts, and tin 1 
part. By adding mercury with 2 parts of tin will 
make a composition which melts at 122 degrees 
Fahr., or taken in this order for the same work. 

First 1 tin ... 2 lead 

Next 1 tin ... 1 lead 

Next ....*.... 4 tin ...4 lead ...1 bismuth 

Next 2 lead ... 1 tin ... 2 bismuth 

Next 1 lead ... 1 bismuth ... 1 mercury ... 2 tin 

Next 3 lead ... 3 bismuth ... 5 tin 

Next 5 lead . . . 8 bismuth ... 3 tin 

Solders. 

To solder lead 1 tin 2 lead 

To solder tin 1 tin 1 lead 

To solder pewter 2 tin 1 lead 

Spelters. 

for brazing: 

Spelter Hardest ...3 copper . . . 1 zinc 

Spelter ....Hard ... 1 copper . . . 1 zinc 

Spelter ....Soft ...4 copper . . .3 zinc. . .1 tin 

Spelter ... .Very Soft. .. 1 antimony. . . ...2 tin 

Spelter ....For Platina is Gold. 

Spelter for gold; 2 parts gold, 1 part silver, 1 part 
copper. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 117 

Spelter for silver; 4 parts silver, 3 parts brass, 1/16 
part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (hard); silver solder, 7 parts brass, 
1 part zinc. 

Spelter for iron (soft); 1 part tin, 1 part lead. 

Spelter for brass and copper (hard); brass mixed 
with y 2 to 1/5 or Y / 2 of zinc. 

Spelter for brass and copper (soft); 1 part tin, 1 
part lead. 

Spelter for pure tin; 4 parts pewter, 1 tin, 1 bismuth. 

Spelter for very soft solder; 3 parts bismuth, 3 lead, 
5 tin. 

Metal which melts at a heat not exceeding boiling 
water is 8 parts bismuth, 5 lead and 3 of tin. 

An Old but Exceedingly Good Method of Lead 
Burning. 

The apparatus required is a cast-iron furnace, two 
or three ladles, and some moulding sand. Burning 
is resorted to by plumbers generally for purposes 
where soldering will not stand. 

Cast a sheet of lead of the proper thickness, and 
cut the proper length and width, turn it up round 
like a hoop, bringing the two ends well together to 
form a good joint on the outside, and firmly tack 
them together on the inside; roll it over to see that 
the joint is close on the outside, and paste a piece 
of stout brown paper about 4 inches wide over the 
whole length of the joint. 

The sand must be well tempered, not to have any 
wet lumps in it; make a level bed with the sand about 
5 or 6 inches thick; roll the hoop on the sand so 
that the joint will come under, be careful not to shift 
it backwards or forwards, but well ram up under both 
sides. Have a strip of wood rather longer than the 
joint, and ^J-inch thick, to form the runner with, 
place it along on edge on the top of the joint; now 
place some sand both sides and ram it well together, 



118 JOHNSONS HANDY MANUAL. 

adding sand until there is a good bank on the top of 
the work; smooth it off with a trowel, cut it down 
towards the strip, so as to form a sort of funnel, 
leaving about 2 inches of the strip buried; draw out 
the strip endways, being careful not to break the 
sand, leaving one end stopped up, the other end 
stopped up about one inch high. At this end make 
a bay or pond for the overflow metal to run into. 
Have the metal red hot, be careful that the runner is 
free from loose sand, shake a little powdered rosin 
along the runner. Now begin to pour the metal, hold- 
ing the ladle at least one foot above the runner so as 
to give weight and force to the burning metal; pour 
plenty, not minding what is running off, as the metal! 
that is pouring in has to melt the part which is in the 
cold sand. When the joint is burned through try it 
by drawing the trying stick along in the runner; if 
it feels smooth along the bottom it is burned, if not 
pour some more until it is, then stop up the end 
where the metal has been running off, and fill up 
about two inches high, and watch for shrinkage, hav- 
ing Siome hot metal ready to fill up as it shrinks down 
in cooling, or else the joint will not be round. When 
set, remove it from the sand, and cut off the runner 
with a mallet and chisel, finishing off with a piece of 
card wire, the paper on the outside will strip off, leav- 
ing it bright and clean. 

Having now completed this part and set it up, 
round in shape, proceed with burning in the bottom; 
having a hole or pit in the floor, deep enough for the 
hoop to go down level with the floor, placing it in 
perfectly level. Fill up with the sand inside and out 
rather slackly. When filled up within four or five 
inches from the top, ram it down for the other part 
quite hard on the outside, leaving the sand rather 
higher than the edge; then with a straightedge scrape 
off level with the edge of the lead. Now with a scribe 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 119 

take out the sand the thickness of the required bot- 
tom, plane the sand off with a trowel, and the work 
will turn out clean. The sand on the outside being 
up level with the edge, smooth off, and cut a bay all 
around to take the overflow, shake a little rosin 
around the edge; having the metal red hot, begin to 
pour as before, only this is a work for two or three 
persons if it is any size, as it must be done quickly, 
pouring the metal along the edge until it is properly 
burned down; when it is burned deep enough, pour 
a few ladlefuls all over the bottom, so as to get in a 
thoroughly fluid state; then with the edge of the 
trowel clean off the dross, leaving a perfectly bright 
surface. Let it remain to set. This will not require 
any filling up, as it is open to the air and shrinks; 
when set it may be removed, and if well burned it will 
be perfectly solid. 



120 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Heating Liquids by Steam. 

In the design of a heater for water and other liquids, 
the two principal factors are the proper admission of 
steam and the rapid elimination of the condensation. 

On the opposite page I call your attention to the 
Russell instantaneous heater for the heating of water 
for all kinds of commercial purposes. These heaters 
are made in the single compound and storage type. The 
shell and heads are of the best cast gray iron ; the heat- 
ing tubes are of wrought iron or seamless brass. The 
admission of the cold water and the delivery of the 
heated water are so arranged that same must come in 
contact with the entire tube surface. 

In the compound heater, as illustrated, and which was 
designed for 10,000 gallons of water per hour from an 
initial temperature of 50 degrees to a terminal tempera- 
ture of 185 degrees, 1 34-inch seamless brass tubes were 
used. Each tube had a separate ^-inch steam supply 
which delivered the steam to the extreme end of tubes 
before delivery to the 1^-inch tubes. By this arrange- 
ment the water of condensation has but 6 feet to travel 
to reach condensation chamber provided in the heater. 

The rapid delivery of the condensed water from the 
tubes renders the tube surface 96 per cent efficient. This 
construction gives the high heat transmission claimed 
and delivered by the Russell design. 

So little is known by the average engineer and users 
of heaters regarding the amount of heating surface re- 
quired; the B. T. U. transmission per square foot of 
surface ; the pounds of steam condensed and other 
factors, that I insert a chart on an adjoining page which 
will enable engineers, heating contractors and users of 
heaters to figure out requirements. 

The accompanying chart shows the relative efficiency 
of iron and brass pipe when used in storage heaters. 

The following explains how to use the chart : First 
determine the number of pounds of steam required 
per hour to transmit the necessary number of heat 
units to raise the water to desired temperature. 

For example : The temperature of steam in pipes is 
220 degrees ; the initial temperature of the water is 50 
degrees ; the terminal temperature of the water is 190 
degrees ; thus the mean temperature of the water is 
120 degrees. The difference in temperature of steam 
and water is 100 degrees. 

On the bottom of chart you will note the difference 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



121 



Heating Power of Brass and Iron Pipe 

For Water Storage Tanks 

For use with Low Pressure Steam, up to 10 pounds by gauge. A 
"factor of safety" of 50% is included, to allow for fouling of pipe. 



s 
& 

8. 

"5. 



I 
ST 



CQ 















H-- 


r-rj-WO 
















"-80 


60000 












■fz — Z 


-70 

rfc-60 


40000 -J 








J y 






I 1*0 










/ 






- 










rz 








20000 








...,z 






---35 










// 
















/'/ 
















i/ / 
















f / 
















/ . 








6000 






— - i l 


tf-H+i — 1 






-7 

~:-6 


5000 


- . , 




I h L - 








- -4 








v—AiA-L. 






















_L 










hwi; 






T 










?/y 






1 








\ 


fe' 












( 


? 






1 








t , 














/ 


r j 














/ 


/ 












600 


— -h 


/ 


h + 


i 






-- 


600 


mwfc 




— ' ! — r 








•±* 




/ / 














SOD 


/ / 




T 












-- t-L 












1 




U-A 












" "-< 




/ 














« / 


1 / 

JlLl 




1 











1 O t- 00 O 



8 S 8 gpg 8 § S 8 8 



8. 
•a 



5f 
a 
1 



§ 



o 

CO 



£ 



Temperature difference in Fahr degrees between steam in coil 
and mean or average temp, of water in tank 

in temperature, in Fahr. degrees, between the steam 
in the coil and the average temperature of water in 
the tank. 

Follow the line marked 100 degrees upward to 
where it intersects with iron pipe line, then to the 
right to edge of chart marked 15. This indicates that 
15 pounds of steam is condensed per hour per square 
foot of pipe. The required quantity of heating sur- 
face in square feet is determined by dividing the 
number of pounds of steam which must be condensed 
per hour by the number of pounds one square foot of 
pipe or heating surface will condense in one hour. 



122 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 




VniAIJUJ UJ Vim/ ' U7 lUllM^ 



mi- 




ll 

OKI 5 
* *£ 

N t«C 

r Nil 

5 S s 



The best type of heater ever invented for heating 
water to a high temperature in an economical manner 
for boiler feed and domestic use. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 123 

Thus: (Iron pipe) 1,000, which is the number of 
pounds of steam to be condensed per hour, divided 
by 15 equals 66%, or the number of square feet of 
pipe or heating surface required. On the same line 
of the chart at left margin you will note that 15,000 
is the number of B. T. U. transmitted per square feet 
of pipe or heating surface per hour. 

Hot Water for Domestic Purposes. 

In the accompanying sketches is shown the cor- 
rect method of installing the piping for hot water for 
domestic uses. In work of this kind, the pipes must 
always have a general upward pitch to the boiler, 
or tank. Care must be taken that there are no 
dips or traps, as this will cause hammering and 
pounding in the system. Sediment or draw off cocks 
must be placed at the lowest point, in order to 
thoroughly drain the system. Stops and check 
valves should not be used at all in this work, ex- 
cepting, of course, the stop and waste on the cold 
water supply to the boiler. A vent should always be 
provided to allow for the expansion, in all cases 
where the expansion cannot "blow back" into the 
water main. In cases where the supply is taken 
from a tank in the attic, an expansion pipe should 
be run above the tank as shown in Fig. 64. Fig. 56 
shows connection between gas range and boiler, and 
Fig. 57 connection between coal range and boiler. 
Fig. 58 shows range boiler connected to two ranges 
in the kitchen, and to two heaters in the basement. 
In work of this kind, care should be taken to place 
the boiler above the source of heat; for instance: a 
boiler in the basement should never be connected to 
a range on the first floor, because were the water to 
be shtit off, the water front would drain. If the 



124 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fig. 56. 



I! 



I 



Fig. 57, 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



125 




Figr. 58. 



126 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



water were then turned on, the cold water entering 
the hot water front, would generate steam so quick- 
ly, that it would in all probability blow up the water 
front. With the boiler in its proper place, that is, 
above the source of heat, the shutting off of the 
water would have no effect on the boiler or water 
front, as water would still remain in the boiler to 
within six inches of the top. Figs. 59, 60, and 61, 
show the connections between tanks and tank heat- 
ers. Fig. 62 shows the method of installing the hot 
water piping to the fixtures in an ordinary dwelling, 
the hot water being taken from a hot water tank in 



COLO, 




Fig. 59. 



the basement, and a circulating pipe brought back 
to the heater. The hot water is taken from the top of 
the tank and carried to the highest fixture. A return 
pipe is carried from this point and connection made 
to cold water supply to heater, as close to heater as 
possible. The hot water for all fixtures, except the 
highest, is taken from the return pipe, as shown in 
sketch. For hotel work, it is a good plan to carry 
the hot water direct to the attic, and from there dis* 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
HOT. 



127 



COLD. 




PRACTICAL CONHECTIOHS Of WATER 
HEATER FOR J?OAf£3TIC i/S£. 
VERTICAL Tf\NK. 

Fig. 60. 

HOT. (I COLD 




«gi PRACTICAL CONNECTIONS 
OF WA T£R HE A TER FOR 
DOMESTIC USE. 
JAJRT H0RI20HTAL TANK- 
DRAIN COCK. 



Fig. 61. 



128 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





Fig. 62. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



129 



I 



HXr? 



PflACTiCAl 

coNntcnonofRfinot 

BOIltR FOR O0ME5TIC 
U3t 




Fig. 63. 



130 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

tribute it to the fixtures through the return risers. In 
Fig. 63 is shown the connection between range and 
boiler in cases where a door or window intervenes 
between boiler and range. A great deal of trouble 
is often caused from work installed as shown in 
Fig. 64. The hot water pipe is taken from the 
boiler and carried under the floor to a sink on the 
same floor, this sink being the highest fixture from 
which hot water is drawn. At times, the hot water 
will run freely from the sink faucet, then suddenly 
stop, although the faucet remains open. The 

trouble will be found at the point marked "X." To 
prevent this trouble, a vent must be carried as shown 
in the dotted line. This vent may be of Y%" galv. 
pipe, and should be carried above the tank, and 
turned down, the end remaining open above the 
water line. In cases where this vent or expansion 
pipe cannot be installed, put a small pet cock at the 
point marked "X." In case of stoppage of the hot 
water, this pet cock should be opened for a few mo- 
ments and trouble will cease. 



Pump Systems. 

In Fig. 65 is shown the complete hot and cold 
piping for a dwelling, in which the supply is pumped 
to a tank in the attic. The supply to tank from pump 
is also used for the cold supply to all fixtures. This 
supply enters the tank at the bottom, and at this 
point, in the tank, is placed a Tee with a check 
valve to prevent the water from entering the tank. 
The ball cock should be connected to the top of the 
Tee. An overflow should be taken from the tank 
and discharged to the nearest convenient place. A 
pressure gauge should be placed near the pump to 
show when system is filled. 

In Fig. 66. is shown the method of installing a 
soft water system, using the city pressure for power 
to run f .he water lift. In work of this kind a faucet 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 131 



■*iS 



w- 



2 



v . / 



Fig. 64. 



132 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Fur. 65. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



135 




Fig. 66 



134 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



for city water for drinking purposes is generally 
placed at each fixture, and the city water also sup- 
plies the water closet tanks. In this way the water 
used for power to run the water lift, is used instead 
of being wasted into the sewer. A storage tank 
should be placed in the attic with an over-flow, 
either directly back to the cistern, or out through the 
roof. The pipes in the basement should be so cross- 
connected as to by-pass the city water into the sys- 
tem in case of shortage of soft water. 

Pneumatic "Water Supply Systems. 

In Fig. 67 is shown the method of installing the 
pneumatic water system which is coming into gen- 
eral use for farm houses, and in fact, is now being 
used to maintain pressure in municipal water plants. 




JOHNSON'S 1 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




13JANDY MANUAL'. 




Fig. 67 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



137 




This is the proper way to build a coil to be installed 
in a tank, for domestic use 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL'. 




Fig. 67 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



137 




This is the proper way to build a coil to be installed 
in a tank, for domestic use 



138 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




DEEP WELL PNEUMATIC SYSTEM 

"The drawing on the following page shows the in- 
stallation of a Milwaukee Air Power Direct from the 
Well Water System. The tank contains air only 
which is conducted from the tank to the well through 
small air lines, where a pneumatic air power pump 
is located. The water is then piped direct from the 
pump to the fixtures. 

"This plant is automatic in operation as the pump 
in the well works only when the faucet is open and 
the electric motor starts and stops automatically 
when more pressure in the tank is required. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



139 




"With this equipment the power to deliver the 
water is compressed air and is stored in the tank 
instead of water." 



140 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



(0 


d 


u. 


r^ 




X 


(0 

0) 




V 


a 


u 




w 


o 


0) 


u 


Q 


3 







M 


-H 


<0 


I- 






OJ 



■* ; 



HB 


A 


tf 


•Vh 


0) 

as 


73 




Ih 


-M 


<L> 


c 


U. 




-Q 


0) 


O 




CO 


Q 


CO 




o 


%« 







II 


Vli 




*o 


4) 


CO 






«© 


+J 


(0 


u 


(1) 


o 


u 


fa 



a, ^ 







CO 




N 


O 




iH 


co 






kO 




tH 


CO 




tH 


co 






?> 




O 


i> 




tH 


iO 






o 




O 


id 


JC 




Oi 
co 


o 


00 


C 




Tj< 


h- i 






u 




tH 


cd 


b- 


o 


3 




-# 


cr 






CO 










u 




CO 


V 


co 


-rp 


fa 




CO 


(fl 












»0 


O 
CO 


p 




<M 


O 

o 








TH 


■*■» 


rH 


CO 


u 




oi 


<L> 






■*■* 






co 


CO 


CO 


M-l 






O 










C/J 




»o 


« 


OJ 


tH 


X 




tH 


U 




















fc« 




tH 








U3 






0> 






J3 




tfl 


o 




<u 


C 




•c 


■•* 




a 






fi 


V 






In 






s 




•O 


C/3 




cd 


In 




ffi 


PL| 





O 


oo i?i w oo w »n oq « »n oo 
co cd oi d h o o ^' od oi 

tHtHCQOJCQCOCO^ 




CO 


^H '^ ^i tJ* Tf* ■^ -^ "^ Tt* CO 
OCi(MOOOrHTt<J>OCO 

co j> w d d o oi co o6 oi 

THT-!C\iCNi<MCOCO'>f 




*> 






CO 

© 

CO* 


©ONOMH^NO 

cocqococoococoo 
i>n" dd^dco'^oi 

HHNWOJCOCO^ 


^3 

o 

a 

4) 

CO 

3 


?D 


00 
OJ 

oi 


GOGOOOOOOOGOGOOOQO 

OJOGOH'-tNOCOO 

05 N O O! N W 35 « ifl 

CO* r-I »d o' rt* GO OJ I> r-5 

HHHOIWCOCO'* 


»ft 


o 

rH 

oi 


iooio>omioo»oo 

OCQOCO-iHt^L— OCO 

^ GO H Tt| 00 H Tt< CO H 

cd o >d o' co go* oi CO* T-" 

HHHWOJCOCO^ 


a 1 

CO 

fa 


^ 


CO 

i> 


WOIWOJOINNOIOI 
OO<M»fl00H't!>O 

o co i> o co j> q co ?> 

CO* O Tt* O CO* *> oi CO o 

r-lT-lr-l<N(MC0C0'<* 1 


O 

fa 

o 


CO 


000005010505050 
OWOCOH^^OCOO 
N O O W © O N O O N 
ri W O ^ 00 fi t^ H iO © 
HHOJOJCOCO^ 


Oi 


CO 

co 

CO 

d 


cOcOCOcOcOCOcOcOcO 
ow»ooOHTj<i>oro 

HiOOOHOOOHlflCO 

o o' co' co' cxi cd -rA id o 

H H OJ WCO COCO 


CO 

o 


rH 


COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO 

cooow»nooH^t-o 
tP ?> © rj< ?> c ; "* i> © Th 

d^o'co^oido'wci 

HH W WCOCOCO 


*-> 

o 

fa 


O 


•OCOOOOOOO 
•MCO WiOOOHTM- 

• CO CO O CO CO O CO CO C5 

* tJ* GO* Qi 1> tH O O tJ* GO 

H H Ol OJ CO COCO 




hr! 


oooooooooo 

iH<MCOTTiOCOi>000 



Diameter. 


2 


feet 


2 


feet i 


3 


feet 


3 


feet ( 


4 


feet 


4 


feet ( 


5 


feet 


5 


feet ( 


6 


feet 


6 


feet ( 


7 


feet 


7 


feet ( 


8 


feet 


8 


feet ( 


9 


feet 


9 


feet < 


10 


feet 


11 


feet 


12 


feet 


13 


feet 


14 


feet 


15 


feet 


20 


feet 


25 


feet 


30 


feet 


35 


feet 


40 


feet 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 141 



Tank Capacity . 

Gallons per 
Foot oi Depth. 

23.5 

inch 36.7 

52.9 

inch 72.0 

94.0 

inch 119.0 

146.9 

inch 177.7 

221.5 

inch 248.2 

287.9 

inch 330.5 

T. 376.0 

inch 424.5 

475.9 

inch 530.2 

587.5 

710.9 

846.0 

992.0 

1151.5 

1321.9 

2350.1 

3672.0 

5287.7 

7197.1 

9400.3 



142 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





Vertical and Horizontal Tank. 


Capacity, 


Diameter, 


Length, 


Approximate 


Gallons. 


Inches. 


Feet. 


Weight. 


66 


18 


5 


220 


85 


20 


5 


250 


100 


22 


5 


280 


120 


24 


5 


320 


145 


24 


6 


360 


170 


24 


7 


400 


180 


30 


5 


480 


215 


30 


6 


540 


250 


30 


7 


590 


300 


30 


8 


640 


325 


36 


6 


780 


365 


36 


7 


810 


420 


36 


8 


880 


430 


42 


6 


1150 


575 


42 


8 


1400 


720 


42 


10 


1650 



Air and Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diame- 
ter. 
Feet. 


Length 


THICKNESS. 


Weight. 


Capacity, 


Feet. 


Shell. 


Heads. 


Gallons. 


5 


20 


5 /l6 


3 A 


6250 


2922 


5 


25 


5 /l6 


H 


7390 


3654 


5 


30 


5 /i6 


H 


8580 


4384 


6 


20 


5 /l6 


X 


7800 


4240 


6 


28 


5 /lQ 


% 


10200 


5936 


6 


36 


5 /l6 


% 


12450 


7632 


7 


20 


5 Ae 


% 


8600 


5761 


7 


28 


5 /l6 


Vz 


11100 


8066 


7 


36 


5 /l6 


% 


13600 


10370 


8 


24 


%6 


l /2 


11800 


8980 


8 


30 


5 /l6 


% 


14000 


11224 


8 


36 


5 /l6 


% 


16200 


13468 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



143 



Air and Water Pressure Tanks. 



Diameter, 


Length 


Weight 


Capacity, 


Inches. 


Feet. 


Gallons* 


24 


6 


350 


140 


24 


8 


420 


190 


24 


10 


500 


235 


30 


6 


530 


220 


30 


8 


650 


295 


30 


10 


770 


365 


30 


12 


900 


440 


30 


14 


1000 


515 


36 


6 


750 


315 


36 


8 


900 


420 


36 


10 


1050 


525 


36 


12 


1200 


630 


36 


14 


1400 


735 


36 


16 


1575 


840 


42 


8 


1450 


575 


42 


10 


1650 


720 


42 


12 


1900 


865 


42 


14 


2200 


1000 


42 


16 


2400 


1150 


42 


18 


2650 


1300 


42 


20 


2900 


1440 


48 


10 


2200 


940 


48 


12 


2550 


1130 


48 


14 


2900 


1300 


48 


16 


3250 


1500 


48 


18 


3600 


1700 


48 


20 


3950 


1880 


48 


24 


4650 


2260 



144 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






o 

c 
© 

I 

c 

e2 



3 
C 

- 



c 
O 





E 

3 





uzi 


Q Tf ON Tf ON Tf s 

th cm <>i co co tF Tf 


<* 


^fQXr<5X^ 

co oo <n r»» th sc 


XrCX(^.t^C^rs 

ClO^^XC^.N 






•019 

iju 


T-icNCNJcocccoTrTrir:i/:o\C>Cx^r^»x5ocNON^ 






un 


ijQ^r^xcNO-^rrjTfiovcr^xc^-^r^ircTj-u-) 
QJO^-XMi^^i^^rcr^T-ir^tXMCC) 
•r-iCMOJCMc<:cO'^-Tr-^-ir;io\0^;sCf^.t^.xxON 








•ui 9 
*J0I 


t>Ov£)lOTtf^r^M--p-COXXNC10lO 
lOCNrct^T-ir.ONror^^-i^XMCO^XN 
■^-i-^CNCMrorocc->^-^-iriiriir:o\cr^r^r^x 










**J0I 


ioxNv£5^f^Ni-rrr^i cr ro t>» t-h tt 












*ui 9 
**J6 


-rH-r-icvjcMCNJcnrore-r-^-TMeiOsC^C^C: • 












• W6 1 85SB8«©SfeRSg8SS$R« : 














,"•' y oi u^ (?n <v) m x — re x — -r U *j ^ 














a 
£ 


1 OCCJ^^^^^^^Cn^ 

'JI 8 cNirjx^^-.wr^iir. x— "<j-r^ 
















< 
H 
(n 

O 


•ui 9 
HI 


MCXCtM'-jMCrc- • 
,— ,_ ,_ ,— cvj (vj (vj c*i (sr re ro ^r • 


















'm 


OWlOXC^CX-'tC 




















•ui 9 
•3j 9 


T-HT-l-rHT-CMCVJCNJCMCe 






















W 


1J9 


^^-rCiOXCM^-C • 
T-n-^T-i^CVlC^JCNJCM • 
























' U 19 1 Sg8c33£&88 : 

'}I C -r- t^ -^ -^ -^ <NJ CNI • 




























-)J9 


lT;Tt(N-CXN 

rsjN^rcir.cx 
























~ 


- 




•ui 9 


Nt-HXl^'- • 




























Ufr 


OieOLOO 

vcr^o^ocM 
































* U !9 1 MIOONCVJ 




































'}JS 








































•ui 9 










































*jz 


O 








































£ 
•S 

5 


H 


• c 


rr 


z. 






> 


C 
if 


,v£ 


'. c 


t^ 


I- 


X 


J 


5 0" 


• c 


• c 


5 

— 


• c 




1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 145 

Combination Vent and Drainage Connections 

During the last decade or two, great advance- 
ments have been made in plumbing and drainage. 
In fact, what was considered perfection only a few 
years ago, is now obsolete. 

Amongst all the improvements, the so-called F & 
YV Combination Vent, Re-vent and Drainage fittings 
easily take the lead. As all re-vent connections to 
the soil stack are connected by means of 45° and all 
so-called pockets are done away with. It absolute- 
ly prevents any rust or sediment to lodge in the 
bends and thereby, after a few years, close up the 
re-vent as was the case in the old style fittings. 
The F & W system is now considered the perfec- 
tion and is compulsory in several of the largest 
cities in both the east and w T est. 

"Fig. A" shows the customary way of roughing 
in for a two-story and basement residence having 
one water-closet and stationary laundry tub in the 
basement, kitchen sink on the first floor, water- 
closet, bath tub, and lavatory on second floor. 

"Fig. B" shows roughing in for a two, or more, 
stories flat building. Here, of course, kitchen sink, 
bath tub, water-closet and lavatory are on one floor 
and roughing in repeated for as many stories as the 
building contains. The dotted lines, where marked 
''Plan of fixtures," shows a partition wall and the 
different fixtures. 

''Fig. C" is an elevation of roughing in for a bat- 
tery of double water-closets as used in schools, 
office buildings, factories and public buildings. 

For houses in towns and country places, where 
there are no sewers, the soil from a full line of fix- 
tures can be taken care of in a perfectly sanitary 
way by building a cess pool of either brick or wood, 
25 feet or more from the rear of the building. If the 
cess pool is of wood, holes of \y 2 " or 2" diameter 
should be drilled on about 4" or 6" centres all the 
way around and for a height of three to four feet. 
If of brick, use good hydraulic cement mortar and 
leave a 2" opening at frequent intervals and to a 
height slightly below the soil pipe. A run from the 
cess pool can be made to distribute the water over 
a larger area. If such a run is made, lay the pipes 
without any cement joints, thereby letting the 
water run out at every joint. 







£4 



<2i- EAr* O 




Tub. Oor*« 



\ 



sssssgaa 



X 



4 



rM'!.'< : ^.M':.^.' 






7b^ V/£w 




2^/u.i 






y^jT. 



oo*z 



£*** t. i. ij a. 



J3*tSJE/>7£/VT' 






146 




(f*'~*j; /•a*'* ^^ 



a 



--^- -^r - i t - - -,- -j- -7 - -y - t- 1 



^ 



f[ x& 



^*r. Z-<^a 



'I Mi 






^M 



r^rn 



147 



u 



14S JOHNSON S HANDY MANUAL. 




5) 



6 






fc£ 



1/ &u/*&/\ -**> aa^z/v ^ c ^ / cr 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



149 



6*= 










Tr^/c/u. Co//a/£ct/o/v or /far yfa7£F T/jatk^? 
pes /& //*■& &yj9m£r/c/?/y £>/$rf$/cr ^Prr/iAf. 



10 



150 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



o 

z 
o 

< 

-I 
< 
h 

(0 

z 

z 
< 

o 

z 

3 
o 

X 
CO 

H 

Z 

u 

LJ 

o 

z 
< 

< 

-I 
< 

DC 

u 

z 
u 
o 



(/) 

h 

u 
(/) 
o 

-J 
o 

Ll 

O 

> 
X 
LJ 

h 
h 
< 

m 




« o 


5 8 


73 a 


2 W 


2 a> 




H.S 


2 5 


a 


fe* 




op 


a 4a 


. u 




.C 3 




O ** 




*S 



2-2 



•© <& 

5 © *«* 
! .^ 

-8-gS 
58* 

•m c © 

a a ° 

iff 

■ o- "fi © 

a M £ 

W>.C to 

.3 +* S 
a S-2 

*£ 3 
+» © a 
S S Ml 

M-d o, 

3 c a 

2 8~ 
<o -d . 

SI 2 

M 



o «. « 

3 -23 



„, .© **» 
© s-i sa 

a <* 

is 2 

© Cfl § 

Ill 

/r. S? © 

2 2 53 
*» ©-3 
» -d © 

© £ +* 
©* a° 
© — 



a &2 

© * a 

2 2 
a a 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



151 




152 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Method of Roughing-In as done in San Francisco, 
Courtesy Chief Plumbing Inspector. 



Calif. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



153 



The Sanitary -perfect Screw Connection 

As Manufactured and Furnished by 

The J. L. Matt Iron Works 

of New York 



In these days of al- 
most perfection in sani- 
tary science, the connec- 
tion of the water closet 
to the soil pipe is the 
one weak spot in an 
otherwise admirable sys- 
tem of house plumbing, 
the one connection that 
cannot be relied upon 
under all conditions. 
That absolute security 
is assured, and the 




Plate 5001-A 

question of careless or un- 
skilful work disposed of by 
the sanitary-perfect screw 
connection, must be ad- 
mitted by all; moreover, 
those who have seen and 
used this devise do not 
hesitate to say that it solves 
. the question of water closet 
connection, and state, fur- 




Plate 50023^-A 



thermore, that knowing such device to exist they would feel in 
duty bound to recommend the same to their clients as the only 
perfect connection which they could guarantee under all 
conditions. 

Note. — All ordinary connections require bolts through 
the base of the doset. The sanitary-perfect is a screw con- 
nection, hence is absolutely and permanently reliable and 
furthermore it dispenses with unsightly bolts. 

Plate 5002 3^- A shows closet wich the sanitary-perfect 
screw connection and the threaded floor coupling which ib 
connected to soil pipe. 

The section of the sanitary-perfect screw connection 
tion (Plate 5001-A) shows how the threaded brass screw 
connection is secured into the base of the closet. The joint thus 
formed makes the brass connection equivalent to an integral 
part of the closet which is impossible to loosen or disturb in 
the slightest degree, the taper thread insuring against leakage. 



154 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Snow Flexible Gasket. 

The Snow Flexible Gasket is the coming gasket 
for closet bowls. Putty is a thing of the past. 

A good practical man will use a practical article 
instead of putty. The author of this book recom- 
mends The Snow Gasket as the best to be had. It 
makes an absolutely tight joint. 




L 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



7y?o/vl B/jcx/Afc //vro £/?c* Or***; Wh£/* 



2 ///. /£/yf/1l.£ T//f?£-A03 




7 =:> /^op > £R *4/// 3o/£ £>/?/?//*/?&£: //7V//v^. 
fb/? To/££T$ W/S£-/V JB/9CK TO jB/?ck. 
To 3£ (/s£0 £•&/? W/J£L &K F2.0O/? To/££TS 

2 ///. /&/=" 0/*£SS//V6<S TO &£• /=>£.</<£&£■£> M/EA/ 

/^rr/s/G /s 6/s££> /-/?y//y<£ /Z/?r 

2 ///. $/£>£ O /=>£-/*//**£ TO &£■ Ft. (/*&£& W/i>£/tf 
f~/7-T///* /$ {/£>£:& C//=>/=^ /&rt7- 



7b 3^ {/j}£C> /?/*/Yr o** /.j?<f-7t 



156 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



/2V/2^tf^« 




JSerroAf To J5£ 



7k/$ CoA7P#X'TAf£firr 



£r* s P/t>£- &r/*£A a. 



f?u &3£K D /ZX///&L t/4. 



—rax C/JSM/C/IjL ££■/?£) B6//?/S/SS<Sr— 



— c: & a?/* /?*$$£ jd / 7/x To S^ /Ss£& — 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



157 



PEPPERMINT TESTS. 

When the work is complete, a peppermint test, 
satisfactory to the Supervisor of Plumbing, shall be 
made by the Plumber in the presence of a plumbing 
inspector. This test must be made within five days 
after the setting of fixtures. 

Peppermint shall be pure oil, unadulterated in any 
manner, and used in the following proportions: 

Oil of 
Fixtures. Peppermint. 

nclusive 2 ozs. 

nclusive 3 ozs. 

nclusive ; 4 ozs. 

nclusive 5 ozs. 

nclusive 6 ozs. 

nclusive 7 ozs. 

nclusive 8 ozs. 

nclusive 9 ozs. 

nclusive 10 ozs. 

nclusive 11 ozs. 

nclusive 12 ozs. 

nclusive 13 ozs. 

nclusive 14 ozs. 

nclusive 15 ozs. 

nclusive 16 ozs. 

nclusive , 17 ozs. 

nclusive 18 ozs. 

nclusive 19 ozs. 

nclusive 20 ozs. 

nclusive 21 ozs. 

nclusive 22 ozs. 

nclusive 23 ozs. 

nclusive 24 ozs. 

nclusive , 25 ozs. 

nclusive 26 ozs. 

nclusive 27 ozs. 

nclusive 38 ozs. 

nclusive , 29 ozs. 

nclusive . . 30 ozs. 

nclusive 31 ozs. 

nclusive 32 ozs. 

nclusive 33 ozs. 

s the most severe test that the plumbing 

here is no way for the peppermint to get 

here is some defect in joints, traps or 

It is very simple as the test can be 



1 


to 


3 


4 


to 


8 


9 


to 


13 


14 


to 


18 


19 


to 


23 


24 


to 


28 


29 


to 


36 


37 


to 


46 


47 


to 


56 


57 


to 


67 


68 


to 


78 


79 


to 


89 


90 


to 


100 


101 


to 


111 


112 


to 


122 


123 


to 


137 


138 


to 


152 


153 


to 


167 


168 


to 


182 


183 


to 


197 


198 


to 


212 


213 


to 


236 


237 


to 


255 


256 


to 


276 


277 


to 


291 


292 


to 


318 


319 


to 


340 


341 


to 


371 


372 


to 


398 


399 


to 


426 


427 


to 


451 


452 


to 


500 


This 


test 


can 


get 


, as t 


out 


un 


less 


connections 



158 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



left on for any length of time without the plumber's 
presence. 

Operation is simple and as follows: 

Insert and secure the test plug on the increaser at 
roof. After the pepermint retainer is screwed into 
the soil stack, close doors and windows. Place the 
peppermint bottle in the retainer and screw down the 
cover tight; then turn the screw, breaking the pepper- 
mint bottle. Let hot water run slowly in the bath tub. 

Any plumber is enough of a mechanic to make one 
of these containers himself out of pipe and malleable 
fitting. Container is to hold a three (3) ounce bottle. 



7t5T/A/& 

'Plug. 



.ttx.&jr:^ 



t^==^ 




VI 



Coys* 



JB/i3J£ME/^r: 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 159 

Combination of Steam Heating Boiler, Instantan- 
eous Hot Water Heater and Hot Water 
Tank, for Domestic Use. 

This System Designed by J. W. Johnson. 

This system is equipped with a double boiler which 
has the same action as a thermos bottle. It can be 
connected to either hot water or steam boilers. Con- 
nection can be made below water line in steam boil- 
ers. In this heating design no coils are used over 
the fire in the boiler, as that is a thing of the past. 
On a tank of this kind from 100 to 150 square feet 
of radiation can be taken off in case of necessity. 
Radiation to be taken out from the outer boiler so as 
not to interfere with water for domestic use. I am 
showing a Pittsburgh Instantaneous Heater, which 
is considered one of the most rapid and best heaters 
on the market. The sketch merely shows a couple 
of radiators to make the lay-out more complete. 

This system is laid out in such a way that in 
summer time, when the heating boiler is not used, 
the hot water is supplied by using the instantaneous 
gas hot water heater. 

The cold water can be supplied to the heater in 
two ways, as follows: First, by closing valve marked 
"By-pass Valve" and opening the valve on the pipe 
marked "Cold Water Direct to Heater" and also 
closing the valve on line marked "Water Supply 
from Double Boiler." This way the heater will re- 
ceive cold water direct from the city main and de- 
liver hot water direct to the fixtures without passing 
through the "Double Boiler." The second way of 
using the heater in summer time is to let the cold 
water enter the "Double Boiler" and be tempered, 
thereby making quite a saving in the gas bill, as the 
tempered water will be from 20 degrees to 30 de- 
grees warmer than the water would be if supplied 
directly to the gas heater from the city main. If 
this, the second method, is to be employed, all that 
has to be done is as follows: Close the valve on line 
marked "Cold Water Direct to Heater," when the 
city water will enter the Double Boiler and be tern- 



160 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

pered. Then open the valve on line marked "Water 
Supply from Double Boiler to Heater" and close 
the valve marked "By-pass Valve" on sketch. Now, 
as the cold water under city pressure enters the 
Double Boiler through a pipe that extends within 6 
inches of the bottom of the boiler, the water will 
be forced through pipe, marked "Hot Water," and 
run directly to the gas heater and circulate through 
the coil of the Instantaneous Heater and deliver 
hot water direct to the fixtures. The gas burner 
under the heater is controlled by a thermostat. 
When the water is of the desired temperature the 
thermostat shuts off the gas, so that merely the 
pilot light is burning; but the instant a hot water 
faucet is opened the gas is turned on full and burns 
until the faucet is closed again, when the gas shuts 
off and, as mentioned, only the pilot light is burning. 
In other words, the faucet controls the burner under 
the heater. By the way, hot water faucet shall 
always be placed on the left side. 

During the cold season, when the heating boiler 
is in use, the gas heater is cut out of commission, 
which is done by closing the valve on the "Cold 
Water Direct to Heater" (which is placed on the ver- 
tical pipe and near the heater, just above the Tee) 
and the value on the horizontal cold water line 
(this valve is marked C. V. on sketch), when cold 
water supply to gas heater is shut off and instead it 
enters the Double Boiler. 

Valves on steam supply and return lines between 
Steam Heating Boiler and Double Boiler are opened, 
as is also the "By-pass Valve/' when steam from the 
large boiler will enter the outside part of the Double 
Boiler and heat the water in the inside part. Cold 
water enters the latter now direct from the city main 
and is supplied to the hot water fixtures through the 
pipe marked "Hot Water." 

Special attention should be given to following up 
the pipe lines and where valves are shown on the 
accompanying sketch. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAI* 



161 




///$ 7/7/. L ft r/ou 



102 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Trr/aiL 1/trouT For Ot£/im>sh(p Pwhibmb. 



Shows the WATROUS "AQUAMETER" system In ship plumbing. Closets are shown both 
jbove and below the water line supplied by direct pump connection, without the use of storage or sewage 
tacks. The pump used for this purpose is of the usual form employed to maintain a uniform pressure, and 
when connected to the "AQUAMETER" system as shown will automatically start and stop by the opera- 
tion of any one of the closets. 

Where closet* are placed below the water tine, the sewage therefrom i* automatically discharged 
by means of a steam ejector, which is opened and closed by the increase and decrease of the water pressure 
in the supply pipes to which it is connected. The instant the pressure is reduced by the flushing of • closet, 
the ejector opens and allows the steam to escape into the .4-inch waste pipe, effectually discharging its con* 
-tents and closing the instant the water stops flowing to the closeti 

To provide against accident or possible failure of the ejector, a second starting means is located 
within die 'vent pipe and is arranged to operate independently of the fust when the water has risen to 4 
certain height in the waste pipe. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 163 

Method of Wiping Joints. 

Watching somebody wipe joints, a clear descrip- 
tion of how it is done, and acquaintance with the 
traits and qualities of materials used, are essential, 
but practice in the art of wiping joints has more to 
do with it making one proficient than has mere prac- 
tice to do with proficiency in any other line of work. 
One may give the closest attention to the manual op- 
eration of making a thousand joints when the cloth 
and ladle are in the hands of some one else and yet 
fail to remember the how and wherefore for the hun- 
dred movements necessary to success. 

Before commencing to wipe a joint, one should be 
positive that the pipe is firmly set, that the cleaning 
is well done and of proper length, that the junction 
of the ends is well made, so that solder will not run 
through into the pipe, that the edges are well pasted 
or otherwise protected, so that the solder will not 
adhere except at the cleaning, that no undue currents 
of air are passing through it, that there is enough 
solder in the pot to get up the heat and do the work 
and that the cloth is in good condition. 

The beginner should keep the solder hot, leaving 
the pot in the furnace while practicing, so that he can 
put back and remelt the cold solder from time to 
time. He can do no better than to try to imitate the 
motions of those who know how. Practice will soon 
teach him a few points which words cannot explain 
to the inexperienced. Let the novice take the cloth 
in his left hand, holding it forward, so as to cover the 
tips of his fingers and take a ladle of solder in his 
right hand, hold the cloth under the cleaning and 
drop the solder, drop by drop, upon the different 
parts where the joint is to be made. A single drop 
of solder too hot will melt a hole through a pipe very 
quickly. Keep the ladle moving, so that the drops 
will fall in different places. When some solder gath- 
ers on the cloth put it up on top again and drop the 
solder on it and continue this operation until you 
have got the required amount of heat on the pipe so 
that your solder and the pipe is of the same heat and 
then form and wipe your joint. 

Solder is a metal or alloy used to unite adjacent 
metallic edges or surfaces. 

It must be rather more fusible than the metal or 
metals to be united, and with this object the compo- 



164 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

nonts and their relative amounts are varied to suit 
the character of the work. 

As the melting point of lead is 617° to 626° accord- 
ing to the purity of the lead, solder must melt at a 
lower temperature. 

The solder depends very much upon the nature and 
quality of both tin and lead. 

No definite rule can be made for the melting points 
of plumbers* solder, although the following table is 
said to be nearly correct: 

3 parts lead to 1 of tin, coarse melts at 480° F. 

GO parts lead to 40 of tin, plumbers melts at . .440° F. 

1 part lead to 1 of tin, fine melts at 370° F. 

lpart lead to V/ 2 of tin, tin pipe melts at 330° F. 

It often happens that solder will become spoiled 
by getting zinc or other ingredients into it, which 
causes the solder to harden or crystallize contrary to 
its nature. 

This is shown by the solder quickly setting or work- 
ing badly, while if disturbed when cooling it is a kind 
of gray blue. 

This is often caused by dipping brass or copper 
work into the pot for tinning, and also when solder- 
ing brass or copper to lead. 

If too hot the zinc leaves the copper, and the tin 
takes it up, because the tin and zinc readily mix. A 
small portion of zinc will also cause the lead and tin 
to separate. 

If there is zinc in solder, heat it to about 900° or 
nearly red hot, throw in a small quantity of sulphur 
(brimstone), which melts at 226° F. This high tem- 
perature is needed to melt the zinc, which melts at 
773° F., and being lighter than lead or tin, has a ten- 
dency to float with the help of sulphur. 

The sulphur mixes with the zinc and brings up all 
foreign substances to the surface. 

Skim the solder well and after the heat is reduced 
to about the melting point of solder, add resin or 
tallow, to free the sulphur, and the solder should be 
clean. 

Lead and tin can be separated by one rising above 
the other, so always stir before taking out a ladleful 
for use. 

Never stir solder when red hot or burnt. 

If allowed to burn, the nutriment or binding quali- 
ties are gone, and the pliable property which makes 
the solder work like butter, deducts from the ductility 
always needed in good working solaer. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 165 

Some solder will work well for several heats and 
then become coarse; its appearance will be black and 
dull, become very porous and unreliable without 
more tin. 

This is due to the fact that poor tin has been em- 
ployed or some foreign substance, such as antimony, 
has been mixed with it. It will form teats or drops 
on the bottom of the joint and it will be difficult to 
make the joint. When this occurs, clean the solder 
with sulphur and resin and add tin to replace the 
deficiency caused by cleaning. 

When solder hangs to the cloth it is too fine and 
needs a little lead, and when it sets too quickly or too 
coarse add tin. 

Never leave sulphur in ladle or solder pot, as it 
cannot be cleaned without considerable trouble. 

The fluxes generally employed for soldering, are, 
for iron, borax or sal-ammoniac; for zinc, brass or 
copper, sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride; for lead or 
tin pipe, resin or tallow. 

A liquid for use in fine solder is made by dropping 
small pieces of zinc into two ounces of muriatic acid, 
until bubbles cease to rise, then dilute by adding 
water. 

In tinning metals, the object is to prepare the sur- 
faces that they may readily unite with the melted 
solder. 

The tinning operation is best performed at a mod- 
erate heat. When overheated, the coating of solder, 
or the tinning as it is called, is reduced to a yellow 
powder and is destroyed. The tinning must be re- 
stored before it can be used. 

Resin is recommended as a flux for tinning copper 
bits which are to be used for soldering lead and for 
tinning all brass and copper work upon which sof 
solder joints are to be wiped. 

Articles composed of brass or copper, such as fau- 
cets, nipples, etc., should be tinned, filing to remove 
the coating or oxides, leaving the metal surface clean, 
then coating with a flux. Solder is then applied with 
a bit entirely covering the filed surface. 

It is bad practice to dip brass articles into a pot 
of molten solder which is to be used for wiping pur- 
poses, because some of the zinc, of which the brass 

11 



166 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

is partly composed, will melt out and alloy with the 
solder, thus spoiling it. Articles composed wholly of 
copper, provided they are perfectly clean and free 
from filings, will do no injury to the solder. 

Iron articles may be tinned by thoroughly cleaning 
the surfaces and treating them with sal-ammoniac 
before applying the solder. 

Great care must be taken, when filing brass or 
other metals preparatory to tinning them, that the 
filings do not fall on the bench or such places that 
solder falling from wiped joints will pick them up. 
As a precaution, filing should not be done near the 
place where the wiping is to be done. 

Solder flows better at high temperatures, provided 
the temperature is not so high as to oxidize it. 

Solder will flow into a joint until it is chilled, there- 
fore, it flows farthest when it possesses a large ex- 
cess of heat above that which is necessary to main- 
tain it in the fluid condition. 

The heat necessary for making wiped joints is sup- 
plied wholly by the molten solder, thus, it is essen- 
tial that the solder should possess a considerable sur- 
plus of heat. The temperature is limited, however, 
by the tendency of the solder to oxidize. 

The strength of a joint not only depends upon the 
quantity, but the quality of the solder. 

Too long manipulation spoils the solder and weak- 
ens the lead, the first joint made, if the metals are 
thoroughly fused, will be the most reliable, even if 
the shape is not perfect. 

In making wiped joints, the metals to be joined 
should be heated to a temperature nearly equal to 
the fusing point of the solder. 

Care should be taken that they are not heated be- 
yond this temperature. 

Fit ends of pipe tightly to prevent solder entering 
the interior, thoroughly clean all surfaces to be 
wiped, and immediately cover this cleaned surface 
with grease or oily matter, to prevent tarnishing. 

In shaving, do not dig out the lead, as it is weak- 
ened and the joint cracks at the edges much sooner 
than it otherwise would. 

It is of great importance that all wiped joints 
should be sound and reliable. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 1G7 

Patient practice until one can make a perfect joint 
is necessary. No wiped joint is perfect unless strong 
in body, perfectly fused, clean at the edges, true in 
form and free from solder inside. 

In all joints the solder should be well mixed, and 
so fuse with the pipe that the metals will be perfectly 
united. 

Wiped joints, properly made, are the strongest 
known to the trade, and generally recognized in the 
plumbing industry as one method of proving a 
plumber's status. 

What is a metal? 

An elementary mineral substance possessing con- 
siderable specific gravity, hardness and cohesion and 
requiring a high degree of heat to liquefy. 

Give the symbol, ore and composition of the metals 
of interest to plumbers. 

Lead 

Tin 

Zinc 

Copper 

Iron 

Pb 

Sn 

Zn 

Cu 

Fe 

Galena 

Tinstone 

Blende 

Glance 

Pyrites Iron 

Magnetite 
Hematite Iron and Oxygen 

Lead and Sulphur 
Tin and Oxygen 
Zinc and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 
Copper and Sulphur 



168 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Give the relative tenacity of the above metals. 

Lead 1 or lowest. 

Tin 1 1-3 times that of lead. 

Zinc 2 times that of lead. 

Copper 18 times that of lead. 

Iron 27yi times that of lead. 
Give the relative malleability of the five metals. 
Copper, tin, lead, zinc and iron? 
What does tenacity denote? 

The relative power of resistance the metals have, 
to being torn apart. 

On what does the malleability of a metal depend? 

A great deal on its tenacity, coupled with softness. 

What is the melting point of iron and some of its 
properties? 

Melts at 2786° F., is very ductile and malleable and 
appears in three forms, malleable, or wrought, in its 
purest state, or cast, when containing carbon in dif- 
ferent proportions. 

At what temperature will zinc melt and what are its 
peculiarities? 

Melts at 773° F., is somewhat brittle and fairly per- 
manent in air. It is a protecting coating for iron un- 
der the name of galvanized iron, and dissolves easily 
in acids. 

What are the peculiarities of tin and its melting 
point? 

Melts at 428°, is a brilliant white metal in the pure 
state and produces a peculiar crackling noise when 
bent, called the "cry" of tin. It is very malleable, but 
also slightly ductile. 

What is copper, its melting point and some of its 
uses? 

An elementary metallic substance of a pale, red 
color, moderately hard, malleable and ductile. Cop- 
per fuses at 1742° F. It is the most useful of all the 
metals for alloy. Mixed with tin it forms bronze; 
with zinc it forms brass; is a good conductor of heat 
and electricity and one of the most useful of metals. 

What is brass, its uses and melting point? 

It is composed of copper and zinc of different pro- 
portions and has no certain temperature for fusing, 
as the component parts vary; about 1100° F. It is 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 160 

one of the most useful of alloys, more fusible than 
copper and not so apt to tarnish. It is malleable 
when cold, but not so when heated. 

Describe the properties of lead, its melting point 
and some of its uses? 

Lead is of a bluish gray color, very soft and of 
slight tenacity. Its proper name is galena or sul- 
phide of lead. It melts at 612° to 617° F., according 
to its purity. It is used in the arts and sciences, and 
combines with other metals in various alloys. 

What are alloys and some of their properties? 

An alloy is a combination by fusion of two or more 
metals. All alloys are opaque, have a metallic luster, 
are more or less ductile, elastic and malleable, also 
good conductors of heat and electricity. 

What is solder, and of what is plumbers' solder 
composed? 

A metal or alloy to unite adjacent metallic edges or 
surfaces and is composed of lead and tin in different 
proportions. 

What are the proportions of lead and tin in plumb- 
ers' solders, and their melting points? 

Coarse mixture 3 lead 1 tin, melts 480° 

Plumbers' mixture 60 lead 40 tin, melts 440° 

Fine mixture 1 lead 1 tin, melts 370° 

Tin pipe mixture 1 lead iy 2 tin, melts 330° 

What spoils solder and how should it be cleaned? 

Allowing zinc or antimony to mix with it and by 
burning it. 

Clean it by heating the solder to 900° or more, in- 
troducing sulphur, which helps impurities to rise. 
When this is skimmed, put in resin, and the mixture 
should be purified. This high temperature is needed 
to melt antimony which fuses at 834°, and zinc at 773°. 

Why should solder never be allowed to burn? 

Because the pliable property and nutriment are ex- 
tracted. 

What are some of the fluxes used in soldering dif- 
ferent metals? 

For iron, borax or sal-ammoniac. For zinc, copper 
or brass, — sal-ammoniac or zinc chloride. For lead 
or tin pipes, — tallow or resin. Also, for iron and 
zinc, drop small pieces of zinc into two ounces of 
muriatic acid until bubbles cease to rise; then add a 
little water. 



170 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



171 




172 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

"PERFECTION" SEWAGE SYSTEM. 

Disposes of Waste Scientifically. 

You can eliminate the dangerous, unsightly out- 
door closet, the filthy disease breeding cesspool, 
and make the home as modern, sanitary and con- 
venient as any city residence. 

You can enjoy, every day, in the home, the con- 
venience of modern plumbing — the best appointed 
bath room, a handy sanitary kitchen sink, and con- 
venient plumbing connections with the laundry. 

These modern conveniences are made possible 
by the "Perfection" Sewage System, which will give 
every country home equipped w r ith a water system 
a PRIVATE sewage disposal plant — a system that 
will not merely carry sewage away, as does the city 
sewage system, but w T ill transform bath room wastes 
and kitchen slop into clear water, free from filth, 
disease germs, and offensive odors. 

Hundreds of country people are already enjoying 
the conveniences of this system. The health of 
thousands of people is being protected through the 
elimination of typhoid, scarlet fever, and diphtheria 
dangers, which come from outside closets and open 
cesspools. Many owners of country homes have in- 
stalled water systems in order to enjoy the protec- 
tion and convenience of a sewage disposal plant. 

Of all systems there is none equal to the "Per- 
fection" sewage system. It can be built by any 
plumber, with the assistance of a competent con- 
crete builder, but, as it is patented (and the manu- 
facturers' charge is very low), I advise plumbers to 
get in communication with the manufacturers and 
get their prices. Plumber will find that he cannot 
get one made — and made of reinforced concrete — as 
cheap as he can buy one from the manufacturers 
and get their guarantee besides. They build hun- 
dreds of them every year and ship them "knocked 
down"; all the plumber has to do is to assemble it, 
according to makers' instructions. It is manufac- 
tured by the "United Cement Products Company," 
Indianapolis, Ind., and can, most likely, be gotten 
through your jobber. 

This is the very latest and best system for dispos- 
ing of sewage waste. The illustration gives the 
idea of the construction of the septic tank. It is 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 173 

made of reinforced concrete in three or more com- 
partments, according to capacity required, and is 
air and water tight. The residence size, for eight 
people, and less, is 7'-4" long, 32" wide and 27" deep 
inside. Larger sizes are in proportion to increased 
number of persons. It is also suitable for factories, 
churches, schools, and public buildings. 

How It Transforms Sewage. 

All sewage contains bacteria, insects so small that 
they can be seen only by means of a powerful mi- 
croscope, which are the kind that thrive in dark, air 
tight places. In the "Perfection" septic tank they 
multiply to millions and literally eat and digest all 
the wastes entering it, reducing them to their con- 
stituent parts, which in all pure sewage are 998 
parts water in every thousand. Nothing but water 
leaves the tank. After it leaves the tank it passes 
through a bed of gravel or broken stone where it 
is aerated and all offensive odors are eliminated. 
It then passes out through the earth or empties into 
a dry well, tile drain or stream. 

Nothing is visible; the tank and filter bed are built 
deep in the ground. There are no spots to yield 
odors or to breed flies and disease germs. The 
"Perfection" sewage system works silently and ef- 
ficiently, giving great convenience and promoting 
health. 

Once installed this system needs no further at- 
tention. Fifty years may elapse and it will still be 
performing its work in the same efficient way. Being 
made of reinforced concrete, the tank itself is in- 
destructible, and the bacterial action on the waste 
entering the tank, which reduces it to water, will 
be the same in the tenth, twentieth or fiftieth year 
as in the beginning. 

An examination of a tank after five years' service 
revealed only about one-quarter of an inch of soft 
substance, showing that it never need be cleaned out. 

CONNECTIONS FOR COLD WATER SUPPLY. 

In most instances water is supplied to residences, 
apartments, and also factories from the "city main." 
Plumbers merely extend a line or two, according to 
the size of building, and connect to the main. As far 



174 JOHNSON'S KANDY MANUAL. 

as sizes of these extensions are concerned it has 
been arbitrary, most plumbers using a Y\" supply 
for small buildings and l" to 2" for larger ones, 
basing the size of the supply on the number of 
fixtures to be supplied. They have disregarded the 
length of the run and the pressure. In many in- 
stances the consequence has been that at certain 
times, when several fixtures were being used at the 
same time, hardly any flow of water could be ob- 
tained out of the fixtures. This is due to the fact 
that a large majority of -plumbers, being practical 
but not theoretical men, do not know of any rule 
to determine accurately the amount of water that 
can be delivered through a certain size of pipe when 
the length of the run of pipe and the water pressure 
is known. With long run and low pressure a larger 
supply pipe will naturally be required. That the 
plumber knows, but how much larger? — That's the 
stumbling block. There are several formulas or 
rules for ascertaining this, but they are so com- 
plicated that a man with a common education can- 
not understand them. The two tables given here 
are so plain that any plumber can use them and de- 
termine if 1" pipe or 24" pipe is required. The 
author also gives a few examples showing how the 
tables are used. 

The laws of gravity are the basis for the science 
of hydraulics, of which the main factor of every 
problem is VELOCITY. All bodies falling freely 
descend at the same rate, — in round numbers, 16 
feet for the first second and at the end of which 
the velocity has increased to 32 feet per second. 
This is the basis on which are formulated the laws 
of falling bodies, which, exhibiting what is known 
as VELOCITY OF EFFLUX, together with loss 
by friction, must be considered when calculating 
the flow of water. There are three kinds of velocity; 
UNIFORM, ACCELERATED and RETARDED. 
It is the last and its cause, friction, that plumbers 
should be most interested in, as velocities calculated 
merely from laws of falling bodies do not take 
account of friction, change of course, etc., which 
must be allowed for as causes diminishing the de- 
livery of water through pipes. 

An accepted f ormula for calculating the velocity 
is as follows: V2 g h = V, which means that ve- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 175 

locity is found by extracting the square root of 
the product of the head multiplied by 2X32, — g 
standing for the force of gravity and h for the 
height. For example, a stream filling a 1" pipe, with 
25 feet head of water, would have a velocity calcu- 
lated thus: 2 X 32 X 25 = 1,600; and the square root 
of 1,600 = 40 = velocity, friction not considered. 

The orifice, or hole, through which water enters 
a pipe, has much to do with the amount of water 
that will enter. Friction against the sides of the 
pipe and change in direction, due to bends, etc., are 
causes for great variation from the theoretical flow. 
Not only is the condition of the inside of the pipe 
and fittings to be considered as causes varying the 
delivery, but velocity, the very important factor, 
must also be taken in consideration in every case. 
With a velocity of 10 feet per second in a pipe of 
comparatively smooth interior surface, the friction 
loss in pounds on one square foot of surface will 
be about l A pound. If the velocity is increased or 
diminished, the factor of friction will vary accord- 
ingly, always in proportion to the square of the 
velocity. Suppose the velocity to be 20 feet instead 
of 10 feet per second; we than have, 10 squared 
equals 100, and 20 squared equals 400. The square 
of these velocities is as 1 to 4, and as we assign a ^ 
pound loss to 10 feet of velocity per second, on a 
stated amount of surface, the friction due to doubling 
the velocity should be four times a l / 2 pound, which 
equals 2 pounds, showing that doubling velocity in- 
creases the friction four-fold; trebling it increases 
friction nine-fold, etc. 

A column of water weighs .43 pounds per square 
inch of base, per vertical foot. Therefore, a ver- 
tical pipe 100 feet high, with one-inch sectional area, 
filled with water, will contain 43 pounds, and a 
gauge placed at base of pipe would indicate 43 pounds 
pressure. If the pipe was T /\. inch, or was 30 inches 
in diameter, the gauge would show the same pres- 
sure for the same vertical height, namely, .43 pounds 
per square inch per vertical foot. A head of water 
expressed in feet, may be changed to pounds by 
multiplying the feet of head by .43. Pressure is 
made to read in feet of head by multiplying pressure 
per square inch by 2.3. A HEAD OF WATER is 
the number of vertical feet from level of source of 
supply to center of outlet point of delivery. 



176 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Diameter of the pipe has nothing to do with the 
static head or pressure; but its relation to the size 
of the orifice from which the water is to be drawn 
has much to do with the amount of pressure lost by 
friction. If a faucet and supply pipe are of the same 
size and we DOUBLE the size of the pipe, the ve- 
locity of the water flowing through it is reduced 
three-fourths; and friction is, under these conditions, 
but one-sixteenth what it was in the original size. 
Furthermore, as in drawing similar amounts of 
water under the same head through a one-inch and 
two-inch pipe, the amount of friction surface pre- 
sented is twice as great in the one-inch as in the 
two-inch pipe. The friction in the one-inch can be 
shown to be 32 times as much as in the two-inch 
pipe. 

By using the formula it is possible to find the ap- 
proximate theoretical delivery. A liberal percentage 
must be deducted for friction, based on size, length 
of pipe and head or pressure. 

The two tables, with the rules of how to use them, 
will be of great value for ready reckoning. 

Table No. 1 shows the pressure of water in pounds 
per square inch for elevations varying in height from 
1 foot to 135 feet. 

Table No. 2 gives the drop in pressure due to 
friction in pipes of different diameters for varying 
rates of flow. The figures given are for pipes 100 
feet in height. Frictional resistance in smooth pipes 
having a constant flow of water through them is pro- 
portional to the length of pipe. That is, if the fric- 
tion causes a drop in pressure of 4.07 pounds per 
square inch in a 1% inch pipe, 100 feet long, which 
is discharging 20 gallons per minute, it will cause a 
drop of 4.07 X2 equals 8.14 pounds in a pipe 200 
feet long; or 4.07-^-2 equals 2.03 pounds in a 50 
feet long pipe. The factors in the table are for 
pipes of smooth interior, as wrought iron, brass, or 
lead. 

Examples. A l J / 2 inch pipe, 100 feet long, con- 
nected with a tank, is to discharge 35 gallons per 
minute. At what elevation above the end of the 
pipe must the surface of the water in the tank be to 
produce this flow? 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



177 



7^BU£ J. 


tf£AO 
//V 


Pot/f/0S PER 


/7sAO 

F&e.T 




//e*d 
/// 
Tssr. 


7^0i/s*/>5 P*K 


/ 


*+$ 


4t> 


79. 97. 


9/ 


.3 9. 4Z 


2 


. f*£ 


-4 7 


2 0.5S 


9Z 


*V.e>S 


3 


7.30 


4a 


2 0.7 9 


93 


40. 2V> 


A- 


/-r* 


49 


2 /. 2 Z 


94 


. <4 O. 72 


5 


**>* 


5o 


2 / .65 


95 


>*/ ./.5 . 


& 


Z.S9 


5 / 


2 2. 09 


96 


4 7. 5& 


7 


3. c>3 


5Z 


22. SZ 


97 


42.0/ 


3 


3.^ 


53 


2 2. 9 5 


9a 


42.45 


9 


3./3S 


54 


2 3.39 


? 9 


4- 2. a s. 


/O 


-? 33 


55 


2 3-S2 


700 


^3.3/ 


// 


4. 7 e 


S6 


2 4.2 6 


70/ 


4. 3 . 7S 


f2 


5.20 


67 


2 4. 69 


/02 


44. /e> 


/3 


5.6b 


5e> 


25. /Z 


703 


44.6/ 


/A 


6.06 


50 


2 5.55 


/04 


45. n/r | 


/S 


£,.49 


60 


2 5.99 


70S 


45.4a 


/£, 


69Z 


6/ 


2 6>.*2 


7oh 


^fS.9/ 


/J 


7..U 


6Z 


2 6. as 


/07 


4/^.34 I 


/P> 


7- 7 * 


f>?> 


2 7. 2 9 


70S 


46. 7ft 


'9 


&.Z2. 


64 


2 7 72 


709 


4/7. Z/ 


2n 


B66 


65 


?a>./S 


//O 


4J. 64 


2/ 


9.o*9 


(<?l> 


2 6.58 


/// 


4e>. oa 


22 


9.53 


**? 


2 9. OP. 


7/Z 


4& .3/ 


23 


9.9C 


6B 


2 9. 45 


//3 


4a. 94 


24 


/ 0.39 


69 


2*3 f>A 


//4 


4<93e> 


25 


/ O.KZ 


' 70 


3 O. 32 


7/5 


49 . a/ 


26 


/ / .Z6 


7/ 


3 0.7S 


/76 


SO. 2* 


27 


77 .69 


72 


3/ /» 


//7 


SO. 6a 


2& 


/Z./Z 


73 


3/. A 2 


//A 


5 7. // 


21 


Z2.55 


74 


3 2.05 


7/9 


S/. 5<f 


30 


72.99 


7? 


32. 4a 


/20 


s- /.?*> 


3/ 


73.4Z 


Jt> 


3 2.92 


/Z/ 


S 2.4/ 


32 


73.^6 


77 


%.*..* X 


/ZZ 


J5 2.f*>f 


33 


74. Z 9 


/S 


3 3.7 S 


/Z3 


53- 2S> 


-3A. 


/4.7Z 


79 


3 4.2/ 


7Z4 


S3. 7/ I 


$S 


/5./5 


00 


3 */. 6S 


/Z?> 


S4./S 


*,L 


/S.59 


a/ 


3 s-. oe> 


726 


S4.5fK 


J/ 


/6.0Z 


az 


3S.S2 


/27 


SS. 0/ 


33 


Z6.43 


a.? 


3S.9S 


/Zf\ 


SS.44 


3* 


76.B9. 


a* 


3t>39 


729 


ss. aa j 


40 


/J.3Z 


asr 


3 6 az 


7*0 


S6>. %* 


4/ 


y/. 7 5 


ft6 


3J. ZS 


/*/ 


S6. 74 


\ 42 


/6-/£ 


37 


37-6© 


S3Z 


SJ./fK 


43 


7&.6Z 


se 


3a. /z 


/33 


-5-7. 6 / 


44 


79. OS 


e>9 


3&.SS 


/34 


5 a. 04 


45 


79.49 


?o 


3&.9& 


73? 


s a,4& 






178 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
TABLE 2 



Gallons Discharged 
Per Minute 


o o o o »o © »o o o o o o to © o o 

ri rt N W r. M ^ 1- t: L- O N O i> C 
H r- - - :i 






_^ 




Velocity in Feet 
Per Second 


rH CO 

go © ; 


rH 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


© © • • 

^ d " ' ''".""'.! 


Oi Oi 


1—1 


Velocity in Feet 
Per Second 




© W 05 « rj 

co" i> ©' "+ cc ;**!!!!!!!! ' 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


co © £> ^ © 

co* co go' o' go" 


T-\ 0> »0 £"- 


Velocity in Feet 
Per Second 


tH GO CO I> 

O O rH rH CM CO CO CO 

cm" tjh' o* go' o" cm -i" d ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; 

r- - r- H 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


•^ox • • 

GO rH C5 co q to o q | 

' co © cm c: l- j- oo * ; ; ; * • ■ ■ 

rH "rH Oi CO ^f 


i— 1 

1 1 


TTi ., . -~ H H w w p: -t- -t 1 

Velocity in reet ^o^woqch^n^c 

Per Second 1 ^ oi » °' ® ^ °> S d 3 2 : : : : : 

1 " r_l ^ ^ 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


^ O 00 N O O H O 

MOCOO^^OriNCSH 


r-i oi rf" co os oi ©' ©' -h" ©* ; ; ; ; ; 

rH r-i CM CM *n 


tti • , . t- ■ — < cxi co co -+• o co co ?> go .... 

Velocity in r eet q oo r> -o o -r co # cm i-h © «o w • • • • j 
Per Second '-t-5 c* co *" o ©' ^ co » eg" co : : : : 


r riction i^oss H^osoot-ooHo^o • • • 
in Pounds ' th cm oo o «o od 6 w oi : : ; : 

H W 00 


CM 


T 7" 1 " j * T^ i •OiCOTt H »OCOi>'C}©r-IO 

Velocity in Feeti • © o © o o o © ©h»« co co h * 
Per Second ; h* h w n co co' tj" <<* o" r> © cm »o <> d 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


• Oi J> o> N ^ O O W Tt< « o 
•HN^OOMOO^CO^OWHiO 


1 - l HNNOciH'Ho6l> 
h n c; :: 


i — ( 
CM 


Velocity in Feetj : : : :.S : •* • :&§8 *§<*>< 
Per Second ' ' '. ' rl : ; : ; co -*" » oo' o>" ih co 

1— i T^ 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


• • • -r-i • • . • 1-1 © © O © © Z> 

• • • • Oi • • • • X X N X O ^ 't 

'. '. '. '. ' '. '. '. '. ' t-h CO ^r i> c^. CQ 


CO 


Velocity in Feet * ■ • • c ^ • • • • *> © ^ t*- th <* x 

V C1UC11V 111 J7CCL . ^ # . . . ^ ^ o oo o q 

x er oecond 1 * ■ * * ,-i * * • ■ w co ^ «: c t> oi 


Friction Loss 
in Pounds 


• • • • O • • • • O H^ H C5 W O N 

• • • • h • • • • ro fc- CO O GO GO O 


y—> r- 1 £3 CO >0 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 179 

In table No. 2 we find the friction loss for lj£ 

inch pipe discharging 35 gallons per minute to be 
5,05 pounds. In table No. 1 we find a pressure of 
5.2 pounds corresponds to a head of 12 feet, which 
is approximately the elevation required. 

— • — How man>' gallons will be discharged through 
a 2 inch pipe, 100 feet long, when the inlet is 22 feet 
above the outlet? In table No. 1 we find a head of 
22 feet corresponds to a pressure of 9.53 pounds. 
Then, looking in table No. 2, we find in the column 
of Friction Loss for a 2 inch pipe that a pressure of 
9.46 corresponds to a discharge of 100 gallons per 
minute. 

Tables No. 1 and No. 2 are commonly used 
together in examples. 

A house requiring a maximum of 10 gallons 

of water per minute is to be supplied from a spring 
which is located 600 feet distant, and at an elevation 
of 50 feet above point of discharge. What size of 
pipe will be required? From table No. 1 we find 
an elevation or head of 50 feet will product a pres- 
sure of 21.65 pounds per square inch. Then, if the 
length of the pipe was only 100 feet, we should 
have a pressure of 21.65 pounds available to over- 
come the friction in the pipe, and could follow along 
the line corresponding to 10 gallons in table No. 2 
until we come to friction loss corresponding closest 
to 21.65, and take the size of pipe corresponding. 
But as the length of pipe is 600 feet, the friction loss 
will be six times that given in table No. 2 for given 
sizes of pipe and rates of flow; therefore, we must 
divide 21.65 by 6, to obtain the available head to 
overcome friction, and look for this quantity in 
table, 21.65 -^- 6 = 3.61, and table No. 2 shows that 
a one inch pipe will discharge 10 gallons per minute 
with a friction loss of 3.16 pounds, and this is the 
size that should be used. 



Example for Practice. 

1. What size pipe will be required to discharge 
40 gallons per minute, a distance of 50 feet, with a 
pressure head of 19 feet? Answer: 1J4 inches. 

2. What head will be required to discharge 100 
gallons per minute, through a 2y 2 inch pipe, 700 feet 
long? Answer: 52 feet. 



280 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 





*1 fc? 



)••->: r ,•••*. iX. ••"/: 








JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 181 

SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPES. 

On the following- pages are given charts and 
sketches for the guidance of the plumber. 

The sketches and reading matter in this treatise 
on soil, waste and vent pipes were compiled, to a 
certain extent, from the State Plumbing Code of one 
of the states that, in my estimation, has one of the 
best and most complete plumbing codes. 

Chart A shows kinds of fixtures, number of fix- 
tures, sizes of traps, diameter of soil, waste and 
vent pipes. 

Note. In determining the size of the soil and waste 
pipe given in Chart A, allow in addition to each 
closet permitted, one bath, one basin, and one sink 
or other similar fixture. In determining the size 
of vent pipe, allow, in addition to each closet per- 
mitted, one bath, one basin and one sink or other 
similar fixture. 

Materials. All main and branch soil, waste, vent, 
and back vent pipes shall be made of cast iron 
coated with tar or asphaltum, galvanized wrought 
iron or steel pipe, or lead, brass, or cooper. 

Minimum Size of Vent Stack. Where not more 
than two water closets are installed below the first 
floor and serve as the only closets in the building, 
the vent pipe shall not be less than two inches. In 
determining the size of the vent pipe, allow in addi- 
tion to the closet, one bath, one basin, and one sink 
or other similar fixture. The size of the vent and 
waste pipes for basins, sinks, baths, or other similar 
fixtures when they serve as the only fixtures in a 
building shall be governed by the provisions of 
Chart A. 

Four Inch Stack May Be Decreased. A closet 
may be installed on a four inch soil pipe rising from 
house drain to first and second floors, and may be 
vented with a two inch vent pipe, provided the 
premises where such closet is to be installed has a 
four inch soil pipe stack of undiminished size ex- 
tending through the roof. 

In garages, barns, etc., a closet may be installed 
on the first or ground floor and may be vented with 
a two inch pipe. 

Roof Extensions. All soil and waste pipes receiv- 
ing the discharge of any fixtures shall be extended 
the full calibre above the roof, except as mentioned 
under heading 'TOUR INCH STACK MAY BE 

12 



182 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



£rt/?f?T £>H0r///Y& /0/VD5 or7?xr{//T£S .- 
AfVMBSK or F/XTO/?£5 r 3/ZS5 orT/?FS r D//?/y. 
or 5o/±rW/7S7~£, /*#& Vz/vr F>/F>£5. 


X//VO or* 

7yxr<//?££>. 


50/JL a»oW/VT£ 


V^A/T. 


3/z/es 

or 

T/?/)n 

/?£- 
Q////?£0 


/tfflUM'JM 

P£V£L0P£D 
L£N6#r 

orV£A/r 

P/r/z?kfr 

Af/rrso. 


/Yo. or 

7/XTl//T£:s> 
/?LLOH/£D 


3/Z£S 0/ 
f0/£ /WD 
W/75/S. 


A/o. or 

F/XT(/r?£?> 
/7/.L0tf££> 


3/Z£$ 

orB/icK 

Vrr/rt> 


<?A osrro. 


5 
6 
7-/5 

37-6* 
bS-/O0 


y 
-?' 

5" 
6" 
&" 
/&' 


7~/o 

//- 20 

2/-40 
*/-75 
7&-/O0 


2" 

k 


2i 
TO 


60 

30 

/0 
/ 2 

/ 5 
25 O 


02<2f5//*/< V//74 


2. 

7 -/5 
37-64* 


2" 


/ 

6 

7-/0 
// -20 
2/ - 


2" 

2/z 

Ik 


2* 

TO 


<4 

&o 
/oo 

/20 


O&o/w? v t>L or 

fa 5//c 7 *vf r Dm rns 


/ 

/- -? 

5 - & 

7-/0 
// -/5 
/6-2>0 


2' 

2± 

3* 


s- e> 

<3 -/7 
/3 -20 
2/~bC 
3/ - 


/r 

s- 

-*- 


2: 


4-0 
GO 

e>o 
/ 00 
/20 

/5 


Ctssr/poRS 

Bi,'tt&srr^, 


/ 

/- *f 
-4 -/o 
/O- 25 
25 


/r 

2- 

y 


2 

2- 4> 

6/5 

/5-40 

+o- 


/i' 

/£' 

2' 

y 

<4~ 


OK 


25 
<4 O 

GO 

/oo 

/50 


Flqo*Pw//5 


/ 

/- -? 
4 -3 
€>-36 


2' 

y 

4' 
6>' 


6> 

6-/0 
/O 


2' 
3* 


2' 

TO 

6" 


6> O 
/OO 
/5 


3*xCo////. 




ro 

' 5 ' \ 




/i* 

TO 

2' 


■'i 
CMS 


* 
6> 


Lo»'rz 7koi/&* 
B'/vro 7r?/>r ft 

Fs7/T/ £L 8*XS&1 1 

i/r//v/?£$. 


/ 

4 - /O 
/O- 25 
25- 


2' 

y 

5' 


2 

/-4 
4-/2 
/Z-B>0 
SO 


2* 

?.r 

3' 

-4" 


2' 
ro 


<70 
bO 

e>o 
/oo 

/50. 



Chart A. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 183 

DECREASED," and as shown on sketch No. 5. In 
no case shall a vent pipe through the roof be less 
than four inches in diameter. The roof terminals of 
such vent pipes must extend at least three feet above 
any door, window, scuttle or air shaft or any other 
openings used for ventilation when located at a dis- 
tance less than twelve feet from such terminals. See 
sketches No. 25 and No. 27. Change in diameters 
shall be made by long increasers at least one foot 
below roof. 

Protection from Frost. All drain, soil, waste, or 
vent, and supply pipes shall be as direct as possible, 
properly protected from frost, and when possible ar- 
ranged so as to be readily accessible for inspection 
and repairs. 

Branch Soil and Waste Extensions. Any vertical 
or any horizontal branch running vertically, horizon- 
tally, or both, more than thirty feet from the soil 
line, shall be continued full size to a point above the 
roof in the same manner as required for main soil 
pipes or may be returned to main vent pipe full size. 
(See sketch No. 9.) 

Traps, Distance from Vents. The back vent of 
any fixture trap shall be as close to the trap as 
practicable, consistent with its location and effective- 
ness. 

One or Two Water Closets or Similar Fixtures. 
Two water closets located on the same floor dis- 
charging into a double Y or sanitary Tee cross, or 
any closet discharging into a Y branch or sanitary 
Tee, need not be back vented, provided that the 
developed distance of the horizontal soil branch ex- 
tended with a grade of not less than J4 inch per foot 
does not exceed the inside diameter of the soil 
branch and the vertical leg between the horizontal 
soil branch and the trap water level does not exceed 
two feet. 

Fixtures Other Than Water Closets. Two fixtures 
other than water closets discharging into a double 
Y or sanitary Tee cross or an individual fixture 
other than a water closet discharging into a Y 
branch or sanitary Tee need not be back vented, pro- 
viding the total fall of the waste pipe between water 
level of the trap and the vent pipe extended at a 
grade of not less than *4 inch per foot does not 
exceed the inside diameter of the branch waste pipe. 
(See sketch No. 7.) 



184 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Crown Vent Prohibited. In no case shall the vent 
be taken off from the crown of the trap. (See 
sketches No. 10 and No. 11.) 

Vents Reconnected. All vents shall be run 
separately through the roof; or be reconnected at 
least eight inches below the roof; or be reconnected 
to the main vent pipe not less than three feet above 
the highest floor on which fixtures are placed. No 
fitting for future waste connections shall be placed 
in any soil or waste pipe above the point of revent 
connection. (See sketch No. 27.) 

Vent Pipe Grades and Connections. All branch 
vent and back vent pipes shall be free from drops 
or sags, and shall be so graded and connected as 
to drip back to the soil or waste pipe by gravity. 
Whenever it becomes necessary to trap a horizontal 
vent pipe, the proper method for. doing so must be 
complied with. (See sketch No. 12.) 

Fixtures Parted by Walls. Where bath rooms, 
water closets, or other fixtures are located on oppo- 
site sides of a wall or partition, or are directly 
adjacent to each other in two inseparable buildings, 
such fixtures may have a common soil or waste pipe 
and vent pipe stack. 

Continuous or Circuit Vent Installation. Batteries 
of closets, urinals, sinks, basins, etc., may be in- 
stalled by a continuous or circuit vent system. Loops 
and circuit vents shall be of following sizes: 2 
inches for a battery of two closets, 3 inches for a 
battery of five closets, 4 inches for a battery of six 
to twelve closets. For urinals, sinks, basins, or 
similar fixtures the loop or circuit shall be of size 
provided in Chart A. Methods of such installation 
are shown in sketches Nos. 13, 14, and 15. 

Unit Vent. Two water closets located on the 
floor discharging into a double Y or sanitary Tee 
cross in a soil or waste stack, need not be back 
vented, provided that the developed distance of the 
horizontal soil pipe branch extended with a grade of 
Y± inch per foot does not exceed the inside diameter 
of the soil pipe, and the vertical leg between the 
horizontal soil pipe branch and the trap water level 
does not exceed two feet. Two fixtures other than 
water closets discharging into a double Y or sanitary 
Tee cross, with no fixtures discharging above them, 
may be back vented through a common vent or back 
vent pipe, provided the total fall between the water 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 185 

level of the trap and vent pipe does not exceed the 
inside diameter of the waste pipe extended at a grade 
of % inch per foot. (See sketches Nos. 15 and 16.) 

Back Vents Not Required. Basement or cellar 
floor drains, subsoil traps, elevator catch basins, and 
similar fixtures need not be back vented when 
branched into a horizontal house drain five feet or 
more from the base of a soil pipe stack. 

Grade of Horizontal Pipes. All horizontal drain, 
soil and waste pipes shall be run in a practical align- 
ment and at the uniform grade of Y^ inch per foot, 
or more; but in no cases shall the grade be less than 
V§ inch per foot, whether under the cellar floor or 
supported by piers, posts wall ledges, or iron 
hangers. 

To Increase or Reduce Size of Pipes. Proper 
fittings of sanitary design shall be used to increase 
or reduce the size of pipes. 

Hangers and Supports. All hangers, pipe sup- 
ports, and fixture settings in or against masonry, 
concrete or stone backing shall be securely made 
with expansion bolts or other approved methods, 
without the use of wood plugs. All drainage and 
plumbing pipes shall be rigidly secured and sup- 
ported so that the proper alignment will be retained. 

Backgrounds. Backgrounds, except under special 
conditions, must be provided for securing of closets, 
tanks, basins, sinks, brackets, and all other wall fix- 
tures or hangings. 

Stack Supports. All stacks shall be thoroughly 
supported on concrete, masonry piers or foot rests 
at theii bases; all those ten feet or more in height 
shall also be provided with floor rests or other sub- 
stantial supports at ten feet or floor intervals. All 
pipe supports shall be made of heavy iron posts, 
wall hangers or brackets, steel fittings or concrete 
or masonry piers. All brick piers shall be at least 
8 inches square. 



186 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



187 




Sketch No. 2. 



188 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







Sketch No. 3. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



189 




Sketch No. 4 



190 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 









.Method *r//s5T/iLL//vG 7^/z^/a/^ /*a/& 

Sketch No. 5. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



191 




Sketch No. 6. 



192 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




C?/S/?R.T 3&OW//VG Afcx/Ml/M 

Po//vr or fertT- Gk/ipz (p/rc*/*) 
7/0 r Afort£ ZV>7/V ^ P£R Foot 



or F*//**? 




D/$T*/YC£.. 


/k /™<ih. 


//£} /Wc// 


5 r^zr 


/'A - 


t% >■ 


6> - 


2. 


2. 


& ' 


* 


3 


/2 • 


<4- 


^ 


/a ■■ 




Sketch No. 7. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



193 






a 



£5=Q= 





|jt=oa«jv 



J. 



m 



ifil 



TO 







Sketch No. 8. 



194 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



= f 



WA r£R Ci. 0S£TT 



,-:* ■+-<:-::*'< 



*£> 



^•~>* 






7far€ft/*M *?6 <?r 



//s/c tresis 






::>£: 






£Q 



2 % 






n^ft 



3C 



■ /Yor 7~o ^K£^& 30f2?/rr- 




m 



Sketch No. 9. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 193 



^X 




"^ 




Q 



m 




cEp 



C S D 



^ 




?n^ 




n 



IT 




-JfeTHOD *r3/?C/<- V£AfT///6 7h/?f>^> — 



Sketch No. 10. 



196 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







'-Method ^ Cos//yect/as& J3/?r//3. *=- 



C/U.KED o/^ W/r'^O. 




—OK 5oaoe:. ?.• 



&f?0£/s/0, 5CREW, &94.MG& o* Y// **££>. 



Sketch No. 11. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 197 



a=^ 




V) 



AjfTT/iOD or //VST/7LL//V& LoOF* VzNTS. 



Sketch No. 12. 



13 



198 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 




C/zzcv/T ok Co/Yr/s/uos V£NT//v& 



Sketch No. 13. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



199 









1 1 













? 




<o 




^ 




Q 




N 




k 




ki 


^ 


kl 


kj 


* 


Of 


* 


^ 


Q 


k 


<J 


\ 


k 


k: 


> 


X 


^ 






k 


* 


v| 


£ 


\ 


* 


V) 


^ 




^i 


Be 





N 


* 


k 


* 


k 


^ 

p 




1 





Sketch No. 14. 



200 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



5ojjl Stack 

£xT£MO£D 

Through F?o ?f 



fcyVr CO*/V£CT£0 TO 
/i/&H£5T F/XTUKtL 







Sketch No. 15. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



201 




-< -C/ffcu/r mo l/rt/T Vzntakd Wflsrs ///5T/?LL/morA 



Sketch No. 16. 



202 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




H? 



o 

_o._ 

v 




& 






U I- ' 

S' J. J 



St* 



m- 



Sketch No. 17. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 203 




B£g^^^ ^^|^ 






\jp\ 



X 



a 



fox; ftEFR/CZR/irOK 



J2- 



/i 



u 



Sketch No. 17A. 



The drainage connections of refrigerators as approved 07' 
Pasadena, Calif., chief plumbing inspector. 



204 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



gg ^-r^ W V^-.^ 



W 



A 



£ i ,,r """. "•> 



mf 



% 




W 



r == ? 



Q*= 



Floor &/?*/*. 






— Th??£E METHODS or CoA/A/£Cf/S/& 3<733L£/?'\v%5TjE5: 



Sketch No. 18. 



JOHNSON'S HAXDY MANUAL. 



205 



ct£0 




Sketch No. 19. 



206 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



¥ 





5/f/rrcH S/£20. 



>* 

m 



To S £ **£!*.■_ 







A?£THOD &r Co/VA/fCT/tf& 3//V/K Wfl5T£ 
7b &RSA5Z C/1TCH B/lSJtf 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL 



207 



s ^^m^m^ 





1 — 1 

































VV 



»! 



'£>>■ 



K* 






**^ 



05 a 



"^ 



«0 

N 

! 

Nl 

SI 



Q 



CM 
k 



s?c><atc? -ASAA0C2 



208 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




N \J 






* *T 



p4* 

*0 K * I? 

i * ' Nit 

*> ^ $ i k 

y$M 



Sketch No. 22. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MAXUAI,. 



209 







* 



IN ^ 



>* 


^ 


1 


■n 


| 


* 


vft 


V) K 
k (S 


k 


^ 


<b 


^ 




Si 


y 


k 


"0 


s 


>g 




k 




^ 






Sketch No. 23. 



210 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 





3/^.^5° Y 



-J5/^-s?5 £i_l 



—/z//v-90°-Y 



-/i/V ' ~^5°£j-i 



3///. ^r/7Z/. 



V/SAfT. F>/f*J* 



W/i5r£<. 






Sketch No. 24. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



211 






Lead <?* Co /=>/*£: ?z 
Tl/?s/v/s/a 




F?OOF To 4/LLOW Wfar/Jl 

C£/t-'tf<* a<vo /To of 



Poof Board s. 



4- "to ^>y.^YC /?£"*££ V^. 



S. W. 7or//v^>os/b — 

-P/?o/*£lk Way To EL&SsbL 3o/a. ^ D^/Vr^/^s- 
- vgjr fToof To r~*/x-£ vznt /tk>/zFz/a/&. — /rjfc t>o - 



Sketch No. 25. 



212 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




2°°"^ /?/?* H L£ADP/F£\CtJ£:ct< mo W/JSTE. 



7v?05 T~ P/?o or Cl 05£T. 

Sketch No. 26. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



213 



X vY. Jo.^a/S o/*3 W# Y or A7&W6 

' /A/ A ArtOUSVO 50//.J} 




Method *r Co////£cr/A r & Vent m/vo 
Jo/zv'/mg or 5o/jl /*Arj2vV/?sr£:P/r£:5r/ic/o. 

Sketch No. 27. 



14 



214 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Questions and Answers for Master 
Plumbers and Journeymen. 

Most large cities and a few states have depart- 
ments for examining those who feel themselves 
competent to pass an examination in the plumbing 
trade. Not only this, but each has a law requiring 
every member of the trade to pass such examina- 
tion before he is allowed to ply his trade in that 
particular city or state. 

As a rule these examinations are based on prin- 
ciples similar to the table given below. 

Relative Mark Passing 

Subjects Weight Possible Mark 

1. Experience : 1 10 7 

2. Written questions.. 4 40 28 

3. Chart 2 20 14 

4. Practical work 3 30 21 

Total 10 100 70 

The following questions are typical of those 
asked everywhere in both Master Plumber and 
Journeymen Examinations and the answers for same 
here given are correct. 

QUESTIONS FOR MASTER PLUMBERS' 
EXAMINATION. 

1. What are the duties of a plumber? (b) Give a 
list of such tools as are necessary, indispensable and 
peculiar to the plumbing business. 

1. It is the duty of a plumber to furnish and 
erect lines of suitable piping to furnish houses, dwel- 
lings, public buildings, villages, towns, cities, etc., 
with a pure, wholesome and copious supply of water 
for drinking, cooking, bathing, waste disposal, fire 
and other domestic purposes. To furnish and erect 
suitable fixtures, pipes and appliances to receive con- 
duct and dispose of all waste of houses, dwellings, 
buildings, stables, cities, etc., in such a manner as 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



215 



to be perfectly sanitary and not to endanger the 
health of the public, (b) Shave hook, turn pin, 
soldering iron, tap borer, bending springs, wiping 
cloths, drift plugs, basin wrench. 

Q. 2. Illustrate the most effective type of commer- 
cial grease trap; (b) where should it be used? (c) 
what causes the grease to collect in trap? 

A. 2. On waste pipes from sinks, (c) When hot 
grease is discharge into a waste pipe it tends to 
congeal and collect on the sides of the pipe. _ In 
time this grease chokes the waste pipe^ and as it is 
impossible to clean it from the pipes without taking 
the pipes apart, a grease trap is used to congeal and 
intercept the grease before it enters the waste pipe. 







Oil" *>**" ~ 



• f iiiB %**(.* 1"*' 



• 4" fij.0 Se^zx 'A'3f* 



Q. 3. Illustrate how you would design garage 
drainage to prevent volatile oils from getting into 
main sewers. 



2 "J'^AV" ""*&*?"* 


^■*'V-ffigsgS^g 


- -h 


-^2'-— ■ 




r~ — - - -LJ 






^ ------- 


)» J)P£ OP Qoii.t>>»* 









Q. 4. State basis upon which you determine the 
sizes of water pipe for a domestic supply to a large 
number of fixtures. 

A. 4. The size depends entirely upon the number 
and kind of fixtures to be supplied, the length of the 
pipe, the number of fittings, the pressure and the 
number and size of the branches. 



216 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Fixture. Sizes. 

Kitchen sinks l A in. 

Pantry sinks 3 A in. 

Laundry trays Vi in. or H in. 

Water closets Vs in. 

W. C. Flush valve 1 in. up 

Basins 3 A in. 

Baths Vi in. 

Slop sinks l A in. 

Urinals 72 in. 

Range boiler J^ in. or Y<\ in. 

Foot baths V2 in. 

Sitz baths ^2 in. 

5. Sketch a practical system for connecting up a 
coal range, gas range, laundry stove and coil in heat- 
ing apparatus. 



mammo n 




yumvmvyivwjr 



COIL. 



^-/-flH 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 217 

6. What general and necessary items should com- 
prise an estimate for the installation of a plumbing- 
system? (b) If an article lists at $80.00 plus 20% 
with a discount of 10-5% and a cash discount of 2% 
if paid in ten days, what would be the net amount 
of your check if you paid for it in nine days from 
date of invoice? 

6. Sewer pipe and fittings, grease trap and fit- 
tings, paving permits, corking lead, solder, roof 
flashings, tap service pipe and permits, standard and 
extra heavy soil pipes and fittings, lead pipe (all 
sizes), water and waste pipes, brass goods, stop 
cocks, sill cocks, faucets, soldern nipples, brass fur- 
rows, lead bends, drum traps, fixtures, closets, baths, 
basins, sinks, range boilers, laundry tubs, galvanized 
pipes and fittings. Answer to problem, $80.44. 

7. (a) What is a check valve? (b) What is a 
ball cock? 

7. A check valve is a form of valve which per- 
mits a flow of water through it in one direction only, 
its action being automatic. Check valves are made in 
several styles and are termed globe or horizontal, 
angle, vertical and sw T ing check valves, according to 
their construction. The swing check valve is pre- 
ferable for use on water pipe as it has a full sized 
waterway, (b) A ball cock is a compression cock 
or faucet operated by a rod and hollow globe or ball 
which floats on the surface of the water. This cock 
is used to automatically supply cisterns and tanks 
with water. The ball is called a float. 

8. What is the circulation pipe? 

8. With fixtures that are a considerable distance 
from the range boiler when a hot water faucet is 
opened, the water in the pipe between the boiler and 
fixture must be drawn off before hot water can be 
obtained, which causes a loss of both water and time. 
To overcome this, a pipe is connected to the hot 
water supply pipe at a point near the fixture and re- 
turned back to the boiler, connecting at the lower 
coupling. The hot water circulates through these 
pipes and makes it possible to obtain hot water the 
instant the faucet is opened. The special pipe em- 
ployed to make this possible is called the circulation 
pipe. 



218 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

9. What is a soil pipe or stack? (b) Give 
sizes. 

9. A soil pipe or stack is the vertical line of pipe 
extending from it's connection with the house drain 
up through the building and receiving the waste 
from water closets with or without that of other 
fixtures. A soil stack should never be less than 4 
inches. It may be of cast iron or galvanized 
wrought iron. Connections can be made to the soil 
pipe with Y branches or T-Y branches. Offsets 
should be avoided as much as possible. If horizontal 
runs are necessary table gives the sizes of soil pipes 
found by experience to give good results, (b) Sizes 
of soil pipes. 

Number 
Size. of Fixtures. 

4 inch 1-15 

5 inch 16-30 

6 inch 31-50 

7 inch 51-80 

8 inch 81-120 

9 inch 121-200 

10 inch 201-300 

10. Illustrate by a single line drawing how you 
would design a waste line properly vented accom- 
modating a sink in basement, a sink and lavatory on 
first floor and a closet and bath tub on second floor. 

See Fig. A on the following page. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



219 




Figure A. 



220 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Questions for Journeyman Plumbers' 
Examination. 

Q. 1. Would you install a main waste or a long 
branch waste line without extending it to the outer 
air at the top? Give your reason. 

A. 1. Xo. It would cause syphonage. By referring 
to an "S" trap it will readily be seen that the outlet 
forms a perfect syphon, the part of the trap between 
the dip and the outlet forming the short side and the 
waste pipe from the outlet downward forming the 
long side. When a large quantity of water is dis- 
charged from the fixture into the trap, the water 
fills the entire trap and waste pipe for some distance 
below the trap. It is seen that the weight of water 
is much greater in the outlet side than in the inlet 
side of trap and it tends to cause the water in the 
trap to rise to the outlet and follow the larger body 
of water in the waste pipe, leaving the trap without 
any water to form its seal. 

Q. 2. How and with what material would you con- 
struct a cesspool. 

A. 2. Leaching cesspool. Brick, laid up dry. A 
leaching cesspool is merely a hole in the ground, 
the walls being walled up dry without the use of ce- 
ment. The top is covered with timbers or arched 
over and covered with a foot or so of earth. 

Q. 3. Why are brass connections used in joining 
lead w r astes to iron ones instead of connecting di- 
rect. 

A. 3. A soldering ferrule, bell shaped, is used to 
join lead wastes to iron ones. It is used to make 
proper connections between cast iron pipe and lead 
pipe by means* of wiped solder and lead calked 
joints. All ferrules should be at least 4 inches long. 

Q. 4. (a) What is a range boiler tube? (b) What 
is it for? 

A. 4. (a) It is a small tube generally V2 inch or 
preferably, 54 inch for 30 to 40 gallon boilers, and 
connects with the cold water supply at the top boiler 
coupling and extends down through the boiler to a 
point below the side coupling and above the water- 
back, (b) To prevent the water being syphoned out 
of the boiler. 

Q. 5. What is a by-pass as applied to drainage? 

A. 5. A by-pass as applied to the drainage, venting, 
etc., of buildings is an arrangement by which sewer 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 221 

gas has access into a building from the soil, waste or 
vent pipes without passing through a trap seal. By- 
passes arc generally the work of careless or ignorant 
plumbers, who do not understand the theory of their 
trade. 

Q. 6. What metals are used and in what propor- 
tions for soldering joints in waste pipes? Would you 
use the same solder for joints in lead water pipes? 
Give your reason. 

A. 6. Tin and lead, two parts lead and one part 
tin. No, it is too coarse* add more tin, it makes it 
a stronger and tighter joint. It is composed of 3 
parts lead and 2 parts tin. 

Q. 7. What is the proper way to connect a water 
closet to the lead bend? 

A. 7. There are a great number of different meth- 
ods employed, only three of which are used to any 
extent. The cheapest form of connection is made by 
tafting the lead bend, fastening the bowl by screw- 
ing it to the floor. This method of connection while 
used to a great extent on country work is a very 
poor one and is open to many objections. A better 
connection is made b}^ soldering a brass floor flange 
to the lead bend where it projects through the floor; 
a rubber gasket is placed on the flange, the annular 
space in the base of the bowl is filled with a mixture 
of white lead and shellac and the bowl set down on 
the flange and gasket, forcing it down so that the 
white lead and shellac will fill all the interstices and 
make a water and gas tight joint. The closet should 
be fastened with the bolts that accompany the flange. 
Putty is sometimes substituted for the white lead 
and shellac, but does not make as reliable a joint. 
A connection used very extensively in New York 
City is the screw connection. A metallic nipple, 
having a male or outside thread is made in the outlet 
of the closet bowl, being made tight with a special 
cement. A brass socket having a female or inside 
thread is soldered to the lead bend and the closet 
screwed down into this piece. This connection is 
very rigid and sometimes breaks the bowl. 

Q. 8. What provision, if any, would you take to 
make it convenient to clean out soil or waste pipes 
in the event of stoppage of same? 

A. 8. Cleanouts should be provided at the connec- 
tion of all branches, at points not over 50 feet apart 
on straight runs and at the end of the line. 



222 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Q. 9. Whe it is desired to wipe a joint on a pipe 
through which the water cannot be shut off tight, 
what is done to keep the pipe dry long enough to 
wipe the joint? 

A. 9. The joint should be prepared, the solder 
heated and everything in readiness for wiping. Force 
some dry bread into the pipe and wipe the joint as 
quickly as possible. The bread will absorb the water 
and keep the pipe dry until the joint is made if the 
work is done quickly. If the pipe is short it is some- 
times possible to insert a rubber tube into the pipe 
and carry the water past the joint. 

Q. 10. (a) What is a flux? (b) Name some of 
the fluxes. 

A. 10. (a) A flux is a substance either liquid or solid 
used to facilitate the fusing and uniting of two metals 
when soldering, (b) Rosin, mutton tallow, muriatic 
acid, chloride of zinc, sal-ammoniac, etc. There is 
also a number of patented fluxes on the market. 

Q. 11. How can the flaws in cast iron soil pipe 
resulting from casting the pipe in a horizontal posi- 
tion be detected without cutting the pipe? 

A. 11. The uneven thickness shown on the surface 
of the pipe can be detected by rubbing hands over it. 

Q. 12. Suppose that while working on a job some 
brass filings should get into your wiping solder; 
what would be the result and how would you remedy 
it? 

A. 12. It would be coarse; burn it out with sul- 
phur and then refine it with rosin. 

Q. 13. What are soil and waste vents? 

A. 13. A system of pipes preventing syphoning 
of traps. 

Q. 14. What pressure should exist in a plumbing 
system? 

A. 14. Sufficient pressure to bring the water to 
all fixtures, or about thirty pounds. 

Q. 15. Under what condition may earthenware 
pipe be run inside of foundation wall? 

A. 15. Under such conditions that settling of 
building cannot injure pipes. 

Q. 16. Why is a lead connection used for service 
pipes next to street main? 

A. 16. Lead being flexible, prevents breaks 
through settling or expansion of building. 

Q. 17. What is ventilation? 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 222 

A. 17. A system for supplying fresh air in rooms 
and removing odors from waste pipes. 

Q. 18. How is syphonage a detriment to plumbing 
work? 

A. 18. It breaks the seal of traps and drains range 
boilers if not properly installed. 

Q. 19. How would you revent a basin located in 
the center of a room? 

A. 19. By running a vent from wall to fixtures 
under the floor and installing in such a manner as 
not to trap it. 

Q. 20. What is fluid friction? 

A. 20. Friction of fluids in pipes causing loss of 
pressure. 

Q. 21. What is the objection to using wrought 
iron pipe for waste and vents? 

A. 21. Wrought iron pipe rusts, stops the circula- 
tion of vents and will leak after being used a short 
time. 

Q. 22. What is a by-pass in regards to plumbing? 

A. 22. A combination of pipes and valves used to 
prevent stoppage of system when fixtures like meters 
and filters are not used. 

Q. 23. What are soil and waste vents? 

A. 23. System of pipes and piping to prevent 
sewer gas to enter building. 

Q. 24. What is the object in connecting vents 
into main stack below fixtures? 

A. 24. To admit air to the drain pipe* and sewer 
to prevent the formation of rust and scales. 

Q. 25. How is sewerage disposed of that is below 
the level of the sewer? 

A. 25. By the use of bilge pumps. 

Q. 26. What are the comparative advantages of 
the S and the Drum trap? 

A. 26. Both are useful in their places. A drum 
trap is more preferable on account of the larger 
quantity of water it holds and the four-inch opening 
it has for cleaning out purposes. 

Q. 27. What is the chief advantage claimed for 
the Durham system? 

A. 27. It gives a smooth, unobstructed water 
passage and the joints are not loosened by vibration. 

Q. 28. What are the requirements of a toilet 
room ? 

A. 28. Water, wastes and ventilation. 



224 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Q. 29. Why may a syphon water closet not be 
vented from the crown of the trap? 

A. 29. It will break the syphon to prevent break- 
ing the trap seal. 

Q. 30. How is syphonage a great benefit in 
plumbing? 

A. 30. It is necessary for flushing and scouring 
the fixture. 

Q. 31. How do you take a 45-degree pipe meas- 
urement? 

A. 31. Figure the square root of angles. 

Q. 32. Can hot water tanks be heated by water 
front and steam coils at the same time? 

A. 32. Yes, if continual use is made of the hot 
water. 

Q. 33. What advantage is gained in connecting 
the flow pipe from water front into the hot water 
pipe above boiler? 

A. 33. The hot water can be had sooner. 

Q. 34. Name causes of poor circulation between 
boiler and water front. 

A. 34. If the pitch is not right or the pipes 
stopped by stone from water or scale. 

Q. 35. How might it be possible to draw hot 
water from a cold water faucet? 

A. 35 When boiler is overheated the steam will 
back the water in the cold water pipes. 

Q. 36. What is air-lock? 

A. 36. Air between trapped pipes preventing cir- 
culation. 

Q. 37. Why should traps in both hot and cold 
water pipes be avoided? 

A. 37. Because better circulation of the water 
will result. 

Q. 38. Can range boilers be syphoned? 

A. 38. Yes, if the tube of cold water supply has 
no vent opening. 

Q. 39. How should large hot water tanks be sus- 
pended from cellar timbers? 

A. 39. With good bolts and bands of iron. 

Q. 40. What is the best method of avoiding air- 
lock at high point of piping when boiler is heated by 
water front above it"" 

A. 40. By taking off supply to fixture on highest 
point of hot water pipe. 

Q. 41. Give your idea of theory of ventilation, as 
practiced in plumbing work. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 225 

A. 41. Have stacks large enough to allow fresh 
air free circulation and revent properly to prevent 
syphoning of fixture traps. 

Q. 42. Tell the difference between weight and 
pressure in a pipe 60 feet high, full of water. 

A. 42. Thirty pounds. 

Q. 43. Can a pipe be filled with water through 
tight connection, both ends being closed with a 
pressure of 60 pounds? 

A. 43. No. 

Q. 44. Are all gases lighter than air. 

A. 44. No. 

Q. 45. Give name of some gas that is heavier 
than air. 

A. 45. Carbonic dioxide. 

Q. 46. Explain the heating of water in a boiler 
and causes for circulation. 

A. 46. Water being heated expands causing it to 
become lighter than cold water which causes circu- 
lation. 

Q. 47. Explain syphonic action, how caused and 
the effect produced and how it can be avoided. 

A. 47. Water rushing in a pipe causes a vacuum. 
The air pressure forcing the water in the vacuum 
causes a syphon, which can be prevented by venting 
the inlet of air, breaking the vacuum. 

Q. 48. What is water composed of? 

A. 48. "H2O" — 2 parts hydrogen, 1 part oxygen. 



226 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Arco Wand Vacuum Cleaner. 
Wiring Chart Should Be Sent With Each Machine 

All that is required of the trade in the matter of 
electric installation is to obtain from the local electric 
power station the information as to whether direct 
or alternating current is to be used. If it is direct 
current, ascertain the voltage; or if it is alternating 
current, the voltage, phase and cycles. When this 
information is sent to us, a correct wiring chart to 
apply exactly to the conditions is sent with the 
vacuum cleaner, making it a very easy matter for the 
electrician to make proper wiring connections. The 
wiring charts here inserted show the completeness 
of the information we furnish with each machine. 
Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for y 2 , 
34, \y 2 and 2 Horse Power Motors. 
Note. Motors are installed without starting box. 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Note A. Switches No. 1 and No. 2 are three-way 
snap switches. A control circuit of this nature con- 
sists primarily of two (2) three-way switches and if 
more control points are needed, four-way switches 
will be connected between the two three-ways, i. e., if 
four control points are wanted two (2) four-way 
switches will be connected between two (2) three- 
way switches. 

Note B. Switch No. 1 must be located not to ex- 
ceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner relief valve so that 
both can be reached at the same time. 

Note C. If metal conduit is used draw all three 
control wires into one conduit. 

Wiring Diagrams of Alternating Current Single- 
Phase Installations With Remote Control for y 2 
and 34 Horse Power Motors. 

Note. Motors are installed without starting box. 
Direct current, motors are series wound with enough 
shunt winding to prevent racing under no load con- 
ditions. 

Be careful to connect proper switch terminals to 
motor and line leads. Failure to do this will result in 
short circuiting line if two or more switches are 
closed at one time. One of these switches must be 
located not to exceed 4 feet from vacuum cleaner re- 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



227 




I 

! 

I 



* 



4 



228 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

lief valve so that both can be reached at the same 
time. If motor is connected for 220 volts, ten (10) 
ampere double pole flush switches to be used. If 
motor is connected for 110 volts, twenty (20) ampere 
double pole rotary surface switches to be used. 

Sizes of Pipe. 

With Nos. 460, 461 and 462 Arco Wand Vacuum 
Cleaners, l*/2-inch pipe can be used where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling does not 
exceed 60 ft.; 2-inch pipe can be used where distance 
from machine to most remote inlet coupling, with 
No. 461, does not exceed 250 ft., and with No. 462 
does not exceed 350 ft. In such runs of 2-inch piping, 
1^-inch pipe can be used for 60 ft. from remote inlet 
couplings toward the machine, using 2-inch pipe for 
remainder of distance. Thus, risers in any building 
less than 60 ft. in height can be made of 1^4-inch pipe, 
using 2-inch pipe for horizontal mains in basement. 
The exhaust pipe for each of these machines should 
be 2-inch pipe. 

Installing Inlet Couplings. 

First. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
the male thread of the inlet coupling bushing, screw 
it into the opening of the drainage fitting as far as 
possible, using the Arco Wand wrench. 

Inlet Coupling in Place. 

Second. After applying lead or pipe-joint paste to 
the male thread of the inlet coupling, start it into 
the thread of the inlet coupling bushing, turning it 
by hand. Then insert the wrench into the opening 
of the inlet coupling and turn until the flange is 
drawn up snugly against the baseboard, stopping 
with the cover hinge at the top. 

Use Good "Lead or Pipe-Joint Paste. 

In the installation of piping for vacuum cleaning, 
always apply lead or pipe-joint paste to the male 
threads of pipe and fittings. If applied in this way 
when the threads are made up, all surplus lead or 
paste willbe forced to the outside of the fittings and 
pipe, leaving the interior free from such substances. 

Never apply lead or paste to female threads. 

Typical riser, concealed in partition, one inlet 
coupling to be located in baseboard in each story. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



229 



Section of Cleaner-Main. 

When it is necessary to drop a pipe for an inlet 
coupling located below the cleaner-main, always 
make the connection from the side of the cleaner- 
main, and never from the bottom — as bottom con- 
nection would fill with dirt. 

Drainage Fittings, Cast Iron, Screwed for Wrought 
Iron Pipe. 

These fittings are made with a shoulder, and are 
the same size inside diameter as pipe. 

The pipe screws in up to the shoulder, making a 
continuous passage, leaving no pockets for the solid 
matter to lodge in, thus preventing- choking up of the 
pipe. 




— -h 



IT 



RUN 

NO. 1021 





15 




< RISER 

CONNECTION 



CLEANER-MAIN 



230 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 






IK 



Z 



J 



JZ /"CM. 




rj iM<#f 




O/V/OS/ 






&/*£: //*j-£lt Cocf*/-t*<k /=-o*t £:*ch Floors 

For* jErtcrt FLook. 



INDEX 



Air and Water Pressure Tanks 142 

Angles, 45 Degrees 6 

Arco Wand Vacuum Cleaner (Layout) 227 

Arrangement of Single Battery Urinals 83 

B 

Back-venting Traps 195 

Bath Tub Connections 90-94 

Battery of Closets, Installation of 150 

Beer Pumps and Piping 66 

Boiling Point of Water 37 

Boiling Points of Various Fluids 38 

Boiler, Sizes of When Pipe Coil is Used for Heating- 
Water for Domestic Purposes 48 

Branch Connections, Space Required 32 

Branch, Soil and Waste Extensions 194 

Brass and Iron Pipe, Heating Power of 121 

Bubbler Wastes for Drinking Fountain 204 

C 

Calendar, Perpetual 55 

California Method of Roughing in Plumbing 151 

Castings, Shrinkage of 4 

Check Valves Used on Circulation 4 4 

Circulation of Hot Water 58 

Circulation, Regarding Check Valves 44 

Circuit or Continuous Venting ; 198 

Circuit and Unit Vent and Waste Installation 201 

Clean-out Plugs for Urinals 190 

Clean-out Water Jacket for Grease Catch-basins for 

Kitchen Sinks 209 

Closets, Arrangement and Installation 150 

Closets, Battery of Ten (Diagram) 82 

Closets, Installation of 193 

Closets, Out-Door Frost Proof 212 

Cold Water Supply Connections 173 

Combination Gas and Water Outfit 67 

Combination Steam Heating Boiler and Hot Water 

Heater 159 

Combination Vent and Drainage Connections 145 

Combustion of Fuels, Heat of 49 

Compression Outfit for School and Factory Build- 
ings 1 3.6 

Connecting a Bath Tub 90 

Connecting Baths, Showers and Similar Fixtures... 196 

Connecting Bubbler Wastes 204 

Connections for Cold Water Supply 173 

Connecting Floor Drains 18.8 

Connecting Hot "Water to Range Boiler for Domestic 

Use 129 

Connecting Kitchen Sinks 91 

Connecting Refrigerators to Soil Stack 65 

Connecting Refrigerators to "Wastes 202 

231 



232 INDEX— Continued 

Connecting- Sink Waste to Grease Catch-Basin 206 

Connecting" Sub-soil Drains with Sanitary Sewer.. 187 
Connecting- Vent and Joining of Soil and Waste-Pipe 

Stacks 213 

Connecting' Water Heater for Domestic Use 127 

Contraction and Expansion 46 

Control Apparatus for Administering Hydro-Thera- 
peutic Treatment 85 

Cuspidor Installation, Dental *. . . . 205 

D 

Deep Well Pneumatic System 138 

Dental Cuspidor Installation 205 

Diagonals for 11^4 Degree Triangles 15 

Diagonals for 22y 2 Degree Triangles 17 

Diagonals for 33% Degree Triangles 19 

Diagonals for 45 Degree Triangles 9 

Diagonals for 60 Degree Triangles 23 

Diagonals for 67% Degree Triangles 21 

Diagonals for 72 Degree Triangles 25 

Discount and Profit Table ■ 53 

Don't for the Plumber 50 

Double Stall Urinal Fittings 84 

Drainage Connections Beneath Basement Floor. . . . 191 

Drainage of Depots 78 

Drainage Fittings, Cast Iron 229 

Drainage Fittings, Length of 33 

Drainage Fittings, for Toilets, Back to Back 155 

Drainage of Swimming Pools 113 

Drainage Systems 62, 72 

Drills r . 29 



Easy Method of Ascertaining Length of Pipe Re- 
quired in 45 Degree Angles 6 

Elbow, 45 Degrees 28 

Elevation and Drainage of Swimming Pools 113 

Ells, 45 Degree 12 

Ells, 90 Degree 12 

Expansion and Contraction 46 

Expansion of Iron Pipe per 100 Feet 48 

P 

Factory Toilet Systems 56 

Fixtures for Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes 182 

Flashing Soil and Vent Pipes at Roof to Prevent 

Freezing 211 

Floor Drains with Soil and Vent Stacks 188 

Forty-five Degree Angles 6 

G- 

Gang Showers for Factory Use 170 

Garage Catch-Basin, Installation 207 

Garage, Sewer and Basin Layout 208 

Gas Generator for Lead Burning 156 

Gaskets for Toilet Bowls 154 

Gas and "Water Combination Outfit 67 

Grease Catch-Basin 206 

Grease Catch-Basin for Kitchen Sinks 209 



INDEX— Continued 233 



H rating" Liquids by Steam 120 

Heating- Power of Brass and Iron Pipe 121 

Heat Unit 48 

I lot Water for Domestic Purposes 123 

Hot Water, Rapid Circulation of 58 

Hot Water Tank, Boiler and Heater Combination.. 159 
Hot Water Tanks for Domestic Use, Typical Con- 
nection 149 

Hot Water Tank and Instantaneous Heater Diagram 161 

How a Pipe Should Be Reamed 34 

Hydrog-en Gas Generator for Chemical Lead Burn- 
ing 156 



Ice Boxes 64 

Installing Closets on 3-Pipe Method 193 

Installing Garage Catch-Basins 207 

Installing Outdoor Frost-Proof Closets 212 

Installation of Control Apparatus for Hydro-Thera- 
peutic Treatment 85 

Installation of Fittings for Vacuum Cleaners 228 

Installing Piping and Clean-Out Plugs for Urinals. 190 

Installation of Sanitary Plumbing 95 

Installation of Swimming Pools 114 



Joints, Method of Wiping 163 

Journeymen Plumbers' Examination, Questions 220 

K 

Kitchen-Sink Connections 91 



Lavatory Connections 93 

Lavatories for Office Buildings . 210 

Lead Burning, Good Old Method 117 

Liquid Measure 37 

Liquids, Heating by Steam 120 

Loop Vents 197 



Marble, How to Clean 39 

Measure of Length 38 

Measure of Solidity 39 

Measure of Surface 39 

Measurement of 4 5 Degree Elbows 28 

Melting Points of Different Metals 38 

Metals That Expand in Cooling 41 

Metals, Melting Points of 38 

Metals, Weights of 40 

Minimum Sizes of Local Vent Pipe Stacks 37 

Minimum Size of Soil and Waste Pipes 44 

Modern Shower Bath 110 



234 INDEX— Continued 



Number of Threads to the Inch on American Stan- 
dard Wrought Iron Pipe ,. 36 

O 

Offsets 12 

Offset Connections 27, 31 

Out-Door Frost-Proof Closets 212 

Outside Diameter of Standard Wrought Iron Pipe. . 35 



Peppermint Tests 157 

Perfection Sewage System ; 172 

Perpetual Calendar ." 55 

Pipe Coils 48 

Pipe Coils for Hot Water Circulation 137 

Pipe Drills, Sizes for Iron Pipe Taps 29 

Pipe and Fittings 40 

Pitch of Vents 192 

Plumbing for Flat Buildings 87 

Plumbing for Houses 186 

Plumbing Railroad Stations 80 

Plumbing for Residences 89 

Plumbing, Sanitary 95 

Plumbing for Steamship 162 

Pnuematic W^ater Supply Systems 134 

Powers Economical Mixer Used for Factory Work. 171 

Powers Hot Water Regulator 138 

Powers Thermostatic Control Used on Gang-Show- 
ers 170 

Pressure of Water Per Square Inch 140 

Profit and Discount Table 53 

Price Fixing, Profits and Discount Table 54 

Pump Systems ■ 130 

Pump Systems in Hot Water Circulating 130 

Q 

Questions and Answers for Master Plumbers and 

Journeymen 214 

Questions for Journeyman Plumbers' Examination 220 

Questions for Master Plumbers' Examination 214 

B 

Reaming Ends of Pipe 34 

Rectangular Tanks, Capacity of in Gallons 144 

Refrigerator Connections to Wastes 202 

Refrigerators, Sanitary Connection 65 

Relation of Capacity of Sizes and Pipe 45 

Riser Plans for Vacuum Cleaners 230 

Roughed-in Plumbing for Flat Buildings (Cali- 
fornia) 88 

Roughing in Wastes and Vents for Lavatories for 

Office Buildings 210 

S 

Sanitary Connection for Refrigerators 203 

Sanitary Plumbing, Installation of 95 



INDEX— Continued 235 

Sanitary Sewer Connections 187 

Sanitary Screw Connections 153 

Scientific Sewage System 172 

Septic Tanks 180 

Screw Connections for Closet Bowls 153 

Sewage 60 

Sewage Disposal System 73, 76 

Sewage Systems 172 

Sewerage 68 

Sewer and Basin Layout for Public Garages 208 

Sewer Ventilation 71 

Shower Baths, Typical 110 

Shower Heads 110 

Shrinkage on Castings 40 

Single Battery Urinals, Diagram 83 

Slop Sink Connections 92 

Snow Flexible Gasket 154 

Soil and Waste Pipes 44 

Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes 181 

Soil and Vent Pipe Fixtures 182 

Soldering, The Art of 115 

Solders 116 

Spelters 116 

Stains on Marble, How to Remove 39 

Steam Coils for Hot Water Circulation 137 

Steamship Plumbing 162 

Swimming Pools Ill 

Swimming Pools, Drainage of 113 



Tanks. Air and Water Pressure 142 

Tank Capacity 141 

Tanks, Vertical and Horizontal 142 

Things All Should Know 42 

Threads on Pipe 30 

Toilet Systems, Modern Factory 56 

Trap Joints and Connections 196 

Traps, Back-Venting 195 

Triangle, 45 Degrees 9 

Typical Method of Installing Plumbing in a House 186 



Unit of Heat 48 

Unit Venting 200 

Urinals, Single Battery , 83 

Urinal Fittings for Double and Single Stalls 84 

Useful Information 37 



Vacuum Cleaner, Arco Wand (Layout) 227 

Vacuum Cleaner, Riser Plans 230 

Value of Various Woods 49 

Venting, Circuit and Unit 200 

Venting, Loop and Circuit 197, 198 

Vent and Drainage Connections 145 

Vent Pipe Stacks, Minimum Sizes of 37 

Ventilation of Sewer 71 

Vertical and Horizontal Tanks 142 



236 INDEX— Continued 



Wage Table, S-Hour Day 52 

Wall Closets 75 

Waste and Continuous Vent Connections for Lava- 
tory Fixtures 199 

Waste and Vent Lavatories for Office Buildings. ... 210 

Water Heater Connected to Boiler 122 

Water Pressure Per Square Inch 140 

Water Storage Tanks 121 

Water Supply Systems 134 

Weights of Different Metals 40 

Weights and Measures 38 

Wiping Joints 163 

Wiring for Vacuum Cleaners 226 

Wood's, Relative Value of 49 



SUPPLEMENT 

to 

Eleventh Edition 

of 

JOHNSON'S NEW 
HANDY MANUAL 



on 



PLUMBING 



Index to Supplement on following 
page 



2 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

INDEX TO SUPPLEMENT ONLY 

(For General Index see Page 231) 

Page 

Traps 3 

Syphonage- of Traps 5 

Syphonage Explained 6 

Venting 10 

Venting of "S" Traps 14 

Waste and Vent Connection for Drum Traps 18 

Plumbing in Accordance with Sanitary Code of 

Greater New York 24 

"Hulbert" Drainage Fittings for Wall Closets 25 

Hot and Cold Water Circulation for Residences, Flat 

Buildings and Office Buildings 27 

Coatsbill Heat Exchanger 30 

Analysis of Water Supply 3 3 

Cooling Systems for Drinking Water 35 

Sanitary Wash Stands for Factories 39 

Bradley Wash Fountains 40 

Modern Showers 42 

Circulation and Drainage System for Swimming 

Pools 4 5 

Water Softeners 55 

Flush Valves for Water Closets and Urinals 59 

Plumbing on Ocean Going Steamers 63 

Tapping Mains for Water Service Pipe 64 

Water Auger and Stop Boxes 66 

Table of Relative Pipe Diameters 69 

Weight of Cast Iron and Wrought Iron Pipe 71 

Weig*hts and Measures 72 

Wiping Cloths 73 

Trapeze Hangers with S. R. Fittings 75 

Gravity System of Yeoman's Pumps 77 

Compression of Yeoman's Pumps 

Shone System Sewerage Ejectors Diagram 79 

Estimating Plumbing 82 

Knots Used in Construction Work 86 

Nooses, Loops and Mooring Knots 88 

Splices 101 

Hitches and Half Hitches 106 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



PARTS 

Sketches No. 1 to No. 11 on pages 187 to 196 
and on several other pages in this book show dif- 
ferent kinds of traps in more or less common use. 
The trap is very vital, as on the proper operation 
of the trap depends the success of the plumbing 
system from a sanitary standpoint. A trap is a 
vessel filled with water, and the purpose is to pre- 
vent the passing of gases and odors from sewer 
or cesspool and from the plumbing system itself, 
into the house. In order to protect the house from 
such danger a trap is required not only under each 
plumbing fixture, but also on each floor drain, cel- 
lar drain, rain leader, etc. 

Traps used in plumbing may be said to be based 
on one or the other of two fundamental styles. 
These are shown by sketch No. 10, page 195, and 
are the S. trap and drum trap. The S. trap is of 
various types, such as full S. trap, Y\ S. trap, and 
y 2 S. trap. By many the S. trap is considered the 
best style, as it is self-scouring and less liable to 
become foul. One argument against the S. trap is 
that it can easily lose its seal, by siphonage, re- 
sulting in opening a direct communication between 
sewer and the house. The characters of the S. 
and drum traps are exactly opposite. Where one 
is weak the other is strong. The drum trap holds 
a large body of water, a large part of which is 
inactive. Therefore this trap will not be as free 
from filth as the S. trap. The drum trap is less 
liable to siphonage. A 4-inch drum trap is found 
by test to be practically non-siphonable. 

There are places where either style will be better 
than the other. For instance, when vented and 
used in connection with lavatories, sinks, water 
closets, main trap, etc., the S. trap is a better and 
more convenient trap to use. Having the advantage 
of being self-cleaning, its size and the size of con- 
necting pipes does away almost entirely with the 
danger of siphonage. Often it will be advantageous 
to have a delivery from the tran as rapid as pos- 
sible. A delivery from an S. trap in such cases 
answers the purpose much better than delivery from 
a drum trap. The drum trap is well adapted to 



4 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

use beneath floors, as for bath tub work. Waste 
pipe for bath tubs have as a rule very little fall, 
especially when the trap is some distance away. 
Under such condition more pitch can be had by the 
use of a drum trap and, having a great depth of 
seal, it is very well fitted for fixtures not often in 
use, for with shallow seal evaporation soon breaks 
it. It is considered not a good practice, still it 
often happens that two or more fixtures enter into 
one trap, as bath tubs and lavatories or sinks and 
laundry tubs. In such a case a drum trap is best, 
as the drum allows several pipes to enter at the 
bottom and a larger size pipe from the top forms 
the outlet. 

From these traps many variations have been made. 
One kind consists of a ball resting against a seat, 
the ball being displaced when water enters the 
trap and re-seats itself after waste stops running, 
and the seal, called mechanical seal, depends on 
the seating of the ball for additional protection, 
as the traps have only ordinary water seal. When 
new, such traps may do good work but they soon 
become foul when they fail not only to perform 
their work but also become an obstruction around 
which substances may collect and form a complete 
stoppage. v 

Besides the ball traps there are many other 
mechanical traps which I deem it not necessary 
to mention. Many ordinances forbid the use of 
mechanical traps. The nearest approach to a per- 
fect trap is found in the modified forms of the 
drum trap, of which there are many good makes. 

Siphonage of Traps 

The term "seal trap" is used very often and is 
a matter of great importance. Figure No. 1, below, 
illustrates this. At normal condition the water 
stands at "A." Should it fall below "B," the trap 
becomes useless, as it no longer prevents the en- 
trance of sewer gas. The water between levels "A" 
and "B" is called the seal of the trap. This seal 
may be destroyed or broken in many ways. It 
may be destroyed by siphonage, by capillary action, 
by evaporation, back-pressure, momentum, and by 
gust of wind. The destruction by siphonage is a 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 5 

matter of great importance. Capillary attraction 
is the power possessed by liquids of rising through 
very fine tubes to a higher level than that of the 
liquid in which the tubes dip. It is this action 
which causes a sponge to fill with water. Its way 
of breaking the seal in a trap may be shown in 
figure 2, which represents a string or collection of 
lint or other substances dipping down in to the 
seal of the trap and terminating in the outlet. 
Capillary action will make the water in the trap 
follow up through this collection and drop over into 
the outlet. This is a serious danger in cases of 
fixtures that are seldom used, whose trap seal there- 
fore is seldom renewed. Capillary action by with- 
drawing the water from the seal a drop at a time, 
may after a while destroy it entirely, and it may 
do so in an extremely short time. 

In breaking of seal by evaporation the danger is 
far less in unvented traps than in vented traps, due 
to the fact that the vent brings in a supply of air 
which increases the rate of evaporation. Back pres- 
sure upon a trap seal is a pressure generated in 
the sewer and acts upon the sewer side of the trap. 
A poorly ventilated sewer is liable to produce such 
a pressure caused by expansion or sudden rise in 
temperature, which might be caused by steam or 
hot water entering the sewer as well as many 
other causes. 

The breaking of trap seal by momentum is caused 
by the rushing out of waste from the trap with 
such a force that a part of the whole of the seal 
is carried with it. The breaking of a trap seal 
by a gust of wind is of rare occurrence, but it 
sometimes happens. The tr,ap of a water closet, 
located on the top floor, for instance, and connected 
to a soil pipe extending through the roof, may 
lose a few drops of its seal from time to time, 
owing to gusts of wind passing over the opening 
of the pipe. The trap seal is broken more fre- 
quently by siphonage than by any other cause, and 
this is the greatest obstacle and prevents the at- 
tainment of a perfect trap. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



/C\ 



F/6L.1 




F/&.2. 

C/?/=>/LL/?/?yS?cT/o/v 



Siphonage Explained 

I will try to explain and show the cause of si- 
phonage in as few words as possible and at the 
same time make it clear to the reader. To explain 
the siphon action on traps w T e must study the 
simple siphon, and for this purpose will refer to 
Figure 3. The siphon is resorted to for the object 
to transfer a liquid from a higher to a lower level. 
The siphon of a bent tube with one leg longer than 
the other. The short end extends into the liquid to 
be removed, while through the long arm flows the 
liquid to the lower level. To attain the siphonic 
action the air must first be expelled from the long- 
leg, — a vacuum must be created. The moment that 
a vacuum is formed in the long arm the atmospheric 
pressure acting upon the surface of the liquid no 
longer has any force to counter balance it, and 
the liquid is forced up the short arm and over the 
bend of the siphon passes into the long leg, or dis- 
charge leg. If not, by some means, broken, the 
siphonic action w T ill continue until the liquid falls 
to a point below the end of the short arm. The 
pressure of the atmosphere is very close to 15 lbs., 
— 14.7 lbs. to be exact, — per square inch. There- 
fore, with a very good vacuum siphonic action is 
very strong and rapid. 

One leg of the siphon must be longer than the 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 7 

other so that the heavier column of liquid in the 
long arm will exert a pulling force or suction on 
the liquid in the short leg. If it was not for the 
difference in he length of the legs of the 
siphon, the liquid in either leg would fall back 
on account of the weight of the liquid, and the 
siphonic action would be broken. The greater the 
difference in the length of the legs is the stronger 
will be the action of the siphon, unless the long arm 
is made so long that advantage gained is overcome 
by friction created. 

Siphoning may be destroyed by admitting air at 
or near the bend, or crown; which, as will be shown 
in the next chapter under the head of "VENT- 
ING," is made use of in a plumbing system to pre- 
vent siphonage of traps. Being one of the greatest 
obstacles that have to be overcome in a plumbing 
system, siphonage is also a great aid in plumbing 
construction. The action of many first class plumb- 
ing fixtures, valves and other devices depends in 
many instances on the siphonage principle. In 
Figure 4 it will be seen how the connection of 
both S. and drum traps presents the same condi- 
tions as may be noticed in the siphon shown in 
Figure 3. The leg "A" of the S. trap is the short 
leg of the siphon and "B" is the long one. The 
difference here between the lengths of the legs is 
often quite great. A vertical column of water in 
the trap of the size of the waste pipe is in a drum 
trap the short leg of the siphon and "D" is the 
long leg. Atmospheric pressure in each case is 
acting as shown by arrow "E." We have only to 
produce a siphonage of each trap, which is made 
by creating a vacuum or partial vacuum in the long 
arm. ♦ 

There are many opportunities in an unvented 
plumbing system for the formation of a vacuum. 
In Figure 4 it may be formed by the passage of 
a great volume of waste past the entrance of the 
branches on the two waste fittings on the soil pipe 
line. The effect and causes of siphonage in a 
plumbing system may be studied from Figure 5, 
which is a system usually installed years ago, with 
no soil pipe venting through the roof and without 
trap ventilation of any kind. In such a system the 
most favorable condition to siphonage is that the 



8 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



vertical line of soil pipe ends at the top fixture 
instead of continuing through the roof with an 
open end. 



r/<z.3 



/7<l4 




5//=>/VOAf. *3/FO/Y/?6£ or Tf?/?/^^* 



Should a large body of water enter into the ver- 
tical pipe from several fixtures at the same time, 
even though the volume is not sufficient to fill the 
pipe entirely, owing to its spiral motion in falling 
the effect may be nearly the same. The air is 
forced ahead of the falling column of water, and 
a partial vacuum is formed in its rear, and the 
effect may be felt in more or less degree on every 
trap in the building. Each trap on the top floor 
may be siphoned; even the 4-inch water closet may 
be affected by this action. In a big building where 
there is a large amount of plumbing of the old 
time style, the siphonage of traps would be even 
more certain to occur than as shown in Figure 5. 

If a heavy body of waste water passes down a 
vertical soil pipe from, say, the three floors above, 
then as this column enters the horizontal line it 
is, of course, retarded. The waste then backs up 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 9 

and fills the pipe at this point, and, in attempting 
to pass out, produces a partial vacuum, which is 
sure to be felt by the fixtures in the basement. 

In Figure 5 it will be noticed that the waste from 
upper bath and lavatory and from all fixtures on 
the second floor has little pitch and is of consider- 
able length, and is most favorable for trap siphon- 
age. The very small fall allows the waste to set 
back and fill the pipe, and, as is mentioned above, 
in attempting to pass the waste partially exhausts 
the air in the pipe, and the siphonage, full or partial, 
of the trap is the result. 

Often the trap is affected only slightly by the 
siphonic action, only a few drops of the seal being 
lost at a time. In a fixture that is not in constant 
use. it is only a matter of time when enough seal 
will be lost to break the seal. Even though the 
siphonic influence may not be great in case of a 
certain trap, it still has its danger. Stoppage in 
waste outlets may have a result similar to that 
mentioned about fixtures having long wastes with- 
out proper pitch. Much old work has been put in 
such as that of kitchen sink and laundry tub Fig- 
ure 5, and has given abundant -opportunities for 
siphon trouble. A heavy flow of waste through 
the horizontal soil line might siphon either sink or 
laundry tub trap. A heavy flow from either fix- 
ture might siphon the other; and either fixture 
might siphon its own trap. Old style plumbing 
was susceptible in many w r ays to trap siphonage, 
causing sewer gas in rooms, which in many cases 
had fatal results. 

Other defects can also be found in old style 
plumbing, such as the use of tee fittings .on the 
drainage system, the entrance of waste into the 
heels of the bend, etc. 

Figure 6 shows a complete modern system of 
plumbing, with its main line of vents and also 
branch vents. The great advance made in plumb- 
ing installation can be readily seen by comparing 
Figure 5 with Figure 6. 



10 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



r/*.5. 




7&/1P3 /-//ISLE TO £>/P*OS//?6£^~ 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



11 



&ATW RoO/*\. 






*& 



/^/rr/vY ^//Y/C 



aCZl 



J3/zoRooai 
Lavatory. 



m 



^Lavatory. 

fe 3 



i 









12 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



VENTING 

The principle of venting has been known for a 
long time, but it is only lately that venting has been 
applied to plumbing to overcome siphonage. Now, 
venting is second only in importance to the trap. 
Venting may be classed in two forms: soil or 
waste vents and trap vents. There are also two other 
forms of venting, viz, the local vent and the fresh 
air inlet, but they do not belong to our present 
subject. 

The soil or waste vent is a continuation of verti- 
cal soil and waste lines above the highest fixtures 
and through the roof, terminating with an open 
end with an increaser. By the installation of vents 
all trouble from back pressure in connection with 
trap seals is prevented, the vent relieving all pres- 
sure that may come from the sewer. 

The importance of the vent can be understood 
when comparing system shown in Figure 5 with the 
system in Figure 6, supplied with soil and waste 
vents. Besides relieving the system of back pres- 
sure it purifies and lengthens its life, and in addi- 
tion is often an aid in installing the trap vents. 
Soil and waste bents should be carried at least 18" . 
to 24" above the roof, and above any opening in 
the roof or windows in buildings near by. 

There is a danger to vents, especially in cold 
climates, that should receive attention. The vapor 
from the stacks is likely in cold weather to form a 
mass of frost in and around the vent opening, and 
if the pipes are small, close up the pipe altogether. 
No pipe less than 4 inches should pass through 
the roof. All pipes of smaller size should have an 
increaser so that the part extending through the 
roof is not less than 4 inches. Vent covers or wire 
cages should never be placed at the top of the vent 
pipes, as they contract the opening and allow frost 
to be formed, on account of the decreased open- 
ing. 

Venting of traps is, as said before, very impor- 
tant. I have mentioned in preceding pages under 
the head of "SIPHONAGE EXPLAINED," that 
the admission of air at the crown of the trap will 
destroy the siphonic action; as the admission of 
air destroys the vacuum and without a vacuum 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



13 



there can be no siphonic action. A trap vent is a 
pipe which carries air to the* crown of the trap and 
prevents the forming of a vacuum, making the 
siphonage of the trap impossible. Trap vents must, 
of course, be connected with the outside atmos- 
phere. This is done by connecting the trap vents 
of several fixtures to a main vent, which passes 
either through the roof or connects to a soil or 
waste vent above the highest fixture. A trap vent, 
or back vent, as it is also called, should always be 
connected to the trap at or near the crown and on 
the sewer side of the trap. The vent should al- 
ways enter the main line at a point higher than the 
fixture. If connected below the fixture, the result 
would be that in the event of stoppage of the outlet 
from the trap the waste would pass through the 
vent into the drainage and thus continue until the 
vent in turn was stopped. 

While theoretically the proper point for connect- 
ing the vent is at the crown of the trap, there is an 
objection to this, because it brings the fresh air 
supply directly upon the seal of the trap and 
greatly increases the rate of evaporation. Connect 
the vent in such a way that this danger will be 
avoided. Figure 7 illustrates how this is done. On 
account of its construction this precaution is not 
required for drum traps. 




" ^-* "« 



V2S7V77/V£ as- 3 7k#rS. 



Another important point in connection of vent 
traps is to make connection in such a way as to 



14 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

eliminate, as far as possible, the chances of vent 
being stopped up by lint, grease and sediment. 
In Figure 7 the danger from causes of this kind 
is present, but to a much less extent in the half 
S trap, marked "C" on illustration. In this trap the 
evaporation will also be less than in the other 
traps, as the vent connection is of greater distance 
from the seal than in the other style of traps. A 
majority of vents become almost, if not altogether, 
closed with grease, lint, etc., and in that condition 
are useless. Manufacturers have tried to over- 
come this danger, but not as yet successfully. There 
are ordinances which call for a clean-out on each 
vent trap, but this does not solve the difficulty, for 
the place where the trouble is hidden from view 
and the exact place is never known. Owners or 
tenants know little or nothing about this matter 
and cannot be expected to clear the vents. There- 
fore, great efforts have been made in getting a non- 
siphoning trap, as such a device would not require 
a \ T ent and would eliminate the venting trouble. 
Some cities have adopted certain "non-siphonable 
traps" and are taking chances with these traps 
rather than the ordinary vented trap with its dan- 
ger of being closed up. 

Now, a few words about the drum trap. Most 
drum traps are installed as shown in Figure 8. The 
fault to find with this style is that if the trap screw 
is not tight there will be a communication with 
the drainage or sewer system and the house. A 
condition like this would also occur when the 
cover was removed for the purpose of cleaning 
the trap. This can be avoided by a connection as 
shown in Figure 9. But there is an objection to 
find in this style, as there is a greater length of 
pipe in which waste might stand and cause the 
fouling of the outlet; but Figure 9 is a very sat- 
isfactory way of connecting. Connected as shown 
in Figure 10 will also prevent the gas from escap- 
ing when the cover is off or there is a leaky gas- 
ket; but as the outlet pipe projects into the trap 
it is an obstruction in the trap to which filth is lia- 
ble to collect and likely to stop up the trap. The 
vent part is very good and is of less danger of 
stopping-up than in a good many other connec- 
tions. This is also the case of connections as shown 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 15 

in Figure 12. The method of taking the vent from 
the trap screw as shown in Figure 11 is common 
but is not very good. Connection as shown in 
Figure 12 is good in some respects as any leak- 
age wi!l be shown at once, but it is impossible to 
prevent the escape of gas when the cover is taken 
off. 

The manner of supplying air to a trap vent 
varies. If there are no fixtures above, vent can be 
connected to the waste or soil stacks at any point 
below the roof, or it can be carried directly through 
the roof or connected to the main vent, as shown 
in Figures 8 and 12. One objection to entering the 
trap vent directly into soil or waste stacks, as can 
be done when there are no fixtures above, is this: 
unless fixtures are on the top floor, other fixtures 
may be at a future time located above them. To 
carry a trap vent directly makes an extra roof con- 
nection and adds an extra expense; besides the pipe 
is further away from main system, the air is colder, 
and the circulation of air less satisfactory. A very 
good way is to connect the trap vent with the main 
line vent. When running the trap vents, as w r ell as 
main vents, they should always be made to pitch 
upward at all points. A great deal of condensa- 
tion and scale is forming in vent pipes and without 
a pitch to the pipe these cannot go back to the 
trap, where they will flow away through the waste. 
Trap vent should, as a rule, be of the same size as 
the trap. An exception to this is the vent from a 
water closet. Although a water closet waste is 4 
inches, a 2-inch vent is enough. For a properly 
installed water closet the 2-inch vent is taken off 
from the top of the 4-inch horizontal part of the 
lead bend, extended above the closet and connected 
to the main vent. A very poor practice is to con- 
nect the vent to the vertical arm of the 4-inch bend, 
as paper, etc., is likely to collect about the entrance 
and in time close it. 

An old fashioned way was to connect the vent 
to the horn of the closet, as found in wash-down 
closets. It is now forbidden in nearly all ordi- 
nances. The objection to this form is that a blow 
or settlement of the fixture may break the horn, 
as the vent pipe is rigid. 

Water closets are not so easy to siphon, as it 



16 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

more difficult to create a vacuum in a 4-inch pipe 
than it is in a smaller one. Therefore it is not 
necessary to vent it under certain conditions, as 
when it is located close to a stack on the top floor. 

Vents from a number of fixtures can be con- 
nected into one line with this line connected to 
the main vent, and is in many cases preferable to 
running independent trap vents to the main. If so 
installed, several vents enter into the branch that 
leads to the main vent. Therefore the size of the 
branch vent shall be increased. See Figure 13. 

With a small number of fixtures such as found 
in the ordinary bath room the 2-inch vent from the 
water closet is large enough to receive vents from 
other fixtures. 

The main branch vent pipe should always be 
placed and enter the vertical main vent above the 
top of the highest fixture to prevent it from acting 
as a waste or soil, should there be a stoppage in 
any part of the waste. When located at a' dis- 
tance of 8 feet or more from the main vent to 
which the trap vent is to be connected, vent should 
be carried independently through the roof or the 
main at a point above all fixtures. For long lines 
of vent the size should be increased one size, as, in 
long pipes, due to the friction, the delivery of fresh 
air is not as rapid as in a short run. 

On pages 95 to 102, inclusive, is an article with 
illustrations Nos. 43, 44, 45 and 46, which give a 
description of the installation of up to date sani- 
tary plumbing. Another article, on page 145, under 
the heading "Combination Vent and Drainage Con- 
nections," with illustrations on pages 146, 147 and 
148, describes and shows the so-called F & W« com- 
bination fittings. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



17 



7V6./0. 




Wfr3T£ sfoVkA/T Co/V / Y£CT/0//i> 



y= 



=•& 




w 



i^ 



3 






18 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Continuous Venting 

There is a system known as "continuous vent- 
ing" which, it can be said, is free from the danger 
of stoppage; and, as known, the stoppage of a 
vent is more dangerous than that of a waste, as the 
stoppage of a waste makes itself known by back- 
ing up into the fixtures, while stopping-up of a 
vent is not known unless the vent is taken apart. 
It has been mentioned before, — in the article on 
traps, — that the accumulation of grease, etc., around 
the vent opening may close it up and cause siphon- 
age in the trap. Mechanical devices have been 
tried to do away with this danger, but without suc- 
cess. Even the placing of a clean-out plug on the 
trap vent has been tried, but has not solved the 
trouble. The continuous vent seems to be the best 
solution. 

There may be cases where it is hard to employ 
this method, but as a rule it can be done. Some- 
times this is called "venting in rough/' and from 
illustrations, sketches No. 11, 13, 14, 15 and 16, 
pages 196 to 201 inclusive, also on page 90, the 
principle can be seen. It consists mainly in using 
T-Y fittings in such a way that vent can be taken 
off at the top and waste from the bottom. For 
this style of installation only a half "S" trap can 
be used. The chances of closing the vent opening 
in this style are very much less than in the com- 
mon style so often used. The opening is further 
from the trap; therefore more free from splash- 
ing of water as it enters the trap. Evaporation is 
less, and the use of T-Y fittings makes the accumu- 
lation of grease and other matters less liable. In 
this style of venting no parts, except the trap, need 
to be exposed. 

The cost of installation of this system, both in 
materials and labor, is much less than for the other 
system, and the larger the work is the more is the 
percentage of savings. 

For a line of a number of fixtures, as shown in 
Figure 14, this style is well adapted and is very 
much used, as it allows both the horizontal main 
waste and main vent to be run back of the par- 
tition. Vent is also taken off far from the trap, 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 19 

so the evaporation is less than in ordinary work 
and the danger of failure of trap, due to evapora- 
tion, is much less. 

Figure 15 is a modified style of continuous vent- 
ing called "circuit venting" and is used very much 
for batteries of water closets in hotels, offices and 
public buildings, where large toilet rooms are 
located above each other on several floors. The 
illustration shows the line on only one floor as the 
installation on all the floors is similar. The princi- 
ple consists in locating at either end of a battery 
of water closets a vertical, one for soil and waste 
and another for main vent. Both vertical stacks 
are carried through the roof, giving an abundant 
air circulation to the fixtures. Great savings in 
materials and labor are also made, as in indepen- 
dent vent method a vent has to be taken off from 
eacii lead bend. 

Should there be other fixtures besides the water 
closets connected to the rorizontal soil line, the vent 
from such fixtures should be run the ordinary way 
and connected to the vent stack. 

Continuous venting is the nearest to perfect 
plumbing, and when this becomes known it will be 
universally employed. 



20 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 







JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



21 




22 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




0//£ *>K TWO U W/1TS& £z 05£T^> 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



P^ 



A^r^7i/e> 



1f 

It 
11 
it 

B 

Ml 



■■> 



Z/^i^rc^?' 




DXl/#f7??#F> 



T%\ — ifir 



J* 



*f 



--^ 4 



!p//v/c 



^ !„._■— J* 



a 



U2 



w. 



c. 



Djz/ir 5£-/*i. 






» A7oR£ 



- 5 L o 




Pr/i/M 






Afa/// Drr/M to C>^W£f^* v.A//-7r* 



5/<£TcrtA'2 29. 



24 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S SANDY MANUAL. 




26 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




!fj 


£ 


$ • 


Si K 




n 


«(S 

j.0^ 




* 3 


S^ 




>j 


s v«r 


^ 


5 5 


^ 


>m 


!M 





JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



27 







Cot, £=> 



2- 



nr> 







&'Z f J*'- - V.v: W 



tier **t> Coi-o VfarSK //V5r/?jLJL/?r/o/v. 

W/Ttf //o r JV/?T£/? C/KC VL /? T/ o/V. 



28 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. ' 

//or W/iraK to fyxri/^xs 



A> 



^ J 



£ 



31 



1 



£?S) 



,^3 



//<?r Ia^7-^-/^7 ^ 



1 



^ 




/A" -•■:.%* 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 29 



fQt/AL /Z/A/d. AHD% 



=4 

7^ flooK 




A7£/VT AND QrF/C£ ZBl//LD//V&S. 



30 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



The Coatsbill Heat Exchanger 

A patent has been granted for a new type of 
hot water exchanger which can be attached to the 
heating boiler of the home. This exchanger has 
several very interesting features which are of great 
importance to the plumber, architect and heating- 
engineer who desire to give their clients the most 
efficient heating system for the heating of the home. 
It includes a good supply of hot water for domes- 
tic use in the kitchen, bathroom, and for any 
household use where a constant supply of hot 
water is needed night or day during the heating 
season, with a large saving in your fuel consump- 
tion. 

Owing to one of the many good features of the 
exchanger, the ejector nozzle, — a part of the ex- 
changer, — creates a partial vacuum on the return 
line of the heating system that improves the circu- 
lation to such an extent that the radiators are 
heated more quickly, thereb\^ closing the damper 
on the boiler which checks the fires and saves coal. 
In some installations, as high as 20 per cent less 
coal is used to do the same heating, plus an abund- 
ance of hot water for domestic purposes. Its use 
eliminates the gas or any other heater during the 
heating season, and by not using gas for heating 
quitt a saving is made. 

The installation of the Coatsbill Exchanger can 
be followed on drawing Xo. 1. The first connec- 
tion is made at "A," which should be two inches 
below the wajer line of the boiler. "B" connection 
is to be used only on hot water systems. "C" 
connection is to be used with steam systems. "D" 
connection is the return steam line. "E" connec- 
tion is a sediment settling chamber at the bottom 
of the heating elements. "F" is the hot water stor- 
age tank which can be located either in basement 
or kitchen. 

There is nothing unusual about the installation 
of the Coatsbill Exchanger, and it can be attached 
to the heating boiler at a small cost on new instal- 
lations. All of the leading boiler manufacturers are 
now tapping all of their boilers for "A" connec- 
tion. 






JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 



31 




OCONNECTIONTOBE 
USED WITH STEAM 
SYSTEM ONLY 

D- RETURN STEAM 

E -SEDIMENT 
CHAMBER 

F - HOT WATER 
STORAGE TANK 
EITHER IN KITCHEN 
OR BASEMENT 



ILLUSTRATION OF COATSBILL HEAT EXCHANGER 



32 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




rni m 




The operation of the Coatsbill Exchanger can 
be traced on drawing No. 1. When the fire in the 
heating boiler is started, the hot water arises to 
the top, passing through "A" connection. The 
water is colder at the bottom of heater, thereby 
setting up a circulation through the Exchanger 
back to the boiler. By the time w T ater is up to 
boiling point in the boiler, the circulation is so 
rapid through the ejector nozzle that it causes a 
partial vacuum on the return line "C," bringing 
the return water and vapor back to the boiler so 
much more quickly. On heating system where the 
lines are trapped and have considerable water ham- 
mer, the Coatsbill eliminates this entirely and 
shows on every installation a saving in coal con- 
sumption, with greater heating efficiency. 

The Coatsbill Exchanger is built very strong for 
reliable, safe and economical operation. It will 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 33 

last a lifetime. There is nothing to get out of 
order, as the expansion of the heating elements is 
taken care of by the slip joint at the top of the 
exchanger. There are no joints inside of the ex- 
changer to leak, which is so prominent in other 
types of heaters. It is installed in the return line, 
so it does not take much more room than the pipe 
itself. The body is cased in one piece, so there are 
no troublesome gaskets to leak. It is also neat in 
appearance. The heating elements are of standard 
weight brass pipe which will stand a very high 
bursting pressure. It is placed in a vertical position, 
so there is no possible chance of clogging. The 
Exchanger, is guaranteed against all defects in 
workmanship and material. Number one Exchanger 
will exchange 38 gallons of water from 60° to 160° 
in one hour's time. The Coatsbill Exchanger is 
built in sections so that a larger amount of hot 
water can be made for large apartment houses, 
hotels and public garages by placing the sections 
together in multiples, like a radiator. 



Sanitary Water Supply and Analysis 

Melville Dreyfuss 

In writing on the subject of water supply and 
analysis, it is difficult to cover such a large field 
in a few pages. Therefore, the ideas on water 
treatment given here must not be considered by 
any means a complete treatise on the subject, but 
rather a sketch of those phases which are of most 
interest to the layman. 

Water is tested in the laboratory both chemically 
and bacteriologically. The chemical tests give the 
analyist an idea of the past history of the water. 
Such tests as those for nitrates, nitrites, free and 
abuminous ammonia, show that sewage and other 
forms of contamination which at some previous 
period had polluted the water have been decom- 
posed by chemical action into new forms, and 
must be treated accordingly. 

The bacteriological examination for the presence 
of Bacillus Coli is the most important test of the 
3 



34 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

entire analysis. Bacillus Coli is an organism found 
in the human and animal intestine. Therefore, it is 
plainly seen that whenever water is found which 
carries Bacillus Coli, that water must be polluted 
with human or animal excreta. The organism in 
itself is not dangerous but it is significant as indi- 
catory of the probable presence of disease germs, 
especially the germs of typhoid fever. In view of 
the above facts, the presence of. Bacillus Coli in 
large numbers in a small sample is a direct indi- 
cation of RECENT sewage polution and an inves- 
tigation should be made at once, resulting either 
in the purifying of the water or shutting off the 
supply. 

The best means of counteracting contamination 
in water is by means of chlorine. Chlorine is a 
chemical element which when introduced into the 
water acts as a disinfectant without giving it a dis- 
agreeable taste, or a harmful effect. This system 
of purification is in use in the City of Chicago 
where for several years the water has been kept 
almost entirely free from disease producing organ- 
isms. The chlorine is pvit into the water at the 
pumping station. With every million parts of water 
a definite amount of chlorine is released into trie- 
water by a machine attached to the pumps. This 
amount is generally 2 to 3 gallons to one million 
gallon of water. This, along with sanitary restric- 
tions protecting the water supply, keeps Chicago 
water in the best of condition. 

In conclusion, a few words on the way a sample 
should be received at the laboratory. It is of course 
necessary to use sterile glass containers free from 
dirt and other foreign substances. For bacterio- 
logical samples, glass stoppered bottles containing 
about y 2 pint, are best. In reporting on a sample 
the analyst depends as much on the history of 
the sample as on the laboratory examination. If 
he knows the conditions under which the sample 
was taken, such as the kind of water, well, lake, 
river, etc., the lay of surrounding land (hilly, flat, 
rocky, sandy, etc.) and the depth, temperature and 
time, he can give a better and more accurate report 
of the water. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 35 

Simple Tests for Pure Water that a 
Plumber Should Know 

Color: Fill a clean long bottle of colorless 
glass with the water; look through it at some 
black object. It should look colorless and free 
from suspended matter. A muddy or turbid ap- 
pearance indicates soluble organic matter or solid 
matter in suspension. Odor: Fill the bottle half 
full, cork it, and leave it in a warm place for a 
few hours. If when uncorked it has a smell the 
least repulsive, it should be rejected for domestic 
use. Taste: If water at any time, even after heat- 
ing, has a disagreeable taste, it should be rejected. 

A simple semi-chemical test is known as the 
"Heisch Test." Fill a clean pint bottle three- 
fourths full of water; add a half-teaspoonful of 
clean granulated or crushed loaf sugar; stop the 
bottle with glass or a clean cork and let it stand in 
a light and moderately warm room for forty-eight 
hours. If the water becomes cloudy, or milky, it is 
unlit for domestic use. 



Drinking Water Cooling Systems 

In a Drinking Water Cooling System for an 
office building, public building, factory, etc., the 
water is generally cooled in an open water tank 
in which are placed refrigerating coils. These coils 
may be either direct expansion or brine coils. 

Where Carbonic Gas is used as the Refrigerating 
medium direct expansion coils are, generally used 
as no harm would be done if there should be a 
leak in the coils. 

In order to instantaneously supply water at any 
drinking fountain the water should be circulated 
by means of a pump. Sufficient water should be 
circulated so as to keep the temperature of the 
water at the desired point. The amount of water 
that must be circulated is dependent upon the 
length of the runs, and enough water must be circu- 
lated to carry away the heat absorbed in the cir- 
culating system. From three to six times the 
amount of water consumed should be circulated, 



36 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



£XPRt>/3iOrt rmrvK 



5 



5 



B 



a 



S, 



a 



ZZ Z Z ■■' ■■' - ■' ■' / //' 



s^/ .■■'■■'.'// 



s 



A 



s 



fi 




97773 ^T/^ ' >/S>, //'///*?//>> >S?/ SSSJSJJ' 
nOTOR KQOCSCH6.L.L- COz 



C0OZ.£C 



PU/IP 



DRINKING WATER COOLING SYSTEM 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 37 

depending upon the length of the water circulating 
piping. 

The water circulated should be taken from the 
tank by means of a pump and circulated through 
the building as shown on the accompanying drawl- 
ing. 

The water supply to the tank should be regu- 
lated by a float valve so as to insure a constant 
water level in the tank. 

If the water supply to the tank and the water 
return from the circulating system is distributed 
over the cooling coils by means of a spray pipe, 
the best results are obtained and a smaller amount 
of cooling coil is required. In water coolers 
where the water is sprayed over the coils, about 30 
lineal feet of \%" pipe are required per ton of 
refrigeration. 

The water cooler should be properly insulated, 
and the top of the tank should be provided with a 
cover so that the cooler may be readily cleaned. 

A good method of estimating the size of a drink- 
ing water circulating system is to figure that a 
5-ton machine will take care of 1500 people. 

In figuring the cost of installation of this sys- 
tem the cost of the fountains and piping must be 
added to the cost of the refrigerating machinery 
and its erection, as in the latter are included only 
the machine, motor, pump, coolers, and other items 
strictly connected with the machine. The piping, 
including labor, pipe, and fittings, generally comes 
to about $1.00 per running foot. The price depends 
to a great extent on the length of the piping. 

Circulating Ice Water. 

When cooling drinking w r ater for department 
stores, office buildings, hotels and other public 
buildings, allow 5 tons refrigerating capacity for 
every 100 gallons water per hour consumed, thus 
allowing for waste and radiation losses through 
water pipe covering. In hotels with fountains in 
every room allow one ton total refrigerating capac- 
ity for 50 to 75 rooms. Drinking water fountains 
in corridors of public buildings are opened so often 
that one ton of refrigerating capacity is required 
per every six to eight fountains. Two gallons of 
drinking water per minute is usually circulated per 



38 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

ton of total refrigerating plant capacity. In office 
buildings having drinking fountains in every office 
allow one ton capacity per 40 fountains. 

Factory superintendents, architects and engi- 
neers, who are most active in utilizing modern 
methods of doing things right, consider that facto- 
ries and buildings should be equipped with a me- 
chanical refrigerating plant for cooling drinking 
water. 

The old bucket and dipper method, or common 
drinking cup, is not only unsanitary, expensive and 
wasteful of time, but on account of the temptation 
to drink excessive quantities at infrequent oppor- 
tunities it affords, has proven very injurious. 

Lack of proper supply of water at improper tem- 
peratures lowers the personal efficiency, and de- 
creases production of the employee. 

The new method is to install a sanitary, porce- 
lain, self-closing bubbling cup, in combination with 
a carbonic system of refrigeration. 

Ice vs. Mechanical Refrigeration: According to 
accurate cost records, of one of the largest Ameri- 
can corporations, it was discovered that the old 
fashioned ice water cooler is 300% more expensive 
to maintain that a mechanical refrigerating plant, 
considering the excessive cost of ice, and labor for 
handling ice, as compared with the cost of power 
and supplies for a refrigerating plant. The electric 
power required is only one kilowatt maximum de- 
mand per 100 employees. 

Water Pipe Line Design: The ideal plant to in- 
stall is the self-closing, bubbling fountain, inter- 
connected by properly insulated pipe lines, through 
which water is recirculated at a velocity not ex- 
ceding 195 feet per minute. The water, after trav- 
eling through not more than to thousand feet of 
pipe, usually rises about five degrees in tempera- 
ture, when it should be returned to refrigerating 
plant and re-cooled. Physicians agree upon this 
point, that water at a temperature of 40 to 45 de- 
grees Fahr. is most acceptable, as it acts as a mild 
heart stimulant and reduces the temperature of the 
body. 

Quantity of Water: Factory hands performing 
very hard manual labor, such as required in steel 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 39 

mills, consume and waste one quart of water per 
hour per man. In other industries where lighter 
manual labor is required, an allowance of one pint 
per hour per person is a safe estimate, including 
waste. 

Pipe Covering: Commercial cork drinking water 
pipe covering is made of material of such thickness 
and quality as to' permit a maximum transmission 
of 4 to 7 B. T. U.'s per lineal foot of pipe per 
degree difference per twenty-four hours. Ample 
allowance for this loss must be made before decid- 
ing upon capacity of ice machine. 

Sanitary Wash Stands for 
Factories, etc. 

The sanitary laws of almost all the states in the 
Union demand separate sanitary washing facilities 
for persons employed in factories, etc. Several 
kinds of wash stands, accommodating from 6 to 8 
persons to wash at the same time, are on the mar- 
ket and have been installed for several years. All 
are of enameled cast iron and equipped with from 
6 to 8 independent cold and hot water combination 
faucets. The persons washing mix the water to 
desired temperature, hold their hands under the 
stream from the faucet, collecting the water in their 
hands and wash hands or face, and then, as a rule 
rinse oft with cold water. There is no plug or 
stopper to the sink which merely acts as a collec- 
tor of the waste water and is connected by means 
of a trap to the waste line. The "Bradley Wash 
Fountain'' is a new device, circular in shape, and 
made of "marmor^e" or "granite" concrete and 
finished very smooth. They are made in two sizes, 
32" diam. for 6 persons and 54'' diam. for 12 per- 
sons, occupying less space and accommodate more 
people than the rectangular sinks. Instead of an 
independent faucet for each person, delivering the 
water in a solid stream, this fountain has one sin- 
gle device delivering the water in a spray from 
which all the people receive the water. It is a 
more convenient way and, besides, is a great saver 
of water as in the spray form not any more water 
is used for from 6 to 12 persons than what is used 



40 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



3/y/yr- err 



JLock 







1—2b 
..../ft 

£ 'dt/U. V. P/t>£ 



N 



it \ I .' . 1 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



41 



by a single person when the sink is equipped with 
the old style combination faucets, from which the 
water is running in a solid stream during washing. 
Fountain is supplied with a combination hot and 
cold water mixing device and several soap trays. 
The two accompanying cuts illustrate this fountain. 




BRADLEY WASH FOUNTAIN 



Modern Shower 

On the three following pages are shown in de- 
tail a Rose Spray and Shower bath, equipped with 
J. L. Mott fixtures. This kind of installation is 
used in almost all up to date hotels, clubs and 
residences. Being more sanitary and better in 
every respect, the shower is rapidly taking the 
place of the old fashioned bath tub. 

These three sketches, as also the sketches of the 
swimming pool, are more than mere pictures. They 
go into the details of construction, giving the size 
of the shower stall and swimming pool, shows the 
fixtures and how to arrange them, and gives the 
sizes of pipes, valves, etc. 



42 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



^To 5tfO W£R Meao. 




Wall C. 



Wall /? 



~Y/*LL&. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



43 



A. 



^MOvVS/Z* 



— 



Rosi 









c 



± 



a 



¥ 



.'•X 



I 



i 
$ 



^r_j ; : - 



jElzv/it/o/v* *"■* 



Sketch ]& 



44 



JOHNSON'S TTAXDV MANUAL. 



••"iVivftlV 



,2a".' 










>?<? 



/^/av 




t|^pl^ I 



*^ zo- 



2> 0/V6L/TUD/A//1JL 5/Z-czr/OA/. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 45 

Specification for the Supply, (Filtered and 
Sterilized Water) Circulation and Drain- 
age System for Swimming Pool 

General : 

The following specification covers a "Standard" 
sized swimming pool (20x60') and the apparatus 
required for the complete system consist of the 
following: 

Circulating Pump the suction end of which shall be 
connected to the two circulating returns at the 
deep end of pool. This pump will also be used 
for vacuum cleaning of the pool and for this pur- 
pose the inlet and discharge shall be by-passed as 
hereinafter specified. 

Filter to which the discharge from pump is connected. 

Heater to which the filtered water supply is connected 
at the bottom. From top of heater — the heated- 
filtered water shall be connected to the R. U. V. 
Sterilizers. 

R. U. V. Sterilizers to the inlet of which connection 
is made from the heater. From the outlet of the 
sterilizer conection is made to the two supply inlets 
at shallow end of pool. 
Circulating Pump: 

Provide and place where shown adjoining deep 
end of pool, a circulating pump No. 162 type "C" 
two stage Turbine pump, manufactured by the Chi- 
cago Pump Company, or pump of other make 
fully equal thereto, with 2" suction and discharge 
and a capacity of 75 gallons per minute against a 
head of 70 feet. 

Pump to be bronze fitted with enclosed type 
balanced impellers, self-oiling removable bronze 
bearings extending through entire length of pump. 

Pump to be mounted on a heavy iron base and 
. direct connected by means of a flexible coupling 
to a 5 H. P. motor of type to accommodate avail- 
able current. Motor to be provided with switch 
and fuses, all mounted in D Type steel box which 
shall be placed on wall near pump. The pump to 
be provided with a Y\" water supply connection 
with gate valve to be used for priming pump when 
desired. 



46 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Connect the 2" suction inlet of pump to the 
2y 2 " circulating return from end of pool and pro- 
vide the connection with a gate valve and two 
swinging brass check valves. 

From discharge of pump run a 2" line to inlet or 
filter. 

Pump and motor shall be placed on a concrete 
foundation which unless otherwise directed shall 
be 12" high above floor and 2" wider all around 
than cast iron sub-base. Exterior of foundation to 
be smoothly troweled and finished with a beveled 
edge at top. All anchor bolts must be properly 
set in place. 
Filter: 

Furnish and set up complete where shown an 
International Filter Co.'s Style "I" vertical type 
pressure filter or other make fully equal thereto, 
60" diameter, 74" high, with 3" inlet and outlet 
connection, capacity 60 gallons per minute, based 
on a rate of 3 gallons per square foot per minute 
at 30 to 35 pounds pressure. Filter to be complete 
with all immediate pipe connections and valves and 
shall be provided with an automatic coagulating 
device with regulating valve. 

Connection from pump to filter to be 2" increased 
to 2y 2 " and from filter to bottom of heater 2^". 
Provide connection to heater with a 2y 2 " swinging 
brass check valve. 

The regular operation of the filter will be to 
purify the water from the pool, constant circulation 
of which is maintained by means of the circulating 
pump. From the filter the water passes to the 
heater. The filter shall be by-passed so that the 
filtered water can be delivered direct to the pool 
through the regular inlets. Run a 2>1>" drain from 
filter to sewer. 

Provide proper concrete foundation for filter. 

Heater: 

Note: See last page "Boiler Capacity'' where 
available steam pressure is less than 15 lbs.) 

Provide and place where shown a Clow A-6575 
No. 2 automatic water heater, or equal, complete 
with all trimmings such as a diaphragm steam 
valve, thermostatic temperature control, pressure 
gauges, thermometer, w r ater relief valve, steam 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 47 

trap and drip connection. Cold water supply to 
heater shall be 2" ', hot water outlet 2", steam sup- 
ply 2", steam return 1". If the steam pressure ex- 
ceeds 25 pounds — place a Fisher or equal steam 
pressure reducing valve on the steam supply, set 
so as to reduce the pressure to 25 pounds. Heater 
to operate on direct steam pressure of from 15 to 
25 pounds. 

The 2" cold water supply to heater shall con- 
nect to same at the top and be provided with a 
swinging brass check valve and gate valve. 

Connect a 2" line from filter to bottom of heater 
properly valving the same and also placing a 
swinging brass check valve on the connection. 
Take off a 2" drain from bottom of heater running 
same to sewer and place a gate valve on this con- 
nection. 

Take off from top of heater a 2" hot water out- 
let connection to the sterilizers, providing gate 
valves where shown and by-passing the sterilizers. 
R. U. V. Sterilizers: 

Provide and set up complete where shown one 
Clow's or equal Ultra Violet Rav Sterilizer combi- 
nation known as Type H-2-2 consisting of two H-2 
sterilizers connected together and operating in 
series. 

Type H-2 consists of a three part brass casting 
in the form of a Maltese Cross, the diameter being 
approximately 26^" and width approximately 15". 
When mounted on its cast iron stand, the total 
height is 41" from the floor. Through the center 
of the casting is fixed a quartz tube packed at the 
ends against external water pressure. Inside this 
tube is suspended a mercury vapor lamp of the 
improved type tested and approved by the United 
State Public Health Service operating on 220 volts, 
D. C. and consuming an electrical energy of .77 
k.w. The two Sterilizers will consume an electrical 
energy of 1.54 k.w. Inside the lamp box is equip- 
ped with the Improved Pratt Simplified Lamp 
Starter approved by the United States Public 
Health Service. 

Inside the casting, and forming a part of it, are 
six brass baffles which cause the water, in its pas- 
sage through the Sterilizers, to flow around or near 
the lamp several times. 



48 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

There is furnished with each H-2 unit a steel 
cabinet containing automatic control apparatus 
mounted on a marble panel, together with a volt- 
meter and ammeter. The ballast resistance is 
mounted on top of the steel cabinet. 

The cabinet is provided with knockouts to ac- 
commodate the conduit carrying the service wires 
to the cabinet, and from the cabinet to the steril- 
izer lamp box. 

The entire apparatus is approved and listed by 
the Underwriter's Laboratories. 

Motor Generator: 

Where 220 volts direct current is not available, 
the H-2-2 Sterilizer shall be provided with a motor 
generator set complete with cast iron base, G. E. 
motor of 3 h.p. capacity, and type to accommo- 
date the current available, direct connected by 
means of a flexible leather link coupling to a G. 
E. generator of two k.w. capacity. A marble 
switchboard with voltmeter, field rheostat back con- 
nected and the necessary switches, fuses and wiring 
shall be furnished and mounted on angle iron frame 
attached to motor generator set base. 

Suitable concrete foundation shall be provided 
for motor generator set, which shall be as herein- 
before specified for the circulating pump. 

Swimming Pool Supply: 

The swimming pool to be arranged for two supply 
inlets at the shallow end of pool which shall be 
placed about 12" below the water line. The inlet 
fittings shall be Clow's M-3852, or equal, large bell 
supply of polished brass tapped for 2" iron pipe. 

Swimming Pool Circulation: 

The system to be arranged so that the water from 
the pool is returned through a filter to the heater, 
by means of a circulating pump and there shall be 
placed at the deep end of the pool about 12" above 
bottom, two circulating fittings with 5" brass bar 
strainers and connections for 2" iron pipe. These 
to be connected into a 2^" circulating return which 
shall be run to pump. 

Swimming Pool Overflows: 

The gutter in swimming pool shall be provided 
with eight (8) overflows: three (3) on each side 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 49 

and one (1) at each end and evenly spaced. The 
overflow outlets in gutter shall be Clow's M-3865 
or equal, polished brass fitting's, open waste with 
outlet connection for 2" iron pipe and shall be con- 
nected to a 4" drain of extra heavy cast iron soil 
pipe. 

The 4" cast iron drain shall be run to such sewer 
line as will properly drain the same and if no 
other drain is convenient it shall waste into the 
6" drain for swimming pool on the sewer side 
of the 6" gate valve. 

Vacuum Cleaning: 

The pool shall be provided with a Tuec vacuum 
cleaning system — which shall consist of four 2" 
inlet valve connections in pool; two at each side, 
a swivel bronze terminal and 3 foot brass handle 
with fittings and one six foot handle and one seven 
foot extension handle and 50 feet of special rubber 
hose. 

The 2" vacuum cleaner inlets in pool shall be 
connected to a 2" gavanized iron suction line w r ith 
galvanized recessed drainage fittings and the 2" 
line shall be connected to the suction inlet of cir- 
culating pump and provided with a 2" brass gate 
valve. Provide a 2" by-pass on discharge line of 
pump with brass gate valve and run same to seAver. 
When using the vacuum cleaning system the by- 
pass will be opened and waste water from pool dis- 
charged into the sewer and must not be circulated 
through the filter. The discharge line from pump 
to filter must be provided with brass gate valve so 
that the filter can be cut out during the time the 
vacuum cleaning system is in operation. 

Swimming Pool Drainage: 

Provide for pool at its lowest point as shown 
on plan a Clow M-3860 or equal galvanized cast 
iron bottom pool outlet with removable bar strainer 
14" in diameter and outlet connection for calking 
into a 6" cast iron elbow which shall be a Clow 
A-1190 or equal base ell with bell end for receiving- 
outlet connections from pool and spigot end for 
calking into a 6" Class B cast iron water pipe. 
Place a 6" double gate valve with hub and spigot 
end where shown on plan placing the same in a 
cast iron valve box with cover marked "Drain" set 

4 



50 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

flush with finished floor. Provide a heavy wrought 
iron tee handle rod for operating valve. 

When entire contents of pool cannot be drained 
into sewer by gravity, the following should be 
specified: 

The 6" cast iron drain from pool shall be run 
to the catch basin where shown and shall be about 
12" above bottom of basin. Provide a 6" cast iron 
outlet from catch basin to sewer at such height 
as may be required to properly connect the sewer 
in street. Place the double 6" gate valve herein 
before specified on this line. 

Provide and place in catch basin a Chicago Pump 
Co., Xo. 242-5 L.G. bilge pump, or equal, of 100 
gallons capacity per minute with 2^2" discharge 
with a h. p. 220 volt A. C. motor with necessary 
starter and switches but without automatic float 
control. Motor to be mounted on cast iron cover. 
Basin to be 3" inside diameter and constructed 
under another contract but this contractor will be 
required to furnish at proper time the 6" cast iron 
inlet and outlet connections. This contractor shall 
also make all necessary connections from discharge 
of pump to the 6" iron drain on the sewer side of 
6" gate valve. 

Boiler Capacity: 

The installation of an R. U. V. Sterilizer system 
radically changes the heating conditions for swim- 
ming pools. 

The R. U. V. Sterilizer makes it possible to re- 
tain the water in the pool for a year or more if 
desired — without changing the same. By adding 
fresh water to make up for the quantity lost by 
overflowing and vacuum cleaning, the entire con- 
tents of the pool are gradually changed; hence the 
boiler capacity for heating the water in a pool 
equipped with R. U. V. Sterilizers may be much 
less than would otherwise be the case. 

For a standard size 20'x60' pool — a steam boiler 
— Clow's B-4733 No. 36-7-S having a capacity of 
3,350 square feet (or Clow's equal) will be ample 
and capable of heating the entire contents of pool 
(approximately 56,000 gallons) in about 12 hours. 
The steam pressure should be from 5 to 10 pounds 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 51 

and in this case the steam supply to the heater 
should be 2>y 2 " or 4" instead of 2". 

The heater should be installed so that return will 
be above water line of boiler for a gravity return 
and above water line of receiver and pump where 
the latter method is used for returning condensa- 
tion to the boiler. 

Wherever pools are used throughout the year 
it is recommended that the water be heated by 
means of a special steam boiler as above described. 
It makes the system less complicated and more 
economical in operation than if the system was 
arranged to be heated from the boilers of the heat- 
ing plant for the building. 

Note: — James B. Clow & Sons of Chicago, Illinois, 
with offices in the principal cities of the United 
States, manufacture and can supply everything re- 
quired for the pool, and their apparatus are con- 
sidered very excellent from every point of view 
by the author. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



53 




54 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 55 

The Use of Water Softeners 

All mechanical engineers concede that hard water is 
a detriment to boilers and piping. When analyzed it is 
found to contain certain minerals that are destructive to 
iron and steel, which as a consequence shortens the 
life of both boiler and piping. I therefore advocate the 
use of a water softener for both high and low pressure 
boiler feed, as well as for domestic use. 

A water softener prevents scaling and does away 
with the unnecessary labor of using boiler compounds 
such as are generally used daily by engineers every- 
where. Do away with this nuisance ! 

Any engineer having anything to do with power 
plants where boilers are used can safely recommend 
a water softener of good type such as the "Permutit." 

Boiler scale will not be found where soft water is 
used. 

Make boiler washing a thing of the past by recom- 
mending a good softener. 

"PERMUTIT" WATER SOFTENER 

Permutit looks something like coarse sand, and its 
water softening properties are utilized by placing it 
in a tank and allowing the hard water to percolate 
through it. After it has abstracted its full quota of 
hardness, the water is shut off and the softener re- 
generated with a solution of common salt in water. 
The sodium of the salt replaces the lime and mag- 
nesia and the softener is brought back to its exact 
original condition ready to soften another quota of 
hard water. 

The regeneration cycle is ordinarily arranged to 
take place at night when plants are closed, or two 
softeners are placed parallel to give 24-hour con- 
tinuous service. 

Water softened by Permutit differs from that at- 
tained by any other method, in that it is absolutely 
soft, by which is meant the hardness is reduced to 
zero. In addition it is clear, clean and ideal, not 
only for drinking but for the most exacting indus- 
trial uses. There is no possibility of "over dosage" 
as in chemical plants for no chemicals are added to 
the water and no expert supervision is required even 



56 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

when the hardness of the raw water varies over a 
wide range. Operating and maintenance costs are 
lower per grain of hardness removed than for any 
other method of softening water, while the results 
obtained can only be compared with those that might 
be achieved with distilled water. 

With the increasing scarcity of coal due to in- 
creased consumption and congestion of transpor- 
tation and with the generally higher cost of fuel it 
is the duty of every one to investigate every possible 
way that fuel is wasted and how the wastage may be 
prevented. There is no doubt that the general con- 
sideration of burning the coal efficiently in the boiler 
furnace comes first, but the heating surfaces of the 
boiler must also be kept clean, otherwise the heat 
produced in the furnace cannot be utilized fully. 
Every engineer and fireman knows these things, but 
they have not been watched carefully in the past 
owing to the great wealth of natural resources. The 
time has come, however, when ways must be changed 
and every pound of coal made to count. 

In boiler plants Permutit guarantees complete 
elimination of scale, sludge and mud from the in- 
terior of boilers and connections, and will do away 
with boiler cleaning altogether. 

For Use in Laundries. 

Laundries seeking the means of producing sweet- 
smelling, white, soft wash, at minimum washing 
costs, find the solution of their problem in "Zero- 
water" the unfailing consistent delivery of Permutit 
apparatus, and in Permutit washing methods, de- 
veloped and installed by our laundry experts. 

No laundry doing the average class of work need 
use more than 12 pounds of soap per $100.00 worth 
of work, with similar low soda consumption. Per- 
mutit equipped laundries in every state are washing 
with such low quantities of supplies every day; many 
use less. The average laundry owner pays for his 
Permutit Softener from the dividends it pays in a 
little over sixteen months' operation. Considering 
that he is washing in water containing no hardness, 
iron, or suspended matter, water that can deposit no 
'lime soap/' that is not astonishing; and the absence 
of the "lime soap" is the reason behind the white, 
soft, sweet-smelling wash. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 57 

Investment and Operating Costs. 

The comparative investments in different water- 
softening systems depend entirely on the composi- 
tion of the water. Lime. soda plants remain fairly 
constant in cost with varying compositions, whereas 
exchange-silicate plants increase in size and cost 
with increase of hardness in the raw water. Cost 
of treatment depends also on the water composition 
and the proportion of temporary and permanent 
hardness. The cost of lime treatment alone is about 
one-third to one-half the cost of the corresponding 
salt for regeneration, but, as pointed out -in the fore- 
going, the cost of the soda-ash treatment is about 
three times the cost of salt for regeneration. In 
conclusion, a typical case will be analyzed to deter- 
mine the actual savings that would result from in- 
stalling a water-softener without reference to the 
type used. Take a water of the following com- 
position (same as water in the Bridgeport installation 
mentioned above) : 

Grains 
Per Gal. 
Total hardness, as CaCOs = 130 p. p.m. = 7.7 

Calcium hardness, as CaCOs = 80 p. p.m. = 4.7 
Magnesium hardness, as CaCOs = 50 p. p.m. = 3.0 
Alkalinity, as CaCOs = 80 p. p.m. = 4.7 

Temporary hardness, as CaCOo = 80 p. p.m. = 4.7 
Permanent hardness, as CaCC>3 = 50 p. p.m. = 3.0 

Assuming a boiler plant of 3000 hp., consisting of 
ten boilers with no returns using 12,000 gal. 
(45,400 1.) per hour raw feed water, the first cost 
including foundations and connections would be 
about $20,000. The cost of operation for chemicals 
would be about 3 cents per 1000 gal. (3785 1.). With 
a coal consumption of 1 pound (0.45 kg.) per 8 
pounds (3.62 kg.) of water evaporated, the average 
daily consumption of coal would be about 150 tons. 
Assuming a price for coal at $4 per ton and a saving 
of 5 per cent for fuel, then the fixed and operating 
charges of water-softener would be. 

Per Year 

288,000 gal. per day X 3 cents = $8.64 =$3,150 

Labor of operation = 500 

Interest and depreciation, at 10 per cent... = 2,000 

Total $5,650 



58 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




Typical Layout of the "Permutit" Water Softener 
Ready for Pump Connections 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



59 



Flush Valves for Water Closets and Urinals 

In the most effective and up to date plumbing 
installations the use of a tank with its complicated 
mechanism is discarded and in its place a flush 
valve is installed. In nearly all public buildings, 
such as hotels, office buildings, schools, court houses, 
factory buildings, etc., the flush valve is now almost 
entirely used, as the old style tank is easily gotten 
out of order, whereas a flush valve is simple and 
fool-proof. I advocate very strongly the use of 
these valves in all public buildings. 

The water supply to a flush valve must have a 
rate of flow sufficient to properly flush the closet 
bowl. The pressure at the flush valve and the 
length of the supply line determine the size of pipe 
required. The size indicated in the table is suit- 
able for one closet or three urinals. The pressure 
should never be less than 5 lbs. at the flush valve. 



TABLE 

No 4 


* Total feet of supply pipe from the flush 1 
valve to the street main or storage tank 

5 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 150 200 


■ 

S3 


5 


Size of Pipe for One Water Closet 

\y i*/2 iy 2 iy 2 2 2 2 2y 2 2y 2 3 


00 £ 
SiH 


10 


1 \y \y \y iy iy 2 2 2y 2y 




20 


1 1 \y 1% \y \y iyiy2 2 


Sa 


30 


1 1 1 \y vy 154 15* iy iy W* 


SI 

1? 


40 


1 1 1 1 \y \yiy\y \y \y 


60 
80 


34 1 1 1 1 \y\y\y iy \y 
y h 1 1 1 1 vy \y iy \y 



* Add 10 feet for each 90° fitting- 
Red lead, white lead, or other pipe cement must 
not be used in the flush valve nor used in the pip- 
ing. If the flush is too strong or causes a splash- 
ing, throttle the supply at the controlling stop. If 
the flush is not strong enough to properly flush 
the fixture, it denotes insufficient supply. Of the 
three accompanying drawings Figure No. 1 shows 
a typical installation of flush valves with small 



60 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

/7fi A'- / 



^(//^f^JLY TO /2 US /J V/1Z. V£$ O/ZL / 

oooooooo 




© O © ( 

CZflTE V/iLVE 




F*L/1N. 



Cx/]T£ V/9L\/£. 



00000000 





©©©©©©©© 

Sv^^y to TLos// V/?<l v£3 Only. 



Plu&Mc/5tBe 



Nor Less Th/^n^\ 
Nor More Than/£' 

Check V/?l ve &/ite Vhl ve- 

■"2E2332: 



K 



C[~~ £lev/jt/o^ 



£>*?/l/N. 



-\ 



PLAN AND ELEVATION OF A BATTERY OF WATER 
CLOSETS EQUIPPED WITH FLUSH VALVES 



TOIIXSOX'S HANDY MANUAL 



r,i 




tk*T£: V/7jLV£ 




Suppl Y to Fl usrt fat- V£ Oa//. y 

<S<.ArS V/9L V£. 




SJ 



glvIO F-t-OO^- 



Stopcock 




Sto*> Cock. 



[ st ri 



\ 



J&ASZWZNT 



a 



Tfllrt/rt 



WATER CLOSETS EQUIPPED WITH FLUSH VALVES 



62 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



/y<£. //- 3 






j* 



^71 



5L 



z inp. ruoo«e 



I j. Stos=>Cock. 




ST PLOOR. 



icy>* 




RASCMCNT 






FLUSH VALVE EQUIPMENT 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



63 







The measurements given here of the Royal Flush Valve will be 
of great assistance to the practical Plumber 



64 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

supply from street main. Made sufficient by com- 
pression tank, Figure No. 2 shows a typical installa- 
tion of flush valves with gravity tank. Figure No. 
3 shows a typical installation with small supply 
from street main made sufficient by basement com- 
pression tank. 

There are several makes of flush valves on thp 
market. One of the oldest and best is the Ro 
Flush Valve. 



Water Service Pipe 

An application must be made to the water com- 
pany or municipality and they will send One of their 
own men to put in a tap of the required size in 
the main. They will not allow the plumber to do 
so. From this tap the plumber runs the service, 
usually of extra strong lead pipe and never less 
than 3/J" for small jobs, to the building and makes 
connections. A great many water companies and 
municipalities require a meter, and where so re- 
quired should be placed as shown in Figure 1. Care 
should be taken to place the meter in such a place 
that there will be no danger of freezing. 

The service pipe is usually constructed as shown 
in Figure 1. The valves, etc., necessary for a ser- 
vice pipe are as follows: One stop at tap, one 
stop with curb box at curb, one stop and waste 
located inside of building. These valves being under 
ground and hard and expensive to replace should 
be extra heavy all brass of best grade and should 
be placed in an upright position. 

When a large service pipe is required and a lead 
pipe proves expensive, it is customary to install 
an iron or steel pipe. This pipe should, of course, 
be galvanized, and after laid should receive a coat 
of red lead and oil, or asphaltum, and be covered 
with tar paper. Concrete and cinders, especially 
the latter, will destroy a galvanized pipe in a short 
time, as the galvanizing is cut away at the threads 
and, perhaps, scraped off at several places, expos- 
ing the iron and causing it to rust. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



65 



Refilling of Trench 

Refilling of the trench should receive careful con- 
sideration. Refilling earth should be well soaked 
and tamped down. This is often carelessly done, 
resulting in a settlement. Concrete walks laid over 
the trench will settle and crack. The same amount 
of earth excavated should also be used in refilling. 
This can be done if about 6 inches of earth is filled 
in, then soaked and tamped down; then another 
6 inches of earth soaked and tamped down; and, 
so on until the trench is filled. 

Figure 2 shows a patent lead connection, strong 
and durable, and is very convenient to use when 
there is a limited space and consequently hard to 
get at and wipe the joints. 



C(/*&3ok 




Stop Cock /**o Taf> 




L 5, I EBOP/P£^ / "" £". 3 /• ZfiDP/P/Q 

Cur St Cock A1/1//V 

-JfosT Common Water 3srv/c £. Co/v//£CT/ort.- 




F/6.2. 



RoortD -Way 5to/? 






'Lsfio 



COKPO&SJT/O/V 

Coc* 



—Le/ID P/?>£ CcS/Af£CT/OAf.' 




66 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 







The wonder of the age, something that has never 
been known to the plumbing trade before — is this 
wonderful water-auger. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 67 

It is Essential to Every Plumber and Water 

Company to Have a Snow Water Auger 

Because of Its Economy and Efficiency 



The Way to Clean a Stop Box: 

When a stop box is full of dirt in inaccessible 
places especially where a stone or cement side- 
walk can not be dug up, the Snow Water Auger 
screwed to a garden hose. Screw plug in side open- 
ing place the Auger in the stop box when the water 
is on a fine cutting stream will dissolve the dirt 
till the Auger reaches the curb cock then take out 
plug and screw it in the end, put it down again 
to the bottom of the box and all dirt will come to 
the top and box is clean. Then screw a Snow 
Stop Box Cover and the box is same as new. 

HOW TO OPERATE THE SNOW WATER 
AUGER. 

To bore for a pipe without digging up the 
ground. Excavate a ditch 8 or 10 ft. long, the depth 
required. 

Dig a pit deeper than the bottom of the ditch 
to receive the discharge water, plug up the side 
opening, screw the Auger on the end of iron pipe, 
and a hose at the iron pipe and hose attachment at 
the other end. Enter the Auger perfectly straight, 
turn on the water, as the cutting streams from the 
Auger bores through the ground, slide the pipe 
back and forth, about a foot so as to release the 
water and dirt, keep adding pipe in length required. 

If it strikes a stone, work it back and forth, it 
will wash out the dirt, and drop down, so the 
Auger will pass by. 

If the hole wants to be made larger, screw the 
plug in the end of the Auger, and use the side 
opening, and operate the same as above. 

It is also used in cleaning stoppage in sewers. 

The first operation pays for itself. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 




CO 



C 

'o 

bfi 

C 
co 

u 
O 

C 
a 

C 
o 

OX) 

C 



a 

M-l 
O 



3 
O 

CO 



78 
o 

'a 



OJO 

c 
o 

CO 

6 

CO 

to 

CO 



CO 
C 

.2 

o 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



69 



-Table. 4. 

-€>/70W/7/<SL 7f£L/m\/£: D/3CH/1/?G/M&. - 




— C/IF/fC/F/BS or- P/PES: 












7? 


ft 


W 


/■ 


w 


/-z 


2" 


2i 


3" 


4' 


6" 


a* 


/o 


w 


/ 


























~W 


A. 


1. 
























W 


M 


1-7 


/. 






















JL 


6.2 


3.5 


2.1 


j. 




















ft 


/0.9 


6.2 


3-7 


/.& 


1. 


















m 


11+ 


70.o 


6.o 


Z.fs 


7.6 


7. 
















2' 


%z 


2I. 7 


13.0 


6.i 


3.5 


Z.I 


7. 














~kl 


65.5 


37.5 


23. i 


/0.7 


6.1 


3.s 


/.& 


/. 












3" 


1/0.5 


63.2 


bto 


m 


0./ 


6.3 


Z -? 


7.6 


/. 










-T 


top 


m 


65.o 


30.6 


(7A 


/<?.& 


5.0 


2.2, 


/■7 


7. 








6* 


5ZZc 


302, 


,/% 


87 


49 


50.5 


Hz 


3.o 


4& 


2.6 


7. 






a" 




650 


m 


ffSt 


m.t 


6Jr 


3ti 


17-1 


l/.z 


6.o 


z7 


/ 




w 
















Xf 


19-7 


W.b 


^ 


/a 


/. 



-0/ZE orC^ /. D/?n//Y/i6LjzM/lJN7?irQt;/R£D7 :r OK- 


6r/vz/<Sa.FT. or St/Kr/icE To Be Ok/u/vzd. 


(J/YCLUO//V&. RO0F-5o//.P/P>£3 A/SO &/ZOC/TD /?*£/*$ ) 

/r-tfrrwr/zo Clay /?//>£,£/$£ C/vj?S/z£ Lak&ek. 


D//im. 


FzrFooT 


FjtrFoot. 


FsrToot. 


4/NCH 


/ 500 5a.fr. 


7 8 005*. Ft. 


25C054.Fn 


5 • 


7600 ■■ ■■ 


3000 - * 


■f500 - " 


& * 


3000 " " 


5000 - - 


7500 - » 


& * 


6000 " * 


e/00 » - 


73600 - - 


to * 

— — 


9000 ■■ * 


74-000 - ' 


20000 » » 

V.A.tl—'*. 



70 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL- 

Table No. 4 

EXPLANATION OF TABLE OF RELATIVE 
PIPE DIAMETERS. 

The figures in the body of the above table give 
the number of pipes of a given diameter that are 
equal to one pipe of a larger diameter. 

This table is based on conditions similar to those 
at a residence or other small building. For power 
plant or other similar conditions the table is only 
approximate. 

Example: How many y^-inch pipes are equal 
to one ^4-inch pipe? 

Under column marked ^-inch at top of table 
follow down column to figures opposite ^4-inch and 
read 2.9; that is to say, a 24-inch pipe has a carry- 
ing capacity equal to about three ^-inch pipes. 

Example: What diameter of pipe will be re- 
quired to supply three ^-inch pipes, one ^-inch 
and one J4-inch pipe? 

Solution: Reduce all of the pipes to equivalent 
of y 2 -mch pipes. 

Three y 2 -'mch pipes 3.0 

One 5^-inch pipe 1.7 

One 34-inch pipe 2.9 

The combination equals 7.6 J^-inch pipes. 

From the table we see that a one-inch pipe equals 
6.2 one-half-inch pipes and a one and one-fourth- 
inch pipe equals 10.9 one-half-inch pipes. As we 
require the equivalent of 7.6 one-half-inch pipes, 
it would be necessary to use a one and one-fourth- 
inch pipe to supply the above combination. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 1 

—Weight or C/i '5T /row P/f=£ '— 



P//?Af£T£R. 


S>T/)ND/?RO 
VJ£/<zhtP£kFooT. 




2 /VzT// 


D? F'ai//^o£> 


fePowos 


3 . 


~*i ■ 


e\ . 


4 ' 


OZ •> 


/3 


5 - 


3§ . 


17 


6 . 


/Ok 


20 


7 « 




27 - 


8 - 




33k • 



-W£/&H T or WROUGHT /ROM F/F>£:.— 



J D//7A?£T£:K. 


L//V//7L. FboT 


% 


//V^// 


&.245 r^ovsvo 


<% 


• 


O.+ZS' * 


M. 


, 


rt.*i&P> # 


J^L 


„ 


0.&50 • 


3^ 


• 


A /3tf < 


/ 


» 


/. £B* * 


/4 


'. 


2^.^72 * 


zt 


1 


J2.7S 


z 


# 


3. £a 


\2'/z 


« 


:5".8^ 


3 


f * 


r. 6^ 


3fc 


// 


3.,2tf 


* 


„ 


/Q.&9 


M 




/Z.&4 


Z2L 


* 


/^.e>/ 


_£_ 


♦ 


/9./e> « 


7 


» 


Zb.J7 


e> 


'/ 


25.oo 



^2 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Weight of One Cubic Foot of Pure Water. 

At 32 degrees Fahr. (freezing 1 point) 62.418 lbs. 

At 39.1 degrees Fahr. (maximum density) 62.425 lbs. 

At 62 degrees Fahr. (standard temperature) 62.355 lbs. 

At 212 degrees Fahr. (boiling point, under 1 atmos- 
phere) ■ -..59.76 lbs. 

Imperial gallon = 27 7, 27 4 cubic inches of water at 62 

degrees Fahr ' .......10 lbs. 

American gallon = 231 cubic inches of water at 62 

degrees Fahr 8.3356 lbs. 

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 

Cubic Measure. 

1 728 cubic inches equal 1 cubic foot, cu. ft. 

27 cubic feet " 1 cubic yard, cu. yd. 

128 cubic feet " 1 cord, cd. 

24^4 cubic feet " 1 perch, P. 

1 cu. yd. equals 27 cu. ft. equals 46,656 cu. in. 

Measure of Angles or Arcs. 

60 seconds (") equal 1 minute, '. 

60 minutes " 1 degree, °. 

90 degrees " 1 rt. angle or quadrant. 

360 degrees " 1 circle, cir. 

1 cir. equals 360° equals 21,600' equals 1,296,000". 

Avoirdupois Weight. 

437.5 grains equal 1 ounce, oz. 

16 ounces " 1 pound, lb. 

100 pounds " 1 hundredweight, cwt. 

20 hundredweight " 1 ton, T. 

1 T. equals 20 cwt. equals 2000 lb. equals 32,000 oz. 

equals 14,000,000 _ gr. 

The avoirdupois pound contains 7000 grains. 

Long Ton Weight. 

16 ounces equal 1 pound, lb. 

112 pounds " 1 hundredweight, cwt. 

20 cwt. or 2240 lbs " 1 ton, T. 

Troy Weight. 

24 grains '. equal 1 pennyweight, pwt. 

20 pennyweight " 1 ounce, oz. 

1 2 ounces " 1 pound, lb. 

1 lb. equals 12 oz. equals 240 pwt. equals 5760 gr. 

Apothecary's Weight. 

20 grains equal 1 scruple, sc. 

3 scruples " 1 dram, dr. 

8 drams " 1 ounce, oz. 

12 ounces " 1 pound, lb. 

1 lb. equals 12 oz. equals 96 dr. equals 288 sc. equals 
5760 gr. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 73 

Size of Moleskin Wiping Cloths 

Size of Wiping Necessary Dimen- 

Cloth sions of Moleskin 

4 in x 4 in 16 in. x 8 in. 

3]/ 2 " x zy 2 " 14 " x 7 

3y 4 " x3/ 4 " 13 " x 6y 2 " 

3 " x 3y 2 (i 12 " x 7 

3 " x 3 " 12 " x 6 

234 " x .3 " 11 " x 6 " 

2y 2 " x 3 " 10 " x 6 " 

2ji "" x 2J4 " 10 " x S 

2% " x 3 " 9 " x 6 " 

2 <k x 3 " 8 " x 6 " 

1/. ,( x 3 " 6"x6 " 



Sizes of Ticking Wiping Cloths 



Size of Wiping Necessary Dimen- 

Cloth sions of Ticking 

4 in. x 4 in 16 in. x 16-in. 

3y " x zy 2 " 14 " x 14 " 

3% " x 3% " 13 " x 13 " 

3 " x Zy 2 " 12 " x 14 " 

3 "x3 " 12 " x 12 '" 

2y A " x 3 " 11 " x 12 " 

2y 2 " x 3 " 10 " x 12 " 

2^ " x 2^ " 10 " x 10 " 

2% " x 3. " : 9 " x 12 " 

2 " x 3 " 8 " x 12 " 

VA " x 3 " 6 " x 12 " 



74 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Most Profitable Product for Soldering 

One tablespoon ZINC CHLORIDE, add a few 
drops of water until it becomes as thick as paste. 
Keep it in a bottle well corked as it absorbs mois- 
ture. (Caution Poison.) 

How to Clean Solder: Heat the solder to a 
cherry red. Skim out the dirt perfectly clean. Take 
a piece of Cyanide Potassium, size of hickory nut. 
Mash it in the ladle, fine as corn meal. Work 
thoroughly. Leave it in the pot until it has been 
cooled and heated 4 or 5 times. 

Poison Caution: Do not handle with cuts or 
sores on your hands. 



"S. R." Patented Trapeze Fittings for 
Practical Hangers 



Realizing the necessity for a change from the 
usual makeshift arrangements such as strap iron 
and drilled pipe which are generally used for hang- 
ing pipe, radiators, etc. from ceilings, beams, or 
girders, we have designed these TRAPEZE FIT- 
TINGS with a view to furnishing a permanent as 
well as neat appearing support. 

The above cuts illustrate the TRAPEZE FIT- 
TINGS employed in hanging a radiator with its 
supply and return pipes in addition to plumbers' 
pipes. Any arrangement or combination can be 
assembled on the job in a short time by using 
standard nipples or cut pipe in conjunction with 
the single and double TRAPEZE FITTINGS and 
the SLIP END FITTING. This SLIP END FIT- 
TING replaces the expensive and non-adjustable 
forged eye-bolt often used. 

All fittings are accurately made from malleable 
iron and threaded to standard pipe sizes. 

Prices are given in pamphlet, which will be sent 
upon request, by Kehni Brothers, Chicago, Illinois. 

A practical man will always use a practical device. 
This fitting was invented by one of the best heat- 
ing engineers in this country. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



75 



(p)< 



\ 



c/i 

X 
H 

— 

X 

w 

N 
U 
(L. 

< 

a: 

h 



o 

■M fi 



_5 ° 



2« 



C 
RJ 

X 
e 
.2 
w rs •■•* .c 

?» •- "2 S 

" S 3U * 

•^ EL, ^ o 



id 



- - fd 4-i 

« >>z 5 

< Ci W 

2 D U 




76 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 




CO 

O 

g 



CO 

X 

u 
o 
z 

< 

w 

N 

u 

< 

X 



> 
o 

< 






CO 

c 



G*< 



ft 

1° 






L 






Sh. 
city 
press 
necti< 



ground noom ^ 

|| to sr/feer a* wet* ■ », ■ / 



1 W/TTEP SUPPLY 



1 1)— TO SURFACE DBHIN$ 



ELEVATION 



DirAINFPOM BASEMENT FIXTURES , 



Shone Duplex Ejector Installation in 
city building, showing motor driven com- 
pressors, air tank control panel and con- 
nections. 



■T CONNECTION 








JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 77 

Yeomans House Supply Systems 

PIPING DIAGRAMS. 



FLOAT VALVE 



STORAGE TANK 
4V ATTIC OR ON ROOF 




PUMP AND MOTOR 

GRAVITY SYSTEM 



78 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

NOTES. 

1. A — Is two pipe system with separate supply 
pipes to storage tank, and from storage tank to hot 
w^ter tank and fixtures on upper floors. 

2. B — Is one pipe system with single supply pipe 
t3 storage tank, hot water tank and fixtures on 
upper floors. . 

3. With either system a float valve should be 
placed m tank to prevent tank overflowing in case 
of nigh city pressure passing through pump or 

• through failure of float switch to operate. 

4. A by-pass connection (C) with gate valve 
should be provided between city supply and riser 
to tank, to be used in case of accident to, or failure 
of, pumping equipment. The gate valve must always 
be closed when pump is in use. 

5. No. 14 B. & S. twin conductor should be used 
between float switch and self starter at pump loca- 
tion. 



NOTES. 



1. Where absolutely noiseless operation is not 
essential conection A may be used and B omitted. 
Use B with plunger pump. 

2. When plunger pump with suction lift is used 
furnish relief valve on discharge and foot valve on 
suction. 

3. With motor operated air compressor use con- 
nection F. With hand operated compressor connec- 
tion D may be used. 

4. Water glass should be placed midway between 
top and bottom of tank and water level should be 
kept as near center as possible. 

5. Manhole should be supplied in tank if required 
by city ordinance. 

6. If horizontal tank is used manhole and drain 
should be at the same end and tank should pitch 



FROM CITY MAIN 

or surge ram 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL,. 
>/rr£ 



79 



TO FIXTURES 




PUMP AND MOTOR 



/?/R 

COMPRESSOR 
AND MOTOR 



COMPRESSION 
TANK 



COMPRESSION SYSTEM 



The Shone System 

PNEUMATIC SEWAGE EJECTORS. 

The Shone Ejector consists of a closed sewage 
receiver or pot with special horizontal swing check 
valves below inlet and outlet (B) and an automatic 
pressure operated air valve mounted on top of the 
receiver and actuated by cast-iron bells connected 
to the valve by a system of links, lever and rock- 
ing valve shaft. The automatic air valve controls, 



80 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

the admission of air to and the exhaust from the 
receiver. The operation of the Ejector is as fol- 
lows: 

The bells are in their lowest position (the extent 
of their movement being limited to 1^ inches) the 
compressed air is cut off from the Ejector, and the 
interior of the Ejector is open to the atmosphere 
through the automatic valve and air exhaust pipe. 
The sewage, therefore, can flow through the inlet 
into the Ejector, which it gradually fills, until it 
reaches and begins to rise around the bell. When 
the latter is sufficiently submerged for its buoyancy 
to overcome the friction of the parts, both beils are 
raised into their upper position. The consequent 
movement of the lever throws over the automatic 
valve, closing the connection between the inside of 
the Ejector and the atmosphere, and admitting com- 
pressed air. This causes the check in the inlet to 
close, preventing a return in that direction; and 
the compressed air, pressing upon the surface of 
the sewage, immediately forces the contents of the 
Ejector downward through the bell-mouthed open- 
ing at the bottom, and out through the discharge 
check valve and the discharge pipe to the high level 
sewer. 

The sewage passes out of the Ejector until its 
level falls to such a point that the lower bell is 
sufficiently exposed for its weight to throw the 
system out of equilibrium in the opposite direction. 
The bells consequently fall, reversing the automatic 
valve and returning it to its original position. This 
cuts off the compressed air, whereupon the outflow 
of sewage ceases and the check in the discharge 
valve closes, allowing the air within the Ejector 
to escape to the atmosphere. The sewage which 
has been ejected cannot return past the discharge 
valve; sewage again begins to flow into the Ejector, 
and this cycle of operation is repeated so long as 
sewage flows to the inlet and a supply of air is 
maintained. 

The positions of the bells are so adjusted that 
compressed air is not admitted until the Ejector 
is filled, and is not allowed to exhaust until the 
Ejector is emptied down to the discharge level; 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 81 

thus a specific quantity is discharged each time the 
Ejector operates. 

A steel ejector pit surrounded with concrete is 
recommended for deep basements in city buildings. 
On other work reinforced concrete will ordinarily 
be found satisfactory. 

When steel pit with dished bottom is used, a level 
concrete floor should be laid in bottom of pit be- 
fore ejectors are set. 

Anchor bolts for ejectors are not required. 

Screening of sewage is not necessary. 

Capacities are based on one discharge per min- 
ute, and therefore represent the actual quantity dis- 
charged at each operation. The ejectors can be 
operated at more than one discharge per minute in 
case of emergency, but this is not recommended for 
normal service. 

Inlet connection may be made at either end or 
both ends of inlet tee or header as shown in draw- 
ing. 

Air compressing plant may be located at any 
desired distance from ejectors. It should include 
air compressors, steam or electric driven, with auto- 
matic control and suitable air storage tank with 
pressure gauge, blow-off cock and relief valve. For 
electric drive, horizontal crank-and-fly-wheel com- 
pressors are recommended, although vertical high 
speed compressors may be used with satisfactory 
results and at lower first cost. For steam drive, 
direct acting locomotive type compressors may be 
used for small installations except where low steam 
consumption is desired. In larger plants and in all 
steam installations where low steam consumption is 
essential, crank-and-fly-wheel compressors should 
be used. 

t Underground air lines should be laid below frost 
line and with slight pitch toward ejector station. 
Gate valves should be inserted every 500 feet. 

Air compressors, motors and controllers should 
be installed in duplicate. 

Single ejectors from 400 to 1,000 gal. per min. 
may, if preferred, be installed in rectangular instead 
of round pits. 

<5 



S3 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Estimating Plumbing 

The successful plumbing contractor or estimator 
must know "his job''; in other words, on receiving 
the plans and specifications from the architect, 
whether it be a bungalow, large residence, apart- 
ment building, hotel, or industrial building, he must 
visualize to himself the plumbing and drainage sys- 
tems called for as it will be installed. 

The estimator must arrive at the correct inter- 
pretation of the specifications and the proper read- 
ing of the plans, and no set rule can be laid down 
to enable the beginner to master the technique 
of estimating plumbing. 

It has been the writer's experience that the best 
estimators are seldom the graduate journeyman* 
plumber or even the well established master plum- 
ber, but rather the educated young man who has 
made a study of the theoretical part of Sanitary 
Engineering and who has had the benefit of asso- 
ciation with practical men and the opportunity to 
watch the installation of plumbing work under the 
guidance and supervision of a good practical mas- 
ter plumber. 

The several trade journals with their helpful sug- 
gestions and practical illustrations are a necessity 
to the successful plumbing contractor or estimator, 
and I know of no source of knowledge that can 
be of more benefit to the young master plumber or 
estimator than the intelligent reading of a few 
hours each issue of some such paper as Domestic 
Engineering, Plumbers' Trade Journal, etc., etc. The 
man who has no time to read a trade paper or 
study the ideas and information so plainly set forth 
in such books as Johnson's Handy .Manual, has no 
future in the plumbing business. 

The first thing a plumbing estimator should get 
into his head is the fact that there is a per cent. 
of cost known as overhead expense that must be 
reckoned with on all jobs. This overhead expense 
is inevitable; no job can be figured or contract 
taken with safety if the overhead is overlooked or 
ignored. This theme has been so well covered by 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 83 

the '"Trade Extension Bureau,"' a national organ- 
ization maintained by the National Association of 
Master Plumbers at Evansville, Indiana, who will 
be pleased to send their literature covering the sub- 
ject to any plumbing estimator, that I will not 
attempt in this article to go further into this very 
important part of estimating. 

As I have previously stated, plumbing cannot be 
figured by rule; every job is different and requires 
a separate estimate, though a few suggestions on 
time saving methods that are in use by some con- 
tracting plumbers, might be helpful. Costs cannot 
be given in this article, owing to the variation of 
cost of labor and material in different parts of the 
country. 

Let us say you are figuring on a three story 
apartment building, which with the exception of 
the fixtures, the location of the water service and 
sewer stubs are nearly standard and can be divided 
into the following units, to arrive at the cost of 
the roughing-in material: — as shown in 

Fig. 1. — Bath room stack with supplies. 

Fig. 2 — Sink and laundry waste stack with sup- 
plies. 

Fig. 3 — Ice box waste stack, 
and this will apply to any kind of building. 

Fig. 1 and 2 consist of all the 4" and 2" soil 
pipe, soil pipe fittings, branch waste and vent pipes, 
including supply pipes from basement sewer to 
roof plate. Fig. 3 consists of waste only. 

Figure 1 on adjoining page shows a typical in- 
stallation of a bath room stack in a three story 
Chicago apartment house. The soil fittings noted 
in Fig. 1 are known as Fruin and Walker or F. 
& W. fittings, listed and carried in stock by prac- 
tically every jobber in plumbing supplies in the 
country. Regular soil pipe fittings can be used 
for such an installation at a slightly lower cost of 
material, but a much higher labor cost. 

The pipe and fittings shown can be readily fig- 
ured out by the estimator and cost of same as- 
certained from your wholesale dealer. 

Once the cost of each stack is figured out much 
time is saved on succeeding jobs by merely check- 
ing off the number of stacks, which includes every- 



84 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL, 







JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 85 

thing required from roof to basement; then the 
basement supply pipe, including circulating pipes, 
the sewer pipe in basement, with floor drains, 
catch basins, conductor pipes, and connections to 
stacks. The outside water service to existing stub 
at curb or to City water main in street. The out- 
side sewer pipe to City main or stub at curb. The 
fixtures such as bath tubs, water closets, lavatories, 
sinks, laundry trays, etc. 

Labor costs under present conditions are some- 
what of an uncertain quantity, and must be esti- 
mated for each individual job, the estimator having 
-in mind the class of men he expects to put on the 
work, as it is a sad commentary, but nevertheless 
a fact, that plumbers today are less competent and 
efficient, more indifferent and careless, than, we 
will say, ''before the war." This indifference or 
inefficiency makes the task of the estimator more 
difficult, but I have found, that the following per- 
centages on labor cost are fairly satisfactory in 
estimating labor: 

Handling and setting fixtures — 20% to 25% of 

fixture cost. 

Installing roughing material — 60% to 75% of 

cost. 

The judgment of the estimator must be the guide, 
however, in considering the known difficulties that 
will have to be overcome in estimating labor costs. 

In figuring galvanized piping for waste pipe, vent 
pipe, or water pipe, it is impossible to estimate 
every fitting required. I have found that from 65% 
to JS% of the pipe cost will cover the cost of all 
fittings required for the job, if pipe is measured 
carefully from plan. 

Cast iron soil pipe fittings, including caulking 
lead and oakum, will run very close to 75% to 85% 
of pipe cost; judgment must be used, however, in 
considering the length of the pipe runs and the 
number of fixtures to be supplied. For instance, 
a run of pipe from a downspout stack would not 
require the per cent of fittings a bath room stack 
would call for. 



86 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

All Kinds of Knots and Bends Useful to 
Plumbers and Other Mechanics 



Many plumbers, steam fitters, hoisting engineers, 
and other mechanics have asked me why I do not 
have an article in my book with illustrations on 
tying knots. Realizing that the knowledge of tying 
a reliable knot one that will not slip or loosen and 
one that can be easily untied, is of great value 
to almost all mechanics, I have added this subiect 
to my book. 

When handling and tying ropes the following 
terms are used: ''Standing Part," "Bight" and 
"End." The "Standing Part" is the long part of 
the rope; the "Bight" is the curved part or loop, 
formed while working or handling; the "End" is 
that part used in forming the knot or hitch. Before 
commencing work, the loose ends or strands of 
a rope should be "whipped" or "seized" to prevent 
the rope from unraveling. An expert can tie a 
knot, make a splice, etc., without whipping, but 
we advise whipping the end before manipulating 
the rope. 

To whip a rope, take a piece of twine or string, 
lay it on the rope an inch or two from the end, 
pass the twine several times around the rope, keep- 
ing the ends of the twine under the first few turns 
to hold it in place; then make a large loop with the 
free end; bring it back to the rope and continue 
winding for three or four turns around both the 
rope and end of twine; and finish by drawing the 
loop tight by pulling on the free end, as shown in 
Figure AA. Figure BB shows the "Standing Part," 
"Bight" and "End." 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



87 



AA 




BB 




£N&- 



8$ JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Nooses, Loops and Mooring Knots 

On the following pages I give illustrations of 
a number of nooses, loops, mooring knots, and 
hitches, such as used by sailors. It always as- 
tonishes an onlooker (landsman) who is a careful 
observer, to see the easy manner in which a sailor 
handles heavy dripping hawsers or cables, and, 
with a few turns, makes them fast to pier-head or 
spile, so that although a tremendous pull is exerted, 
there is not the slightest give or slip to the rope. 
Yet, a moment later, with a few quick motions, 
the line is cast off, tightened up or paid out, as may 
be the case. 

Figure "A" and Figure "B" show "Cleat" and 
"Wharf-Ties." A few turns under or over and 
around a cleat or two spiles is a method well under- 
stood and used by sailors. 

Figures "C" and "D" show "Bow-Line on Bight" 
and "Running Bow-Line/' The "Bow-Line on 
Bight," Figure "C," is easily made and is very 
useful in slinging casks and barrels and in forming 
a seat for men to be lowered or hoisted from 
buildings or ships when painting or cleaning. 

Figure "D," the "Running Bow-Line," is merely 
a bow-line with the ends passed through the loop, 
forming a slip-knot. 

"Wiaterman's Knot," Figure "E," is often used, 
with a man holding the free end, for in this way 
a slight pull holds the knot fast, while a little slack 
gives the knot a chance to slip without giving away 
entirely and without exerting any appreciable pull 
on the man holding the end. 

"Lark's Heads" are also used in conjunction with 
a running noose and is shown in Figure "F." 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
Fig. A Fig. B 




Bow-Line on Bight 



Running Bow-Line 



90 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Fig. E 



Fig. G 




Bow-Line 



Lark's Head and Running Noose 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



91 




No. 1 




No. 3 

Fig. G 

The Bow-Line Knot 



No. 4 



92 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

The Bow-Line Knot 

(See Page 91) 

The "Bow-Line" knot is by far the best knot 
and is used very much by sailors. It is a true 
knot, never slips, jams, or fails; is easily and quickly 
untied and is useful whenever a knot has to be 
tied. The knot completed is shown in Figure "G" 
No. 5 and in its various stages in No. 1, 2, 3 and 4. 
In No. 1 the rope is shown with a bight or cuck- 
old's neck formed with the end over the standing 
part. Pass 1 back through the bight, under, then 
over, then under, as shown in 2, then over and 
down through the bight, as shown in 3 and 4, and 
draw taut, as in 5. 

The Tomfool or Handcuff Knot, Etc. 

(See Page 93) 

Other loops are made, as shown in Figures "H," 
"J," "J" and "K," but they are not as safe and use- 
ful as the "Bow-Line," Figure "G." 

Figure "L," known as the "Tomfool Knot," or 
"Handcuff Knot," is made like a running knot, Fig- 
ure "H." The firm end is passed through the 
open, simple knot so as to form a double loop or 
bow. If the hands or wrists are placed within 
these loops and the latter drawn taut, and the loose 
ends tied firmly around the central part, a pair of 
secure handcuffs will be the result. 

Lark's Head Knot 

(See Page 94) 

Knots used in securing a rope to an object are 
known as "hitches" or "ties." Figure "M" shows 
one of these, called "Lark's Head." To make this 
hitch, pass a bight of the rope through the ring, 
or other object to which you intend to hitch, and 
then pass a marline-spike, piece of round iron, pipe, 
or piece of wood, if you have nothing else at hand, 
as shown at "A." The end of the rope is then 
laid over and under the standing part and back 
over itself. This knot is instantly released by 
withdrawing the piece "A." Figure "N" shows the 
toggle with "A" withdrawn. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



93 





Fig. H 



Fig. I 




Fig. L 



94 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Fig. M Fig> N 




Bow Shortening 
Fig. S 




Sheepshank 
Fig. T 




Another Sheepshank 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MAXIWI. 



Fig. U 




Sheepshank with Ends Seized 
Fig. V 

Sheepshank for Free-ended Rope 
Fig. W 






Sheepshank for Free-ended Rope 
Fig. X 




Sheepshank with Toggle 



Figure "R ' is a very simple shortening- an d needs 
no description. It will not withstand a very great 
strain, but is secure from untying by accident, and 
is very useful taking up spare rope of lashings on 
bundles or baggage. 

"Sheepshank" or "Dogshank" are also used for 
shortening ropes, especially where both ends are 
fast, as they can be made in the center of the rope, 
although the rope is fast at both ends. The best 
and most secure form is shown in Figure "S." A 



96 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



simple running knot is first made; a bend is pushed 
through the loop, which is then drawn taut; the 
other end of the bend is fastened in the same man- 
ner and the shortening is complete. A simpler forn 
is shown in Figure "T," but this can hardly be 
depended upon unless the ends are seized, as shown 
in Figure "U." 

Figures "V" and "W" show two other kinds o 
shortenings, but these can only be used when end 
of the rope are free, and are intended for more 
permanent fastenings than the ordinary Sheepshank 
Figure "X" is particularly adapted to be cast loose 
at a moment's notice by jerking out the toggles. 




Grommets 



i 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



97 



Grommets are round, endless rings of rope, use- 
ful in many ways, often used as handles for chests, 
for rings to lengthen ropes, etc. A grommet is 
formed of a single strand of rope five times as long 
as the circumference of the grommet when com- 
plete. Take the strand and lay one end across the 
other at the size of loop required, and with the 
long end follow the "grooves" or "lay" of the 
strand until back to where you started, Figure "Y," 
thus forming a two stranded ring. Then continue 
twisting the free end between the turns already 
made until the three-stranded ring is complete, Fig- 
ure "Z." Now finish and secure the ends by mak- 
ing overhead knots, pass the end under the nearest 
strand and trim off ends close, Figure "ZZ." If 
care is taken and you remember to keep a strong 
twist on the strand while "laying up" the grommet, 
the finished ring will be as firm and smooth and 
endless as the original rope. 



Fig. BB 



Fig. AA 





Flemish Eye 



98 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 
Fig. AA1 

3 wv/ 3 




be 

tl 

la 
r 



A Flemish Eye, Figure AA, is an eye made in a 
manner as described below, and shown in process 
of making in cut, Figure AA1. Take a piece of 
wood, the size of the intended eye "1." Around 
this wood lay a number of pieces of yarn or mar- 
line, 2.2.2., and fasten them by tying with twine "3" 
and "3." Whip the piece of rope which eye is to 
be formed and unravel and open out the strand as 
at "4." Lap the yarn over the wood and the stops 
"5," and fasten together by overhand knots "5," 
worm the free ends under and over and then bring 
up the ends of the stops "2" and tie around the 
strands of eye, as shown. The eye may be finished 
neatly by whipping all around with yarn or mar- 
line, and will then appear as in Figure AA. 

An artificial Eye, Figure BB, is still another form 
of eye, which will be found useful, and easier and 
quicker to make. It is also stronger. Take the ends 
of a rope and unlay one strand; place the two re- 
maining strands back alongside of the standing 
part, Figure CC. Pass the loose strand, which has 
been unlaid, over the end, and follow around the 
spaces between the two strands and then around 
the eye, — as in making a grommet, — until it re- 
turns down the standing part and lies under the 
eye, with the strands, Figure DD. Then divide the 
strands, taper them down, and whip the whole with 
marline or yarn, Figure EE. 

Another eye which at times is useful is the 
"Throat Seizing" shown in Figure FF. This is 
made by opening the end slightly and lashing it to 
the standing part, as shown. 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 99 

Fig. CC Fig. DD 





Fig. EE 




Fig. FF 




100 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 



Fig. GG 



Fig. HH 





Ending Rope 



Ending Rope 



Fig. II 




Short Splice 



JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 101 

Fig. JJ 




Short Splice 




Long Splice 
Fig. KK 

A simple way of finishing the end of a rope is to 
seize the end, as shown in Figure GG, and open 
out the strands, bring the strands back alongside 
the rope, and whip the whole. (Figure HH). 

Splicing is much better than tying or bending 
ropes together. A goocl splice always looks better 
than a knot. A man' familiar with splicing will 
make a splice almost as quickly as the ordinary 
man can tie a secure knot. In many cases where 
a rope must pass through sheaves or blocks a 
splice is absolutely necessary to fasten the ends of 
two ropes or two parts of parted rope together. 

The simplest of all splices is called the "Short 
Splice," Figure II. This is made as follows:- Un- 
twist the ends of rope for a few inches and seize 
with twine to prevent any more unwinding, as 
shown; also seize the end of each strand to pre- 
vent unraveling and grease or wax the ends until 



102 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

smooth and even. Now place the two ends of the 
ropes together, as shown, Figure JJ. Then with a 
marlin spike, or pointed stick, work open the 
strand, l.A, and through this pass the strand No. 
1 of the other rope; then open strand No. 3 and 
pass the next strand of the other rope through it, 
and then the same way with the third strand. Next, 
open the strands of the other rope, below the seiz- 
ing, and pass the strands of the first rope through 
as before, No. 1 and No. 2. The ropes will now 
appear as in No. 4. Now untwist the six strands 
and cut away about half of the yarns from each and 
seize the ends as before. Pass these reduced strands 
through under the whole strands of the rope, — the 
strands of the left under the strands of the right 
rope, and vice versa, — for two or three lays, and 
then cut off projecting ends, after drawing all as 
tight as possible. 

If an extra neat splice is desired, the strands 
should be gradually tapered as you proceed, and in 
this way a splice but little larger than the original 
size of the rope will result. The only difficulty that 
may be found in making this splice is in getting the 
strands to come together in such a way that two 
strands will not run under the same strand of the 
opposite rope. To avoid this, remember that the 
FIRST STRAND MUST BE PASSED OVER 
THE STRAND WHICH IS FIRST NEXT TO 
IT AND THROUGH UNDER THE SECOND 
AND OUT BETWEEN THE SECOND AND 
THIRD. In the following operations the strands 
are passed OVER the third and UNDER the 
fourth; the figures will make this clear. 

A very much better and stronger splice is the 
"Long Splice, " which will run through any block 
that will admit the rope itself. A well-made long 
splice can not be noticed on the rope after a few 
days use. To make this splice, unlay the ends of 
the rope about four or five times as much as for 
short splice, or from four to five feet; unlay one 
strand in each rope half as much again; place the 
middle strands together as at A. Then the addi- 
tional strands will appear as at B and C, and the 
spiral groove, left where they were unlaid, will ap- 
pear as at D and E. Take off the two central 
strands, F and G, and lay them into grooves D and 



TOIIXSOX'S IIAXDV MANUAL. 



103 



E, until they meet at B and C; and be sure to keep 
them tightly twisted. Then take strands H and J, 
cut out half the yarn in each, make an overhand 
knot in them, and tuck the ends under the next 
lays as in short splice. Do the same with strands 
B and C and F. and G, dividing, knotting and 
sticking the divided strands in the same way. Fi- 
nally, stretch the rope tight, pull and pound and 
roll the splice until smooth and trim off all loose 
ends close to the rope. 



Fig. LL 




An ''Eye Splice," Figure LL, is easy to make and 
is useful in many ways. It is made in the same way 
as a short splice, but instead of splicing the two 
ends together, the end of the rope is unlaid and 
then bent around and spliced into its own strands 
of the standing part, as shown in the illustration. 



104 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Fig. MM 




A "Cut Splice, " Figure MM, is made just as eye 
splice or short splice is made, but instead of splic- 
ing two ropes together, end to end, or splicing an 
end into a standing part, the ends are lapped and 
each is spliced into the standing part of the other, 
thus forming a loop or eye in the center of the 
rope. 

Fig. NN 



Fig. OG 




TOHNSON'S HAXDY MANUAL. 



105 



When a person has acquired the knowledge of 
making knots, ties, bends, hitches, and splices, he 
will find the usefulness of ropes in many ways. 
Barrels, casks, bales, timbers, bundles of pipes, and 
other objects can be securely roped or slung. A 
buckle may be formed as shown in Figure NX. If 
a swivel is required it can be arranged as shown in 
Figure OO. Several simple slings are shown in 
Figure PP. 



Fig. PP 






106 JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 

Fig. RR Fig. SS 




These Hitches are Handy for a Mechanic 

Figure RR is called "Timber Hitch" and Figure 
SS is a "Timber and Half Hitch." Both are much 
used by sailors and mechanics, such as plumbers, 
steam fitters and gas fitters, when hoisting pipes 
and other materials. If, however, pipes and other 
materials or fixtures are required to be hoisted in a 
horizontal position, the "sling" is best. 



Fig. QQ 





JOHNSON'S HANDY MANUAL. 107 

Half Hitchwork 

To prevent a rope from unraveling at the ends, 
the ends are treated in several ways. Half hitch- 
work, as shown in Figure QQ, is a very simple 
way and is often used for doing this, and is done 
as follows: Take a half hitch around the rope to 
be served, then another below it; draw tight; take 
another half hitch, and so on until the object is 
served and a series of half hitch knots form a 
special twist, as shown in illustrations. 

There are endless occasions where the half hitch 
knot can be used. Ropes, a spliced piece of wood 
such as a hammer handle, bottles, jugs, and many 
other articles can be covered with half hitch knots. 




LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 

III 



021 213 147 7 



